Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

(Mark One)

 

      ¨   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OR 12(G) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

      x   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

OR

 

      ¨   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

OR

 

      ¨   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

Commission file number: 001-34602

 

 

 

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

Cayman Islands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

666 Longdu Avenue

Wanzhou, Chongqing F4 40400

The People’s Republic of China

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Bing Sun, Chief Financial Officer

Tel: +(86 23) 6486 6666

Fax: +(86 23) 6486 6688

666 Longdu Avenue

Wanzhou, Chongqing F4 40400

The People’s Republic of China

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class        Name of Exchange on Which Registered
American depositary shares, each representing five ordinary shares      New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share*      New York Stock Exchange*

 

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing on New York Stock Exchange of the American depositary shares.

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

 

None

(Title of Class)

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the Issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report. 175,714,103 ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share, as of December 31, 2011.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   ¨     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   ¨                 Accelerated filer   x                 Non-accelerated filer   ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP   x

    

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board  

   Other   ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.  Item 17   ¨     Item 18   ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.    Yes   ¨     No   ¨

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTRODUCTION

     1   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     2   

PART I

     2   
 

ITEM 1.

   IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS      2   
 

ITEM 2.

   OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE      2   
 

ITEM 3.

   KEY INFORMATION      3   
 

ITEM 4.

   INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY      27   
 

ITEM 4a.

   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS      39   
 

ITEM 5.

   OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS      39   
 

ITEM 6.

   DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES      55   
 

ITEM 7.

   MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS      64   
 

ITEM 8.

   FINANCIAL INFORMATION      66   
 

ITEM 9.

   THE OFFER AND LISTING      66   
 

ITEM 10.

   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION      67   
 

ITEM 11.

   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK      74   
 

ITEM 12.

   DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES      75   

PART II

     77   
 

ITEM 13.

   DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES      77   
 

ITEM 14.

   MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS      77   
 

ITEM 15.

   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES      77   
 

ITEM 16A.

   AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT      78   
 

ITEM 16B.

   CODE OF ETHICS      78   
 

ITEM 16C.

   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES      78   
 

ITEM 16D.

   EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES      79   
 

ITEM 16E.

   PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS      79   
 

ITEM 16F.

   CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT      79   
 

ITEM 16G.

   CORPORATE GOVERNANCE      79   
 

ITEM 16H.

   MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE      79   

PART III

     79   
 

ITEM 17.

   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      79   
 

ITEM 18.

   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      79   
 

ITEM 19.

   EXHIBITS      79   

 

i


Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION

 

Except where the context otherwise requires and for purposes of this annual report only:

 

   

“we,” “us,” “our company,” “our” and “Daqo Cayman” refer to Daqo New Energy Corp., its subsidiaries and its variable interest entity;

 

   

“ADSs” refers to our American depositary shares, each of which represents five ordinary shares;

 

   

“China” or “PRC” refers to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for the purpose of this annual report only, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau;

 

   

“shares” or “ordinary shares” refers to our ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share; and

 

   

“RMB” or “Renminbi” refers to the legal currency of China; “$,” “dollars” or “U.S. dollars” refers to the legal currency of the United States; and “Euro” refers to the legal currency of the European Union.

 

Our financial statements are expressed in U.S. dollar, which is our reporting currency. Certain of our financial data in this annual report on Form 20-F are translated into U.S. dollars solely for the reader’s convenience. Unless otherwise noted, all convenient translations from Renminbi to U.S. dollars in this annual report on Form 20-F were made at a rate of RMB6.3009 to US$1.00, the exchange rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board on December 30, 2011. We make no representation that any Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate, at the rate stated above, or at all.

 

1


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This annual report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current expectations and views of future events. These forward looking statements are made under the “safe-harbor” provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

 

You can identify some of these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “is/are likely to” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include statements relating to:

 

   

our business and operating strategies;

 

   

our expansion and capital expenditure plans;

 

   

our operations and business prospects;

 

   

our financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

the industry regulatory environment as well as the industry outlook generally;

 

   

future developments in the polysilicon manufacturing and photovoltaic and semiconductor industries; and

 

   

government subsidies and economic incentives for solar energy application.

 

This annual report on Form 20-F also contains estimates, projections and statistical data related to the polysilicon markets and photovoltaic industry in several countries, including China. This market data speaks as of the date it was published and includes projections that are based on a number of assumptions and are not representations of fact. If any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data proves to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

 

The forward-looking statements made in this annual report relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this annual report. Except as required by U.S. federal securities law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should read this annual report and the documents that we reference in this annual report and have filed as exhibits to this annual report, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. Other sections of this annual report include additional factors which could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

 

Not applicable.

 

2


Table of Contents
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

 

A. Selected Financial Data

 

The following selected consolidated statement of operations for our company for the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. Our selected consolidated statement of operations for the period from November 22, 2007, the date of our inception, to December 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2008 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this annual report. We have consolidated Daqo New Material’s financial statements since July 1, 2008 because under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 810-10-15, “Variable Interest Entities,” we are deemed to be Daqo New Material’s primary beneficiary for accounting purposes and Daqo New Material is considered a “variable interest entity” starting from July 1, 2008.

 

The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” included elsewhere in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.

 

The following table also presents the selected consolidated statements of operations for Daqo New Material (our predecessor business) for the year ended December 31, 2007 and for the period from January 1, 2008 to June 30, 2008, which are derived from Daqo New Material’s audited financial statements which are not included in this annual report. Our predecessor business’s financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

    Predecessor Business     Daqo Cayman  
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Period
from
January 1,
2008 to
June 30,
    Period from
November 22,
2007
(inception) to
December 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011  
    (in thousands of US$, except per share and per ADS data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

             

Revenues

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 56,368      $ 111,193      $ 242,686      $ 255,832   

Cost of revenues

    —          —          —          (19,392     (69,252     (136,484     (169,723
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    —          —          —          36,976        41,942        106,202        86,109   

Operating expenses (1)

    (1,053     (1,902     (48     (9,764     (5,518     (13,695     (42,703
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (1,053     (1,902     (48     27,212        36,424        92,507        43,406   

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (978     (1,718     (48     23,454        30,176        81,985        35,628   

Income tax benefit (expense)

    207        428        —          (1,602     (240     (12,837     (714
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (771     (1,289     (48     21,852        29,936        69,148        34,914   

Less: income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (771     (1,289     —          327        (899     577        1,590   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Daqo New Energy Corp. shareholders

  $ —        $ —        $ (48   $ 21,525      $ 30,835      $ 68,571      $ 33,324   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share, basic and diluted

  $ —        $ —        $ (0.00   $ 0.22      $ 0.29      $ 0.46      $ 0.19   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per ADS (2) , basic and diluted

  $ —        $ —        $ (0.00   $ 1.10      $ 1.45      $ 2.32      $ 0.95   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note:   (1)    Includes share-based compensation expenses in the amount of $0.3 million, $1.6 million and $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.
  (2)    Each ADS represents five ordinary shares.

 

3


Table of Contents
     Daqo Cayman  
     Period from
November 22,
2007 (inception)
to December 31,
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007          2008              2009              2010              2011      
     (in thousands, except for unit cost)  

Other Financial and Operating Data:

              

Polysilicon production volume (in MT)

     —           291         1,523         3,771         4,524   

Polysilicon sales volume (in MT)

     —           237         1,498         3,650         3,947   

Unit cost of polysilicon sold (in $/kg)

     —           81.7         43.9         31.3         29.9   

 

The following table presents a summary of our consolidated balance sheet data as of the dates set forth below:

 

$00000 $00000 $00000 $00000 $00000
     Daqo Cayman  
     As of December 31,  
     2007     2008      2009      2010      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —        $ 3,304       $ 81,414       $ 203,636       $ 92,697   

Restricted cash

     —          20,430         8,810         64         11,600   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —          314,507         399,985         399,558         636,475   

Total assets

   $ —        $ 350,105       $ 523,923       $ 650,971       $ 878,477   

Short-term borrowings, including current portion of long-term borrowings

   $ —        $ 10,389       $ 43,826       $ 71,601       $ 111,805   

Long-term borrowings

     —          84,299         144,936         83,001         165,646   

Total liabilities

     48        279,052         287,829         254,548         426,450   

Mezzanine equity

     —          —           55,603         —           —     

Total Daqo New Energy Corp. shareholders’ (deficit) equity

     (48     22,042         52,496         263,481         311,178   

Noncontrolling interest

     —          49,011         127,996         132,942         140,848   

Total (deficit) equity

     (48     71,053         180,492         396,423         452,026   

Total liabilities and equity

   $ —        $ 350,105       $ 523,923       $ 650,971       $ 878,477   

 

4


Table of Contents

A. Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Risk Factors

 

Risks Relating to Our Business

 

Our future growth and profitability depend on the demand for photovoltaic products and the development of photovoltaic technologies.

 

The solar industry is at a relatively early stage of development, and the extent of acceptance of photovoltaic products is uncertain. The photovoltaic industry does not have data as far back as the semiconductor industry or other more established industries, for which trends can be assessed more reliably from data gathered over a longer period of time. Demand for photovoltaic products may not develop or may develop to a lesser extent than we anticipate. Many factors may affect the viability of widespread adoption of photovoltaic technology and demand for photovoltaic products, including:

 

   

decreases in government subsidies and incentives to support the development of the photovoltaic industry;

 

   

relative cost-effectiveness, performance and reliability of photovoltaic products compared to conventional and other renewable energy sources and products;

 

   

success of other alternative energy sources, such as wind power, hydroelectric power and biofuel;

 

5


Table of Contents
   

fluctuations in economic and market conditions that affect the viability of conventional and other renewable energy sources, such as increases or decreases in the prices of oil and other fossil fuels;

 

   

the ability of photovoltaic product manufacturers to finance their business operations, expansions and other capital expenditures;

 

   

capital expenditures by end users of photovoltaic products, which tend to decrease when the economy slows down; and

 

   

deregulation or other regulatory actions affecting the electric power industry and the broader energy industry.

 

In the event that demand for solar products does not expand as we expect or photovoltaic technologies do not develop in a manner that increases the demand for polysilicon, our future growth and profitability will be materially and adversely affected.

 

Global supply for polysilicon has exceeded and may continue to exceed demand, which could cause polysilicon prices to continue to decline and materially and adversely affect our profitability.

 

Our polysilicon sales prices are affected by a variety of factors, including global supply and demand conditions. Over the years, many polysilicon manufacturers have significantly increased their capacity to meet customer demand and continue to expand capacities in order to achieve economies of scale. However, the global economic slowdown, the crisis in the global financial markets and the significant decrease in global petroleum prices since their peak in mid-2008 have reduced or delayed the general demand for photovoltaic products. If the demand continues to decline or if our customers delay their orders, we may not be able to sell our polysilicon at desirable prices, or at all. In late 2008 and 2009, newly available polysilicon supply and slowed global photovoltaic market growth resulted in an excess supply of polysilicon, which led to a significant decline in polysilicon prices. The global photovoltaic demand recovered substantially from the second half of 2010 through the first half of 2011. Nevertheless, market price for polysilicon experienced another significant decline in the second half of 2011 due to excess supply and decreasing demand. As a result of the polysilicon supply and demand fluctuation, we reduced the selling price of our polysilicon and thus experienced a decrease in revenues derived from polysilicon, primarily in the fourth quarter of 2011. If we experience further decline in demand in the future or we are unable to lower our costs in line with the average selling price decline, our operating margins will be reduced and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

The reduction in or elimination of government subsidies and economic incentives for solar energy applications could cause demand for our products and our revenues to decline.

 

When upfront system costs are factored into cost per kilowatt hour, the current cost of solar power substantially exceeds the cost of traditional forms of energy in many locations. As a result, national and local governmental authorities in many countries, including China, have provided subsidies and economic incentives in the form of feed-in tariffs, rebates, tax credits and other incentives to distributors, system integrators and manufacturers of photovoltaic products to promote the use of solar energy and to reduce dependency on other forms of energy. We believe that the near-term growth of the market for solar energy applications depends in large part on the availability and size of government subsidies and economic incentives. The reduction or elimination of government subsidies and economic incentives may hinder the growth of this market or result in increased price competition for solar energy products, which could cause our revenues to decline. These government subsidies and economic incentives could be reduced or eliminated altogether. For example, in 2008, Spain set a cap of 500 megawatts for feed-in tariffs for solar power in 2009, and, in 2010, Spain announced its plan to cut the subsidized electricity prices paid to new photovoltaic solar power plants by up to 45%, both of which significantly reduced installations of new solar energy projects in the country. In 2009, the German government reduced solar feed-in tariffs by 9%. In 2010, Germany further introduced an approximately 24% to 26% solar feed-in tariffs reduction for rooftop systems and 20% to 25% reduction for ground-based systems. In early 2012, Germany further reduced its feed-in tariffs by 15% to up to 24.43 Euro cents per kilowatt hour for rooftop systems and up to 18.76 Euro cents per kilowatt hour for ground-based systems. In April 2012, Italian officials revealed the details of its latest renewable energy law. Amongst the proposals expected to become effective with the new law are cuts to Italy’s feed-in tariff, an annual installation cap, and a requirement to put all installations over 5MW through a competitive bidding process. Such actions may result in a significant fall in the demand for photovoltaic products. In addition, government financial support of photovoltaic products has been, and may continue to be, challenged on constitutional grounds and found unlawful in certain countries. Reductions in, or elimination of, government subsidies and economic incentives for solar energy applications before the photovoltaic industry reaches the economies of scale necessary for solar power to become cost-effective in a non-subsidized market place could result in decreased demand for solar generation products and, as a result, for polysilicon, which could cause our revenues to decline.

 

6


Table of Contents

Our limited operating history may not serve as an adequate basis to judge our future prospects and results of operations.

 

We have a limited operating history. We commenced polysilicon manufacturing in July 2008. Several of our senior management and key employees have worked together at our company for only a relatively short period of time. Our future success will depend on our ability to expand our manufacturing capacity significantly beyond its current level and further expand our customer base. To address these risks, we must, among other things, continue to respond to competition and volatile market developments, attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel, implement and successfully execute expansion plans and improve our technologies. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in addressing such risks.

 

Although we were profitable in 2009, 2010 and 2011, we cannot assure you that our results of operations will not be adversely affected in the future. Our limited operating history makes the prediction of future results of operations difficult, and therefore, past results of operations achieved by us should not be taken as indicative of the rate of growth, if any, that can be expected in the future. Our business model, technology and ability to achieve satisfactory manufacturing yields for polysilicon at higher volumes are unproven. Compared to companies with a long and well-established operating history and companies operating in less volatile sectors, our results of operations are more susceptible to the impact of adverse operating environment and supply and demand risks.

 

Our revenues and results of operations have fluctuated and are likely to fluctuate in the future.

 

Fluctuations of our revenues and results of operations may occur on a quarterly and on an annual basis and may be due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include, among others, fluctuation in the global average selling prices of photovoltaic products, fluctuation in the volume of our products shipped, changes in end-user demand for the photovoltaic products manufactured and sold by us or our customers, the gain or loss of significant customers, the availability of governmental subsidies or financial support and changes in our electricity, natural gas, raw material or labor costs. For example, our profits may decline in the upcoming quarters if one or more of these factors becomes unfavorable to our business. Furthermore, wafers and modules traditionally had lower profit margins than polysilicon and we may need to price aggressively to gain market share or remain competitive in these businesses, which may further reduce our profit margins and cause our financial results to fluctuate from time to time.

 

Therefore, you should consider our future prospects in light of the risks and uncertainties experienced by early stage companies in a rapidly evolving and increasingly competitive market in China.

 

We are facing increasing working capital pressure in the current challenging market environment. Our major shareholders have committed to provide financial support to us to meet our working capital requirements and obligations as they come due. If the market continues to deteriorate and we are not able to obtain adequate financial support from our major shareholders or from other sources, we will face the risk of not being able to continue as a going concern.

 

The current challenging solar photovoltaic market situation results in low prices through the whole value chain, which deteriorate the profitability for our polysilicon, wafer and module businesses. As of December 31, 2011, we had a working capital deficit (being our total consolidated current liabilities less our total consolidated current assets) of $38.4 million. If the market continues to be weak, we will face increasing pressure on our working capital. In addition, we committed significant capital expenditures on the construction and expansion of our Phase 2 polysilicon facilities in Shihezi, Xinjiang and equipment improvement projects in Wanzhou, Chongqing.

 

Nevertheless, our major shareholders with sufficient capital and liquidity agreed to provide the necessary financial support to us, as may be required, through Daqo Group, an affiliated company of ours. In addition, we had committed and available bank standby credit facilities of $136.4 million, as of December 31, 2011. In sum, our continuation as a going concern is dependent upon continued financial support from our shareholders and our ability to continue to obtain other sources of financing.

 

Our consolidated financial statements do not reflect any adjustments relating to recoverability and classification of recorded assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities or any other adjustments that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern. Our inability to continue as a going concern would materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and business prospects.

 

We need a significant amount of cash to fund our future capital expenditure requirements and working capital needs; if we cannot obtain additional sources of liquidity when needed, our growth prospects and future profitability may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We need a significant amount of cash to fund our operations. In particular, we will need substantial additional funding to finance our expansion and equipment improvement projects for polysilicon, to meet our working capital requirements, and to repay any short-term or long-term bank borrowings when due. We will also need cash resources to fund our research and development activities in order to remain competitive on cost and technology. Furthermore, we need cash resources to make contributions to establish the required registered capital of two of our Chinese subsidiaries. As of December 31 2011, Daqo Cayman, the sole shareholder of Chongqing Daqo, Nanjing Daqo and Xinjiang Daqo, has contributed $69.6 million, $20.0 million and $33.6 million as registered capital in those Chinese subsidiaries of ours, respectively. Daqo Cayman, as required under Chinese regulations, shall inject the remaining registered capital of $26.4 million for Chongqing Daqo and $66.4 million for Xinjiang Daqo by the end of December, 2012 and February 2013, respectively. We are required to apply for an approval for any delay in the registered capital contribution to our Chinese subsidiaries and may face fines if the approval is not obtained.

 

In the past, we relied in part on long-term bank borrowings and advance payments from customers to finance our working capital requirements. However, we expect that we may not be able to obtain a substantial amount of, or any, advance payments from customers in the future as the photovoltaic markets become increasingly competitive. In addition, future acquisitions, expansions, market changes or other developments may cause us to require additional financing. We expect to incur additional debt in the future. Our ability to obtain external financing in the future is subject to a number of uncertainties, including:

 

   

our future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows;

 

   

general market conditions for financing activities by companies in our industry;

 

   

economic, political and other conditions in China and elsewhere; and

 

   

development and duration of the current global economic slowdown and financial market crisis.

 

If we are unable to obtain funding in a timely manner or on commercially acceptable terms, or at all, our growth prospects and future profitability may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We may not be successful in our efforts to continue to manufacture polysilicon in a cost-effective manner.

 

The technology used to manufacture polysilicon is complex, requires costly equipment and is continuously being modified in an effort to improve yields and product performance. We may face significant challenges relating to polysilicon production in the future. Microscopic impurities such as dust and other contaminants, difficulties in the manufacturing process, disruptions in the supply of utilities or defects in the key materials or tools used to manufacture polysilicon could interrupt manufacturing, reduce yields or cause a portion of the polysilicon to be rejected by our customers, which would materially and adversely affect our profitability.

 

7


Table of Contents

Our effective capacity and ability to produce high volumes of polysilicon depend on the cycle time for each batch of polysilicon. We may encounter problems in our manufacturing process or facilities as a result of, among other things, production failures, construction delays, human error, equipment malfunction or process contamination, all of which could seriously harm our operations. We may experience production delays if any modifications we make in the manufacturing process to shorten production cycles are unsuccessful. Moreover, failure to achieve acceptable manufacturing levels may make our polysilicon costs uncompetitive, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Further development in alternative polysilicon production technologies or other changes in the photovoltaic industry could render our production process too costly or obsolete, which could reduce our market share and cause our sales and profits to decline.

 

Although the vast majority of the polysilicon produced in the world utilizes the chemical vapor deposition process, or the “modified Siemens process,” several alternative production processes have been developed that may have significantly lower production costs. Compared with other polysilicon production processes, a disadvantage of the modified Siemens process is the large amount of electricity required. For example, MEMC and REC currently operate or are constructing facilities that use the “fluidized bed reactor” method for producing polysilicon. Tokuyama has developed a polysilicon technology called the “vapor-to-liquid deposition” process. Other polysilicon manufacturers are establishing facilities using upgraded metallurgical grade silicon process to produce solar-grade polysilicon.

 

Further developments in competing polysilicon production technologies may result in lower manufacturing costs or higher product performance than those achieved from the modified Siemens process, including the one we employ. We will need to invest significant financial resources in research and development to expand our market position, keep pace with technological advances in polysilicon production and effectively compete in the future. Failure to further refine our technology could make our production process too costly or obsolete, which could reduce our margins and market share, cause our revenues to decline and materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Alternative technologies in cell manufacturing may reduce the demand for polysilicon.

 

The vast majority of silicon-based photovoltaic cell manufacturers use chunk or granular polysilicon. However, alternative technologies have been commercialized. One such technology, thin-film cell production, uses little to no silicon in the production of solar cells. Thin-film solar cells are currently less costly to produce than silicon-based solar cells. Significant expansion of thin-film solar cell production has been announced which may put pressure on the entire value chain of silicon-based solar cell production. This expansion may in turn restrict the market for silicon-based solar cells, which would reduce the demand for our polysilicon. If the demand for polysilicon is adversely affected by increased demand for, and improvements to, alternative technologies, our revenues and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Our future success depends substantially on our ability to significantly expand our polysilicon production capacity and output, which exposes us to a number of risks and uncertainties.

 

Our future success depends on our ability to significantly increase both polysilicon production capacity and output. If we fail to do so, we may not be able to benefit from economies of scale to reduce our costs per kilogram of polysilicon, to meet our obligations under supply agreements, to maintain our competitive position or to improve our profitability. Our ability to establish additional production capacity and increase output is subject to significant risks and uncertainties, including:

 

   

the need to raise significant additional funds to purchase additional production equipment or to build additional manufacturing facilities, which we may not be able to obtain on commercially viable terms or at all;

 

   

cost overruns and delays as a result of a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, such as increases in the price of electricity or problems with equipment delivery;

 

   

delays or denial of required approvals by relevant government authorities;

 

   

failure to obtain production inputs in sufficient quantities or at acceptable cost;

 

   

significant diversion of management’s attention and other resources; and

 

   

failure to execute our expansion plan effectively.

 

8


Table of Contents

We may not be successful in achieving profitability in downstream photovoltaic manufacturing businesses, which could adversely affect our operations and financial results.

 

We have a limited relevant operating history in the downstream photovoltaic manufacturing businesses. In July 2010, we commenced commercial production of modules at our Nanjing facilities and shipped modules to customers in Europe. We increased our module production capacity from 50 MW as of June 30, 2010 to 100 MW by end of 2011. In July 2011, we commenced commercial production of multi-crystalline silicon wafers in Wanzhou, Chongqing, which is adjacent to our polysilicon facilities with access to our in-house high-quality polysilicon feedstock. Our current wafer and module manufacturing annual capacities are, 125MW and 100MW, respectively. Our success in downstream photovoltaic manufacturing businesses is subject to various risks and uncertainties, including:

 

   

our lack of experience in these new businesses and inability to recruit experienced personnel;

 

   

the need to raise additional funds to finance our new business operation which we may be unable to obtain on reasonable terms or at all;

 

   

cost overruns, potential delays, equipment problems or other execution difficulties in our manufacturing facility construction;

 

   

our possible lack of ability to compete in these new businesses; and

 

   

potential competition with our downstream customers as a result of our entrance into these new businesses.

 

In addition, we provide customers with a 5 to 12-year limited product warranty against defective materials and workmanship and a 25-year limited power output warranty against loss in power for our module products. As a result, we bear the risk of extensive warranty claims long after we sell our products. If we experience a large amount of warranty claims in the future, we may incur significant repair and replacement costs associated with such claims and widespread product failures could harm our reputation and customer relationships and may cause our sales to decline, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we cannot achieve profitability in wafer and module manufacturing businesses, our financial condition and our future results of operations may be material and adversely affected. In the event we decide to dispose of our wafer and/or module manufacturing business due to its continuing loss position or for any other valid business reason, we may not able to receive sales proceeds enough to recover our cost.

 

Our expansion in Xinjiang, China may not be successful.

 

We commenced construction of our Phase 2 polysilicon facilities in Shihezi, Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region in March 2011 and plan to start commercial production at these facilities in the fourth quarter of 2012. Although the Xinjiang location provides many strategic advantages, including lower electricity costs, it is uncertain whether our expansion in Xinjiang will be successful.

 

There are many risks associated with our expansion in Xinjiang, including:

 

   

extremely cold temperatures;

 

   

limited supply chain support in the region, such as chemical manufacturers of chemicals used in production at the facilities;

 

   

lack of workers in Xinjiang experienced with polysilicon manufacturing;

 

   

potential lack of electricity supplies necessary to fully operate the facilities;

 

   

difficulties in timely transporting products to our customers, most of whom are located in other areas of China that are a significant distance from Xinjiang; and

 

   

political or social unrest.

 

9


Table of Contents

One or more of these factors could harm our Xinjiang operations and consequently, could adversely affect our overall operating results.

 

We operate in an increasingly competitive market and we may not be able to compete successfully with competitors who have greater resources than us.

 

The photovoltaic market is expected to become increasingly competitive. Our competitors include international polysilicon and wafer manufacturers, such as Hemlock, Wacker, OCI, REC, MEMC, Green Energy Technology and Sino-American Silicon and Chinese domestic polysilicon and wafer manufacturers, such as GCL-Poly, China Silicon Corporation, Sichuan Xinguang Silicon Science and Technology, LDK Solar, ReneSola, JinkoSolar and Comtec Solar Systems. In addition, many solar cell and module manufacturers, including some of our existing and potential customers, have established or have announced the intention of establishing polysilicon production or affiliate relationships with manufacturers of polysilicon. We compete with these in-house capabilities, which could limit our ability to expand our sales or even reduce our sales to our existing customers. Our wafer and module businesses face competition from local and international manufacturers, such as SunPower, Suntech Power, Solarfun and Canadian Solar and integrated photovoltaic product manufacturers such as Yingli Green Energy, SolarWorld, and Trina Solar. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, manufacturing and other resources than we do. Our competitors’ greater size and longer operating history provide them with a competitive advantage with respect to manufacturing costs because of their economies of scale and their ability to purchase raw materials at lower prices. In addition, before we fully ramp up our wafer and module manufacturing facilities, the production cost of our wafers and modules will not be competitive to those of our competitors due to our relatively small production scale. Our competitors may have stronger relationships or may enter into exclusive relationships with some of our key customers. As a result, they may be able to respond more quickly to changing customer demands or to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sales of polysilicon than we can. Failure to adapt to changing market conditions and to compete successfully with existing or new competitors may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We depend on a limited number of customers and sales contracts for a significant portion of our revenues and the loss of any customer or cancellation of any contract may cause significant fluctuations or declines in our revenues.

 

In 2009, 2010 and 2011, our top three customers in aggregate accounted for approximately 53.6%, 35.1% and 35.2% of our total revenues, respectively. We anticipate that our dependence on a limited number of customers will continue for the foreseeable future. Consequently, any one of the following events may cause material fluctuations or declines in our revenues:

 

   

reduction, delay or cancellation of orders from one or more of our significant customers, thus having a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition;

 

   

loss of one or more of our significant customers and failure to identify additional or replacement customers; and

 

   

failure of any of our significant customers to make timely payment for our products.

 

If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, our business and financial results may be adversely affected.

 

We have experienced a period of rapid growth and expansion that has placed, and continues to place, significant strain on our management and resources. To accommodate our growth, we anticipate that we will need to implement a variety of new and upgraded operational and financial systems, procedures and controls, including the improvement of our accounting and other internal management systems, all of which require substantial management efforts. We also will need to continue to expand, train, manage and motivate our workforce and manage our customer relationships. All of these endeavors will require substantial management efforts and skills and require significant additional expenditures. We cannot assure you that we will be able to manage our growth effectively, and any failure to do so may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. Moreover, even if we do expand our polysilicon manufacturing capacity and our wafer and module businesses as planned, we may be unable to generate sufficient customer demand for our photovoltaic products to support our increased production levels or successfully integrate our polysilicon, wafer and module manufacturing businesses to achieve operational efficiency, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

10


Table of Contents

We expect to experience increased capital expenditure as a result of the construction of our Phase 2 facilities. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Manufacturing Capacity.” Before our production facilities become fully operational, we will need to make substantial payments for the installation of machinery and equipment, the training of personnel and other related expenses. A significant portion of these payments will be made prior to any revenues being realized from the expansion project. If we cannot complete our expansion plans on a timely basis or increase production yields in our facilities in accordance with our plan, we may not be able to achieve lower costs per unit of production, which would decrease our margins and lower our profitability.

 

Polysilicon production is energy-intensive and if our energy costs rise or if our electricity and other utility supplies are disrupted, our results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

 

The polysilicon production process, particularly the modified Siemens process that we use, is highly dependent on a constant supply of electricity and other utilities, such as steam, natural gas and water, to maintain the optimal conditions for polysilicon production. If electricity or other utility supplies are not maintained at the desired level, we may experience significant delays in the production of polysilicon. In the past, there were shortages in electricity supply in various regions across China, especially during peak seasons, such as in the summer. In addition, the uncommon cold weather in China in the winter of 2009 and 2010 resulted in a surging natural gas demand, which in turn caused severe gas shortage in many regions, including Chongqing, where substantially all our polysilicon manufacturing facilities are located. The local governmental authorities in the worst-hit areas took measures to reduce or restrict the amount of natural gas supplied to non-residential users. We primarily use natural gas for our in-house steam production and steam is critical for our manufacturing process. Although the natural gas shortage did not directly affect our operations, if the shortage becomes more severe in the future, our natural gas supply may be reduced or suspended, which would significantly disrupt our manufacturing process. In addition to shortages, we are subject to potential risks of interruptions in energy supply due to power outage, equipment failure, weather conditions or other causes which could force us to cease production for a prolonged period of time. In the event that electricity or other utility supplies to our manufacturing facilities are disrupted, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Even if we have access to sufficient sources of electricity and other utilities, any significant increase in the costs of utilities could adversely affect our profitability, as we consume substantial amounts of electricity and other utilities in our manufacturing process. If electricity and other utility costs were to rise, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

The full implementation of the closed loop system by other polysilicon manufacturers has diminished and may continue to diminish our competitive advantages provided by this system.

 

We have implemented the modified Siemens process in a completely closed loop system. Compared to the open loop system, the closed loop system uses raw materials more efficiently, requires less electricity and produces less pollution. Although the closed loop system has lower manufacturing costs than the open loop system, manufacturing facilities based on the open loop system can be built within a shorter period time with less initial capital investment for equipment. Most of polysilicon manufacturing facilities in China were traditionally built based on the open loop system. However, as the polysilicon market may face downward pricing pressure from time to time, we believe that an increasing number of China-based manufacturers are converting their open loop system to the closed loop system and some of them have completed such conversion. The full implementation of the closed loop system by other polysilicon manufacturers has diminished and may continue to diminish our competitive advantages provided by this system.

 

11


Table of Contents

Our current indebtedness could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

As of December 31, 2011, we had outstanding borrowings of $277.5 million with a weighted average floating interest rate of 6.87%, and we expect to incur additional debt in the future. We borrowed the majority of these bank loans from China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch and Bank of China, Shihezi Branch with guarantees from Daqo Group, an affiliated company of ours. We cannot assure you that we will be able to renew these borrowings when they become due or to obtain other loans or credits from other banks or other lenders on the terms satisfactory to us or at all to satisfy the substantial capital expenditure requirements associated with our capacity expansion, whether on our own or with the continuing support from Daqo Group. In addition, this level of indebtedness could have an adverse effect on our future operations, including, among other things: (1) reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund our working capital, capital expenditures or other general corporate purposes as a result of interest or principal payments; (2) subjecting us to the risk of interest rate increases on our indebtedness which bears floating interest rates; and (3) placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or are otherwise less leveraged. Any of these factors could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We and our independent auditors have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting were ineffective as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011. We may incur extra costs in implementing measures to remediate the material weaknesses in our internal control. Without an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected.

 

In connection with the audit of our internal control over financial reporting as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified three “material weaknesses” including (i) our lack of accounting resources and expertise necessary to comply with U.S. GAAP and the Securities and Exchange Commission financial reporting and disclosure requirements, (ii) our lack of sufficient resources to perform thorough reviews of consolidated financial statements and related footnote disclosures during the period-end financial reporting and disclosure process, and (iii) our lack of sufficient processes, documentation and approval of related party transactions with affiliates.

 

As required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, our management assessed the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 using criteria established in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was ineffective as of December 31, 2011.

 

We will implement measures during 2012 to remedy these material weaknesses, including:

 

   

We intend to recruit additional personnel with U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting experience and to provide training to our current finance staff to enhance their U.S GAAP knowledge;

 

   

We intend to leverage the additional finance staff noted above to enhance our financial closing and reporting process; and

 

   

We intend to monitor our policies and procedures regarding related party transactions, including enforcing the policy requiring formal documentation and advance written approval.

 

However, we cannot assure you that we will complete such implementation in a timely manner. In addition, we have incurred and anticipate to continue to incur considerable costs, management time and other resources in an effort to implement these measures to address such weakness.

 

In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could harm our operating results and lead to a decline in the trading price of our ADSs. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions.

 

We face risks and uncertainties expanding our business through alliances, joint ventures or acquisitions.

 

In 2011, we formed alliances with JNE Solar Inc., a party unrelated to us prior to this transaction, in Hamilton, Ontario, through our newly formed wholly owned subsidiary, Daqo New Energy Holdings (Canada) Ltd., to expand our operations in North America. This joint venture was terminated in April 2012 without incurring any loss to us. We may in the future, if presented with appropriate opportunities, acquire or invest in technologies, businesses or assets that are strategically important to our business or form alliances with key players in the photovoltaic industry to further expand our business. Such acquisitions and investments could expose us to potential risks, including risks associated with the assimilation of new operations, technologies and personnel, unforeseen or hidden liabilities, the inability to generate sufficient revenues to offset the costs and expenses of acquisitions, and potential loss of, or harm to, our relationships with employees, customers and suppliers as a result of integration of new businesses. Investments in new businesses may also divert our cash flow from servicing our debts and making necessary capital expenditures. In addition, we may incur impairment losses on our acquisitions and investments in equity securities. The diversion of our management’s attention and any difficulties encountered with respect to the acquisitions, investments or alliances or in the process of integration could have an adverse effect on our ability to manage our business. Furthermore, our experience in the polysilicon manufacturing industry may not be as relevant or applicable in downstream markets. We may also face intense competition from companies with greater experience or established presence in the targeted downstream markets or competition from our industry peers with similar expansion plans. Any failure to integrate any acquired businesses or joint ventures into our operations successfully and any material liabilities or potential liabilities of any acquired businesses or joint ventures that are not identified by us during our due diligence process for such acquisitions or investments could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

We will face risks associated with the marketing, distribution and sale of our photovoltaic products internationally, and if we are unable to effectively manage these risks, they could impair our ability to expand our business and operate profitably.

 

With our increased production, we intend to sell a portion of our products outside of China in the future. The marketing, distribution and sale of our polysilicon, wafers and modules in the international market would expose us to a number of risks, including:

 

   

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

   

increased costs associated with maintaining marketing efforts in various countries;

 

12


Table of Contents
   

difficulty and costs relating to compliance with the different commercial and legal requirements of the overseas markets in which we offer our products; and

 

   

trade barriers such as export requirements, tariffs, taxes and other restrictions and expenses, which could increase the prices of our products and make us less competitive in some countries.

 

If we are unable to effectively manage these risks, we may not be able to successfully expand our business abroad, operate profitably, fully utilize our existing and expanded capacity and grow our business as we have planned.

 

If we are unable to operate effectively or natural disasters or operational disruptions occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

Production of polysilicon requires the use of volatile materials and chemical reactions sensitive to temperature and pressure and requires the use of external controls to maintain safety. For example, in the production of polysilicon, we use trichlorosilane, or TCS, which is a highly combustible substance if brought into contact with moisture in the air and is therefore potentially destructive and extremely dangerous if mishandled or used in uncontrolled circumstances. The occurrence of a catastrophic event involving TCS as a result of a natural disaster or human error at one of our polysilicon production facilities could threaten, disrupt or destroy a significant portion or all of our polysilicon production capacity at such facility for a significant period of time. Additionally, the smooth operation of our polysilicon production facilities depends significantly on our ability to maintain temperatures and pressure at appropriate levels, the supply of steam at a consistent pressure level, the availability of adequate electricity and our ability to control the application of such electricity. Accordingly, mistakes in operating our equipment or an interruption in the supply of electricity or steam at our production facilities could result in the production of substandard polysilicon or substantial shortfalls in production and could reduce our production capacity for a significant period of time. In addition, we voluntarily shut down our manufacturing facilities from time to time on an as-needed basis for maintenance and quality check purposes. For example, we temporarily shut down our Phase 1 facilities in November 2009 for quality check purposes, in April 2010 for periodic maintenance, in December 2010 for periodic maintenance and capacity enhancement, and in December 2011 for periodic maintenance, which has reduced and may further reduce the volume and increase the cost of polysilicon we produce. In addition, we may need to use hazardous equipment for our wafer and module manufacturing processes. Such equipment requires skills and experience for safe operation. We could experience events such as equipment failures, explosions or fires due to employee errors, equipment malfunctions, accidents, and interruptions in electricity or water cooling supplies, natural disasters or other causes. In addition, such events could cause damage to properties, personal injuries or even deaths. As a result, we may in the future experience production curtailments or shutdowns or periods of reduced production. The occurrence of any such events or disruptions could result in loss of revenues and could also damage our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Existing regulations and changes to these regulations may present technical, regulatory, economic and trade barriers to the purchase and use of photovoltaic products, which may significantly reduce demand for our products.

 

Photovoltaic products are subject to national and local regulations relating to building codes, safety, environmental protection, utility interconnection and metering and other aspects of the electric utility industry. In a number of countries, including China, these regulations are being modified and may continue to be modified. The purchases of, or further investment in the research and development of, alternative energy sources, including photovoltaic technology, could be deterred by unfavorable regulations, which could result in a significant reduction in the potential demand for our products. For example, without a regulatory mandated exception for solar power systems, electric utility companies are often charged interconnection or standby fees for putting distributed power generation on the electric utility grid. These fees could increase the cost to end users of using the photovoltaic products and make them less desirable. In addition, trade authorities in foreign countries may apply trade sanctions against photovoltaic product imports from China, if the foreign trade authorities determine that the export sales from China are in violation of fair trade practices. Such trade sanctions can result in significant additional duties, which will adversely affect our photovoltaic product demand and thereby harming our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

 

13


Table of Contents

We obtain certain production equipment from a limited number of suppliers, and if such equipment is not delivered on time, is damaged in shipment or is otherwise unavailable, our ability to deliver polysilicon on time will suffer, which in turn could result in cancellation of orders and loss of revenues.

 

Our operations and expansion plans depend on our ability to obtain a sufficient amount of equipment that meets our specifications on a timely basis. Some of our equipment used in polysilicon and wafer production is not readily available from alternative vendors and would be difficult to repair or replace if it were to become damaged or cease working. If any of these suppliers were to experience financial difficulties or go out of business, or if there were any damage to or a breakdown of our production equipment, our business would incur losses. In addition, a supplier’s failure to supply our ordered equipment in a timely manner, with adequate quality and on terms acceptable to us, could delay the capacity expansion of our manufacturing facilities and otherwise disrupt our production schedule or increase our costs of production. We have experienced significant delays in the delivery of our key equipment in the past. Failure to obtain equipment meeting our specifications could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, demand for polysilicon and wafer production equipment may result in significant increases in prices of such equipment or shortages in related components for our intended expansion. Any unexpected price increases could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We have sourced and will continue to source some of our production equipment from Chinese manufacturers, and we cannot assure you that the China-sourced equipment will perform at the same level as our imported equipment or will meet our quality requirements.

 

We have purchased key equipment from Chinese and international suppliers. Compared to major international suppliers, our China-based suppliers generally have shorter operating histories and less experience in providing equipment for the polysilicon industry. We cannot assure you that the locally made equipment will perform at similar levels of quality and reliability as our imported equipment. In the event the China-sourced equipment does not perform as well as the imported equipment or does not perform at all, we may encounter disruption in our manufacture or deterioration of product quality, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Product defects could result in increased costs, decreased sales, and damage to our customer relationships and our reputation.

 

Our photovoltaic products may contain defects that are not detected until after it is shipped or processed by our customers. In the event our products are returned to us due to product defects, we would be required to replace the defective products promptly. If we deliver products with defects, or if there is a perception that our products are of substandard quality, we may incur substantially increased costs associated with termination of contracts and replacement of shipped products, and our credibility, market reputation and relationship with customers will be harmed and sales of our products may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Most of our production, storage, administrative, and research and development facilities are located in close proximity to one another in Chongqing, China. Any damage or disruption at these facilities would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Substantially all of our production, storage, administrative, and research and development facilities are currently located in close proximity to one another in Chongqing, China. A natural disaster, such as fire, floods, typhoons, earthquakes, snow storms, or other unanticipated catastrophic events, including power interruption, telecommunications failures, equipment failures, explosions, break-ins, terrorist acts or war, could significantly disrupt our ability to manufacture our products and operate our business. If any of our production facilities or material equipment were to experience any significant damage or downtime, we would not be able to meet our production targets and our business would incur losses. Any damage or disruption at these facilities would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

On May 12, 2008, an earthquake of a magnitude of 8.0 on the Richter scale hit the Sichuan Province, which is located adjacent to Chongqing. Businesses and production operations in the affected areas of Sichuan Province were shut down temporarily due to safety concerns. There can be no assurance that we may not be directly or indirectly affected by similar natural disasters in the future.

 

We rely on third party intellectual property for certain key aspects of our operations, which subjects us to the payment of license fees and potential disruption or delays in the production of our products.

 

While we continue to develop and pursue patent protection for our own technologies, we expect to continue to rely on third party license arrangements for certain key aspects of our operations. For instance, we license from third party hydrochlorination process technology and equipment for our polysilicon production. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Intellectual Property” for details of the contractual arrangements. The fees associated with such licenses could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. If for any reason we are unable to license necessary technology on acceptable terms or at all, it may become necessary for us to develop alternative technology internally, which could be costly and delay or disrupt our production and therefore have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

14


Table of Contents

Failure to protect our intellectual property rights may undermine our competitive position, and litigation to protect our intellectual property rights may be costly.

 

We rely primarily on trade secrets and other contractual restrictions to protect our intellectual property. Contractual arrangements, such as the confidentiality and non-competition agreements and terms between us and our research and development personnel, afford only limited protection and the actions we may take to protect our trade secrets and other intellectual property may not be adequate. In addition, we currently hold fourteen patents and have sixteen pending patent applications in China covering various aspects of the polysilicon, wafer and module manufacturing process. However, we cannot assure you that our patent applications will be eventually issued with sufficiently broad coverage to protect our technology and products. Failure to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights may undermine our competitive position. Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our proprietary technologies or other intellectual property and proprietary rights and use them to compete against us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

 

Policing unauthorized use of proprietary technology can be difficult and expensive. In particular, the laws and enforcement procedures of China and certain other countries are uncertain or do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws and enforcement procedures of the United States do. See “—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—Uncertainties in the interpretation and enforcement of Chinese laws and regulations could limit the legal protection available to you and us.” We may need to resort to court proceedings to enforce our intellectual property rights in the future. Litigation relating to our intellectual property might result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention away from our business. An adverse determination in any such litigation will impair our intellectual property and proprietary rights and may harm our business, prospects and reputation.

 

We may be exposed to infringement or misappropriation claims by third parties, which, if determined adversely to us, could cause us to pay significant damage awards.

 

Although we are currently strengthening our research and development capability, to date, substantially all of the intellectual property used in our production process was developed by third parties. Our success will be jeopardized if we cannot use and develop our technology and know-how without infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties. The validity and scope of claims relating to photovoltaic technology patents involve complex scientific, legal and factual questions and analysis and, therefore, may be highly uncertain. We may be subject to litigation involving claims of patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property rights of third parties. The defense and prosecution of intellectual property suits, patent opposition proceedings, and related legal and administrative proceedings can be both costly and time-consuming and may significantly divert the efforts and resources of our technical and management personnel. An adverse determination in any such litigation or proceedings to which we may become a party could subject us to significant liability to third parties, require us to seek licenses from third parties, to pay ongoing royalties, or to redesign our manufacturing process or our products or subject us to injunctions prohibiting the manufacture and sale of our products or the use of our technologies. Protracted litigation could also result in our customers or potential customers deferring or limiting their purchase or use of our products until resolution of such litigation.

 

We may not be able to continue to receive the same level of support from Daqo Group, which may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

Since our inception, we have substantially benefited from financial support from Daqo Group, one of the largest electrical equipment manufacturers in China. As of December 31, 2011, we had outstanding payables to and amount due from Daqo Group and its subsidiaries in the amount of $3.2 million and $9.9 million, respectively. In addition, Daqo Group has granted us a permanent and royalty-free license to use the “Daqo” brand, which is a well recognized brand in the electrical industry in China. We have benefited from the strong brand recognition of “Daqo” in our business development efforts, as evidenced by our ability to secure major customers based in China within a short period after we commenced commercial production of polysilicon. Daqo Group has agreed in writing not to engage in the business of manufacturing, marketing or distributing polysilicon or any other solar power products anywhere in the world or compete in any manner with our businesses without our consent for an indefinite term. Daqo Group has committed to provide any necessary financial support to us, as may be required, evidenced by a signed letter of support. However, we cannot assure you that we will continue to receive the same level of support, or any support at all, from Daqo Group in the future. If Daqo Group ceases to support us, our business, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, any negative publicity associated with Daqo Group will likely have an adverse impact on our reputation, which could materially and adversely affect our business. In the event of any disagreements with Daqo Group, we may have to resort to legal proceedings in China to enforce our rights, which could be costly, time consuming and involve uncertain outcome.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our business depends substantially on the continuing efforts of our executive officers and key employees, and our business may be severely disrupted if we lose their services.

 

Our future success depends substantially on the continued services of our executive officers and key employees, especially Mr. Guangfu Xu, our chairman, and Dr. Gongda Yao, our chief executive officer. If one or more of our executive officers or key employees were unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, we might not be able to replace them easily, in a timely manner, or at all. Our business may be severely disrupted, our financial conditions and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected and we may incur additional expenses to recruit, train and retain personnel. If any of our executive officers or key employees join a competitor or form a competing company, we may lose customers, suppliers, know-how and key professionals and staff members. Each of our executive officers and key employees has entered into an employment agreement with us, which contains non-competition provisions. However, if any dispute arises between our executive officers and us, these agreements may not be enforceable in China, where these executive officers reside, in light of uncertainties with China’s legal system. See “—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—Uncertainties in the interpretation and enforcement of Chinese laws and regulations could limit the legal protection available to you and us.”

 

Certain of our principal shareholders have substantial influence over our company and their interests may not be aligned with the interests of our other shareholders.

 

As of the date of this annual report, three of our directors, Messrs. Guangfu Xu, Xiang Xu and Fei Ge, beneficially own an aggregate of 37.61% of our outstanding share capital. These three shareholders are also directors of Daqo Group or Daqo Group’s material subsidiaries. As a result of their high level of shareholding, these shareholders have substantial influence over our business, including decisions regarding mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, election of directors and other significant corporate actions. These shareholders may take actions that are not in the best interest of us or our other shareholders. This concentration of ownership may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our other shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and might reduce the price of our ADSs. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders. These shareholders’ interests as beneficial owners of Daqo Group and Daqo New Material may not always be aligned with their interests as our shareholders. Should any conflict of interest arise, these shareholders may take actions not in the best interest of us and our other shareholders.

 

If we are unable to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Our future success depends, to a significant extent, on our ability to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, particularly technical personnel with expertise in the photovoltaic industry. Since our industry is characterized by high demand and intense competition for talent, there can be no assurance that we will be able to attract or retain qualified technical staff or other highly skilled employees that we will need to achieve our strategic objectives. As we are still a relatively young company and our business has grown rapidly, our ability to train and integrate new employees into our operations may not meet the growing demands of our business. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified personnel, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Compliance with environmental regulations can be expensive, and non-compliance with these regulations may result in adverse publicity and potentially significant monetary damages and fines.

 

As our manufacturing processes generate waste water and gas and other industrial wastes, we are required to comply with all applicable regulations regarding protection of the environment. We are in compliance with present environmental protection requirements and have all the necessary environmental permits to conduct our business in all material respects. However, if more stringent regulations are adopted in the future, the cost of compliance with these new regulations could be substantial. If we fail to comply with present or future environmental regulations, we may be required to pay substantial fines, suspend production or cease operations, which in turn would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

16


Table of Contents

The discontinuation of any of the preferential tax treatments or the financial incentives and grants currently available to us in China could adversely affect our overall results of operations.

 

Various Chinese governmental authorities have provided tax incentives to our subsidiaries in China. These incentives include income tax exemption or reduced enterprise income tax rates. For example, under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008, the statutory enterprise income tax rate is 25%. However, our Chinese subsidiary Chongqing Daqo, as a foreign-invested enterprise established in the central and western regions of China, was entitled to a preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15% through 2010. In December 2009, Chongqing Daqo was qualified as a “Chongqing Municipality High and New Technology Enterprise.” This will entitle it to a preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15% for three years from the grant date of the certificate and can be renewed for additional three-year terms upon Chongqing Daqo’s application and the government’s approval. If there are significant changes in the business operations, manufacturing technologies or other criteria that cause the enterprise to no longer meet the criteria as a “high and new technology enterprise,” such status will be terminated from the year of such change. We cannot assure you that Chongqing Daqo will continue to qualify as a “high and new technology enterprise” in future periods. In addition, Chongqing Daqo has received various financial incentives and grants from the local government since its inception. For example, it received government grants in the amount of $2.9 million and $11.0 million in 2010 and 2011, respectively. Any increase in the enterprise income tax rate applicable to our Chinese subsidiaries or discontinuation or reduction of any of the preferential tax treatments or financial incentives currently enjoyed by our subsidiaries in China could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

The dividends we receive from our Chinese subsidiaries and our global income may be subject to Chinese tax under the EIT Law, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations; our foreign ADS holders will be subject to a Chinese withholding tax upon the dividends payable by us, if we are classified as a Chinese “resident enterprise.”

 

Under the Chinese enterprise income tax laws and regulations, dividends, interests, rent, royalties and gains on transfers of property payable by a foreign-invested enterprise in China to its foreign investor who is a non-resident enterprise will be subject to a 10% withholding tax, unless such non-resident enterprise’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a reduced rate of withholding tax. The Cayman Islands, where Daqo Cayman is incorporated, does not have such a tax treaty with China.

 

Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside China with its “de facto management body” within China is considered a “resident enterprise” in China and will be subject to the Chinese enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on its worldwide income. In April 2009, the Chinese State Administration of Taxation issued a new circular to clarify criteria for determining the “resident enterprise” status of foreign companies which are controlled by enterprises incorporated in China. Pursuant to the circular, to determine whether a company formed outside of mainland China and controlled by an enterprise incorporated in China should be treated as a Chinese resident enterprise, the tax authority will review factors such as the routine operation of the organizational body that effectively manages the enterprise’s production and business operations, locations of personnel holding decision-making power, location of finance and accounting functions and properties of the enterprise, and more than half of the directors or senior management personnel residing in China. Substantially all of our management members are based in China. However, it remains unclear how PRC tax authority will treat an overseas company controlled by PRC natural persons rather than PRC enterprises like our case. If the Chinese tax authorities subsequently determine that Daqo Cayman should be classified as a resident enterprise, then our worldwide income will be subject to Chinese income tax, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, the EIT Law also provides that, if a resident enterprise directly invests in another resident enterprise, the dividends received by the investing resident enterprise from the invested enterprise are exempted from income tax, subject to certain conditions. Therefore, if Daqo Cayman is classified as resident enterprise under the EIT Law, the dividends received from our Chinese subsidiaries may be exempted from withholding tax.

 

Moreover, under the EIT Law, foreign ADS holders will be subject to a 10% withholding tax upon dividends payable by us if Daqo Cayman is classified as resident enterprise under the EIT Law. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in our ADSs.

 

We rely on a lease agreement with Daqo New Material for material property, plant and equipment necessary for our production, and if Daqo New Material fails to perform, or terminates the lease agreement for any reason, our business could be disrupted.

 

Chongqing Daqo leases certain property, plant and equipment from Daqo New Material for its polysilicon production under a lease agreement effective from July 1, 2008, which was subsequently amended. When the initial term expires on December 31, 2013, Chongqing Daqo has an option to renew the lease agreement on the same conditions for additional terms. If Daqo New Material fails to perform or terminates the lease agreement for any reason, including, for example, due to its breach of the agreement or the unavailability of any required governmental approvals, or if it refuses to extend or renew the lease agreement when the agreement expires, and we cannot find an immediately available alternative source for leasing similar property, plant and equipment, then our ability to carry on our operations will be impaired. If Daqo New Material fails to perform its obligations, we may need to initiate legal procedures in courts to enforce the agreement. Such procedures can be lengthy and the result may not be favorable to us.

 

17


Table of Contents

We have limited insurance coverage. In particular, we do not have any product liability insurance or business interruption insurance.

 

As the insurance industry in China is still in an early stage of development, the product liability insurance and business interruption insurance available in China offer limited coverage compared to that offered in many other countries. We do not have any product liability insurance or business interruption insurance. Any business disruption or natural disaster could result in substantial costs and a diversion of resources, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

As with other photovoltaic product manufacturers, we are exposed to risks associated with product liability claims if the use of our photovoltaic products results in injury. Since our polysilicon products are made into electricity generating devices, it is possible that users could be injured or killed by devices that use our products as a result of product malfunctions, defects, improper installation or other causes. We only began commercial shipment of our photovoltaic products in July 2008 and, because of our limited operating history, we cannot predict whether product liability claims will be brought against us in the future or the effect of any resulting negative publicity on our business. The successful assertion of product liability claims against us could result in potentially significant monetary damages and require us to make significant payments.

 

18


Table of Contents

We have granted, and may continue to grant, stock options and other share-based compensation in the future, which may materially impact our future results of operations.

 

We adopted our 2009 share incentive plan in August 2009 that permits the grant of stock options, restricted shares and restricted share units to employees, directors and consultants of our company. Under the 2009 share incentive plan, we may issue options to purchase up to 15,000,000 ordinary shares. As of the date of this annual report, options to purchase 7,695,000 ordinary shares have been granted under this plan. In addition, we modified the exercise prices for certain outstanding options in January 2012 in order to provide additional incentives to our employees and directors. As a result of these option grants, option repricings and potential future grants under the plan, we have incurred, and will incur in future periods, significant share-based compensation expenses. We account for compensation costs for all stock options using a fair-value based method and recognize expenses in our consolidated statement of income in accordance with the relevant rules in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which may have a material adverse effect on our net income. Moreover, the additional expenses associated with share-based compensation may reduce the attractiveness of such incentive plan to us. However, if we limit the scope of our share incentive plan, we may not be able to attract or retain key personnel who are expected to be compensated by incentive shares or options.

 

Risks Relating to Doing Business in China

 

Changes in China’s economic, political or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

 

Substantially all of our assets are located in and substantially all of our revenues are currently sourced from China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in China generally and by continued economic growth in China as a whole.

 

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the Chinese government has implemented measures since the late 1970s emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the Chinese government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over the Chinese economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

 

While the Chinese economy has experienced a significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may also have a negative effect on us. For example, our operating results and financial condition may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations that are applicable to us, and by government policies or guidance aimed at curtailing the perceived over-capacity of certain industry sectors, such as steel, concrete, polysilicon and wind power equipment. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulation—Renewable Energy Law and Other Government Directives.” The Chinese government has implemented certain measures, including interest rate increases, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activity in China, which could in turn reduce the demand for our services and materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

A severe and prolonged global economic recession and the corresponding slowdown in the Chinese economy may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Recent global market and economic conditions have been unprecedented and challenging with recession in most major economies. Continued concerns about the systemic impact of a potentially long-term and widespread recession, energy costs, geopolitical issues, and the availability and cost of credit have contributed to increased market volatility and diminished expectations for economic growth around the world. The difficult economic outlook has negatively affected business and consumer confidence and contributed to volatility of unprecedented levels. The Chinese economy also faces challenges. The stimulus plans and other measures implemented by the Chinese government may not work effectively or quickly enough to maintain economic growth in China or avert a severe economic downturn. In addition, concerns regarding the recent downgrade of the U.S. sovereign credit rating and the sovereign debt crisis in Europe may further aggravate the negative outlook of the economic conditions in the U.S., Europe and throughout the world, including China.

 

19


Table of Contents

Since we derive most of our revenues from customers in China, any prolonged slowdown in the Chinese economy may have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition in a number of ways. For example, our customers may reduce or delay spending with us, while we may have difficulty expanding our customer base fast enough, or at all, to offset the impact of decreased spending by our existing customers. In addition, to the extent we offer credit to any customer and such customer experiences financial difficulties due to the economic slowdown, we could have difficulty collecting payment from such customer.

 

Uncertainties in the interpretation and enforcement of Chinese laws and regulations could limit the legal protection available to you and us.

 

The Chinese legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike common law systems, it is a system in which legal decisions have limited value as precedents. In the late 1970s, the Chinese government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws and regulations governing economic matters in general. The overall effect of legislation over the past three decades has significantly increased the protections afforded to various forms of foreign or private-sector investment in China. Our Chinese operating subsidiaries, Chongqing Daqo and Nanjing Daqo, are foreign-invested enterprises and are subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign-invested enterprises as well as various Chinese laws and regulations generally applicable to companies in China. Our business is also subject to various industry policy, safety and environmental laws and regulations that affect our operations and production facility expansion plans, including those related to investment, project construction, building, zoning, fire prevention and work safety. These laws and regulations are still evolving, and their interpretation and enforcement involve uncertainties. In addition, due to the inconsistent nature of regulatory enforcements in China, local Chinese governmental authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing rules and regulations, and there is no assurance that the central government authorities will always agree with the interpretations and implementations of the local governmental authorities. Currently, all governmental approvals relating to our operations and production capacity expansion plans have been issued by the relevant competent local government authorities. However, if a central government agency requires us to obtain its approval and if we fail to obtain such approval in a timely manner, or at all, we may be subject to the imposition of fines against us, or the suspension or cessation of our production capacity expansion plans. In addition, under the measures jointly issued by the National Development and Reform Commission, or NDRC, and nine other governmental agencies in September 2009, we will need to seek pre-approval from NDRC if we plan to further expand our production capacity beyond Phase 2. As the detailed guidelines for approval criteria or timeline under these measures have yet to be promulgated, we cannot assure you that we will obtain the required NDRC approval in time or at all if we plan to further expand our production capacity beyond Phase 2. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulation—Renewable Energy Law and Other Government Directives.” It may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of any regulatory or legal proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy than in more developed legal systems. These uncertainties may impede our ability to continue our operations or planned capacity expansions, which, as a result, could materially and adversely affect our business and operations.

 

Chinese regulations relating to offshore investment activities by Chinese residents may increase the administrative burden we face and may subject our Chinese resident beneficial owners or employees to personal liabilities, limit our subsidiaries’ ability to increase its registered capital or distribute profits to us, limit our ability to inject capital into our Chinese subsidiaries, or may otherwise expose us to liability under Chinese law.

 

SAFE has promulgated regulations that require Chinese residents and Chinese corporate entities to register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. These regulations may apply to our shareholders who are Chinese residents and may apply to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future.

 

In October 2005, SAFE issued a regulation entitled “Circular on Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Regulation of Corporate Financing and Roundtrip Investments by Chinese Residents through Offshore Special Purpose Companies,” or SAFE Circular No. 75. SAFE Circular No. 75 requires Chinese residents to register with the local SAFE branch before establishing or controlling any company outside of China for the purpose of capital financing with assets or equities of Chinese companies, referred to in the notice as an “offshore special purpose company.” In addition, any Chinese resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of an offshore company is required to update his registration with the relevant SAFE branches, with respect to that offshore company, any material change involving increase or decrease of capital, transfer or swap of shares, merger, division, equity or debt investment or creation of any security interest. Moreover, the Chinese subsidiaries of that offshore company are required to coordinate and supervise the filing of SAFE registrations by the offshore company’s shareholders who are Chinese residents in a timely manner. If a Chinese shareholder with a direct or indirect stake in an offshore parent company fails to make the required SAFE registration, the Chinese subsidiaries of such offshore parent company may be prohibited from making distributions of profit to the offshore parent and from paying the offshore parent proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation in respect of the Chinese subsidiaries, and the offshore parent company may also be prohibited from injecting additional capital into its Chinese subsidiaries. Furthermore, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above may result in liability for the Chinese shareholders and the Chinese subsidiaries under Chinese law for foreign exchange registration evasion.

 

20


Table of Contents

We have, up to the present, completed the SAFE Circular No. 75 registration for all current beneficial shareholders of our company who are Chinese residents. However, we may not be fully informed of the identities of the beneficial owners of our company in the future and we cannot assure you that all of our Chinese resident beneficial owners will comply with the SAFE regulations. The failure of our beneficial owners who are Chinese residents to make any required registrations may subject us to fines and legal sanctions, and prevent us from being able to make distributions or pay dividends, as a result of which our business operations and our ability to distribute profits to you could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Participants of our share incentive plan who are PRC individuals are required to register with SAFE, and the failure to so comply could subject us and such participants to penalties.

 

In February 2012, the SAFE promulgated the Notice on the Administration of Foreign Exchange Matters for Domestic Individuals Participating in the Stock Incentive Plans of Overseas Listed Companies, or the Stock Option Notice. According to the Stock Option Notice, a PRC domestic qualified agent or the PRC subsidiary of such overseas listed company must file an application with the SAFE or its local counterpart on behalf of PRC resident individuals who participate in stock incentive plans of overseas publicly-listed companies to obtain approval for an annual allowance with respect to the purchase of foreign exchange in connection with the stock holding or share option exercises. Our company is an “overseas publicly-listed company,” and therefore, we and participants of our share incentive plan who are PRC individuals are subject to these regulations.

 

As the Stock Option Notice is still relatively new, it is unclear how it will be interpreted and implemented by the relevant government authorities. We plan to submit an application with the SAFE or its local counterpart to register our share incentive plan. If our application is unsuccessful or our option plan participants who are PRC individuals fail to work with us to complete the registration, we or such persons may be subject to fines and legal sanctions. Any failure to comply with such regulations may subject us and the relevant participants of our share incentive to fines and legal sanctions and prevent us from being able to grant share incentive to our personnel, as a result of which our business operations may be adversely affected.

 

Chinese regulation of direct investment and loans by offshore holding companies to Chinese entities may delay or limit us from making additional capital contributions or loans to our Chinese subsidiaries.

 

Any capital contributions or loans that we, as an offshore entity, make to our Chinese subsidiaries, are subject to Chinese regulations. For example, for each of our Chinese subsidiary, the aggregate amount of our loans to the Chinese subsidiary cannot exceed the difference between the amount of its total investment and its registered capital as approved by the foreign investment regulatory authorities under relevant Chinese laws, and the loans must be registered with the local branch of the SAFE. For each foreign invested enterprise, such as Chongqing Daqo and Nanjing Daqo, when the Chinese foreign investment regulatory authorities approve the establishment of such foreign invested enterprise, the authorities approve the amounts of such enterprise’s registered capital, which represent the investors’ capital commitment in equity, and the amounts of its total investment, which represent the sum of its registered capital plus the amounts of its permitted loans. After the establishment of the foreign invested enterprise, the investors can seek regulatory approval to increase its registered capital and the total investment amounts, and upon approval, there will be increases in both amounts. There is a specific statutory guideline relating to the ratio of a foreign invested enterprise’s registered capital amount over total investment amount, and all foreign investment regulatory authorities in China must follow the ratio guideline when exercising their approval authority. However, there is no uniform statutory guideline applicable to all regulatory authorities regarding whether to approve the establishment of a new foreign invested enterprise or to approve any increase in the registered capital and total investment of an existing foreign invested enterprise. In practice, authorities consider factors such as overall governmental policies relating to the specific industry and demands in a particular industry and the approval usually takes one to three months depending on the locations of the foreign invested enterprises. The approved total investment amounts of Chongqing Daqo, Nanjing Daqo and Xinjiang Daqo are $286.0 million, $48.9 million and $298.0 million, respectively. The registered capital of Chongqing Daqo is $96.0 million, of which $69.6 million was contributed by Daqo Cayman as the sole investor. The registered capitals of Nanjing Daqo and Xinjiang Daqo are $20.0 million and $100.0 million, respectively, all of which were contributed by Daqo Cayman as the sole investor in both Nanjing Daqo and Xinjiang Daqo. As a result, the maximum permissible amounts that Chongqing Daqo, Nanjing Daqo and Xinjiang Daqo may borrow from Daqo Cayman are $190.0 million, $28.9 million and $198.0 million, respectively. We may not make loans to Chongqing Daqo, Nanjing Daqo and Xinjiang Daqo in excess of the maximum amounts permissible unless we obtain government approval to increase their total investment amounts. In addition, any increases of our capital contributions to our Chinese subsidiaries beyond the previously authorized amount must be approved by the MOFCOM and the National Development and Reform Commission or their respective local counterparts. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these approvals on a timely basis, or at all. If we fail to obtain such approvals, our ability to make equity contributions or provide loans to our Chinese subsidiaries or to fund their operations may be negatively affected, which could adversely affect our Chinese subsidiaries’ liquidity and their ability to fund their working capital and expansion projects and meet their obligations and commitments.

 

21


Table of Contents

We rely principally on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our wholly owned operating subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our operating subsidiaries to pay dividends to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to borrow money or pay dividends.

 

As a holding company, we rely principally on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our Chinese subsidiaries for our cash requirements, including funds necessary to service any debt we may incur. If our Chinese subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. Furthermore, relevant Chinese laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by Chinese subsidiaries only out of their retained earnings, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. Under Chinese laws and regulations, each of our Chinese subsidiaries is required to set aside a portion of its net income each year to fund a statutory surplus reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. This reserve is not distributable as dividends. As a result, our Chinese subsidiaries are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to us in the form of dividends, loans or advances. Limitation on the ability of our Chinese subsidiaries to pay dividends to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to borrow money outside of China or pay dividends to holders of our ADSs. Also see “—Risks Relating to Our Business—The dividends we receive from our Chinese subsidiaries and our global income may be subject to Chinese tax under the EIT Law, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations; our foreign ADS holders will be subject to a Chinese withholding tax upon the dividends payable by us, if we are classified as a Chinese “resident enterprise.”

 

Fluctuations in exchange rates could result in foreign currency exchange losses.

 

The conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies, including U.S. dollars, is based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China. The PRC government allowed the Renminbi to appreciate by more than 20% against the U.S. dollar between July 2005 and July 2008. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the PRC government has allowed the Renminbi to appreciate slowly against the U.S. dollar again. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future. As a consequence, the Renminbi has fluctuated sharply since July 2008 against other freely traded currencies, in tandem with the U.S. dollar. For example, the Renminbi appreciated approximately 27% against the Euro between July 2008 and November 2008. In June 2010, the PRC government announced that it would increase Renminbi exchange rate flexibility. However, it remains unclear how this policy will be implemented. There remains significant international pressure on the Chinese government to adopt a substantial liberalization of its currency policy, which could result in a further and more significant appreciation in the value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar. Significant revaluation of the Renminbi may have a material adverse effect on your investment. In addition, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would increase our production costs. Conversely, if we decide to convert our Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or ADSs or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us.

 

Our auditor, like other independent registered public accounting firms operating in China, is not permitted to be subject to inspection by PCAOB, and as such, investors may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit reports included in our annual reports filed with the SEC, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with PCAOB is required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by PCAOB to assess its compliance with the laws of the United States and professional standards. Because our auditor is located in China, a jurisdiction where PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the PRC authorities, our auditor, like other independent registered public accounting firms operating in China, is currently not inspected by PCAOB.

 

Inspections of other firms that PCAOB has conducted outside of China have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. The inability of PCAOB to conduct inspections of independent registered public accounting firms operating in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures or quality control procedures. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections.

 

22


Table of Contents

Restrictions on currency exchange under Chinese laws may limit our ability to convert cash derived from our operating activities into foreign currencies and may materially and adversely affect the value of your investment.

 

Substantially all of our revenues and operating expenses are denominated in Renminbi. Under the relevant foreign exchange restrictions in China, conversion of the Renminbi is permitted, without the need for SAFE approval, for “current account” transactions, which includes dividends, trade, and service-related foreign exchange transactions. Conversion of the Renminbi for “capital account” transactions, which includes foreign direct investment and loans, is still subject to significant limitations and requires approvals from and registration with SAFE and other Chinese regulatory authorities. We cannot assure you that SAFE or other Chinese governmental authorities will not further limit, or eliminate, our ability to purchase foreign currencies in the future. Any existing and future restrictions on currency exchange in China may limit our ability to convert cash derived from our operating activities into foreign currencies to fund expenditures denominated in foreign currencies. If the foreign exchange restrictions in China prevent us from obtaining U.S. dollars or other foreign currencies as required, we may not be able to pay dividends in U.S. dollars or other foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ADSs. Furthermore, foreign exchange control in respect of the capital account transactions could affect our Chinese subsidiaries’ ability to obtain foreign exchange or conversion into RMB through debt or equity financing, including by means of loans or capital contributions from us.

 

We face risks related to health epidemics and other outbreaks.

 

Our business could be adversely affected by the effects of swine flu, avian flu, Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or SARS or other epidemics or outbreaks. China reported a number of cases of SARS in April 2004. In 2006, 2007 and 2008, there were reports on the occurrences of avian flu in various parts of China, including a few confirmed human cases and deaths. In April 2009, an outbreak of swine flu occurred in Mexico and the United States and human cases of swine flu were discovered in China and Hong Kong. Any prolonged occurrence or recurrence of swine flu, avian flu, SARS or other adverse public health developments in China or any of the major markets in which we do business may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. These could include our ability to deliver our products within or outside of China, as well as temporary closure of our manufacturing facilities, or our customers’ facilities, leading to delayed or cancelled orders. Any severe travel or shipment restrictions and closures would severely disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Risks Relating to Our ADSs

 

The trading prices of our ADSs have been and may continue to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.

 

The closing trading prices of our ADSs ranged from $1.43 to $14.74 in 2011 and are likely to remain volatile in the future and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, like the performance and fluctuation of the market prices of other companies with business operations located mainly in China that have listed their securities in the United States. A number of China-based companies, including many solar energy companies, have listed their securities on U.S. stock exchanges. The securities of some of these companies have experienced significant volatility, including price declines in connection with their initial public offerings. The trading performances of these Chinese companies’ securities after their offerings may affect the attitudes of investors toward Chinese companies listed in the United States in general and consequently may impact the trading performance of our ADSs, regardless of our actual operating performance.

 

In addition to market and industry factors, the price and trading volume for our ADSs may be highly volatile for factors specific to our own operations, including the following:

 

   

variations in our revenues, earnings and cash flow;

 

   

announcements of our new investments, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, or joint ventures;

 

   

announcements of new products and expansions by us or our competitors;

 

   

fluctuations in market prices of or demand for our products;

 

   

changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel; and

 

   

potential litigation or regulatory investigations.

 

 

23


Table of Contents

Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the volume and price at which our ADSs will trade. We cannot assure you that these factors will not occur in the future.

 

The sale or availability for sale of substantial amounts of our ADSs could adversely affect their market price.

 

Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs in the public market or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ADSs and could materially impair our ability to raise capital through equity offerings in the future. Our ADSs are freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, subject to the restrictions in Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act and the applicable lock-up agreements. In addition, market sales of securities held by our significant shareholders or any other shareholder or the availability of these securities for future sale may adversely affect the market price of our ADSs.

 

Our Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association contain anti-takeover provisions that could have a material adverse effect on the rights of holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

 

Our Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association contain provisions to limit the ability of others to acquire control of our company or cause us to engage in change-of-control transactions. These provisions could have the effect of depriving our shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of our company in a tender offer or similar transaction.

 

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

 

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended from time to time, the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands (2011 Revision) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take actions against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

 

The Cayman Islands courts are also unlikely:

 

   

to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws; and

 

   

to impose liabilities against us, in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws that are penal in nature.

 

There is no statutory recognition in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the Cayman Islands will in certain circumstances recognize and enforce a non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits.

 

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the United States.

 

24


Table of Contents

Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

 

We are a Cayman Islands company and all of our assets are located outside of the United States. Substantially all of our current operations are conducted in the China. In addition, a majority of our current directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States. Substantially all of the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the United States federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of China may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers.

 

The voting rights of holders of ADSs are limited by the terms of the deposit agreement, and you may not be able to exercise your right to vote your ordinary shares.

 

As a holder of our ADSs, you will only be able to exercise the voting rights with respect to the underlying ordinary shares in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. Under the deposit agreement, you must vote by giving voting instructions to the depositary. Upon receipt of your voting instructions, the depositary will vote the underlying ordinary shares in accordance with these instructions. You will not be able to directly exercise your right to vote with respect to the underlying shares unless you withdraw the shares. Under our Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, the minimum notice period required for convening a general meeting is seven days. When a general meeting is convened, you may not receive sufficient advance notice to withdraw the shares underlying your ADSs to allow you to vote with respect to any specific matter. If we ask for your instructions, the depositary will notify you of the upcoming vote and will arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for their manner of carrying out your voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and you may have no legal remedy if the shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested.

 

The depositary for our ADSs will give us a discretionary proxy to vote our ordinary shares underlying your ADSs if you do not vote at shareholders’ meetings, except in limited circumstances, which could adversely affect your interests.

 

Under the deposit agreement for the ADSs, if you do not vote, the depositary will give us a discretionary proxy to vote our ordinary shares underlying your ADSs at shareholders’ meetings unless:

 

   

we have failed to timely provide the depositary with notice of meeting and related voting materials;

 

   

we have instructed the depositary that we do not wish a discretionary proxy to be given;

 

   

we have informed the depositary that there is substantial opposition as to a matter to be voted on at the meeting;

 

   

a matter to be voted on at the meeting would have a material adverse impact on shareholders; or

 

   

the voting at the meeting is to be made by a show of hands.

 

The effect of this discretionary proxy is that if you do not vote at shareholders’ meetings, you cannot prevent our ordinary shares underlying your ADSs from being voted, except under the circumstances described above. This may make it more difficult for shareholders to influence the management of our company. Holders of our ordinary shares are not subject to this discretionary proxy.

 

You may not receive dividends or other distributions on our ordinary shares and you may not receive any value for them, if it is illegal or impractical to make them available to you.

 

The depositary of our ADSs has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on ordinary shares underlying our ADSs, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent. However, the depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any holders of ADSs. For example, it would be unlawful to make a distribution to a holder of ADSs if it consists of securities that require registration under the Securities Act but that are not properly registered or distributed under an applicable exemption from registration. The depositary may also determine that it is not feasible to distribute certain property through the mail. Additionally, the value of certain distributions may be less than the cost of mailing them. In these cases, the depositary may determine not to distribute such property. We have no obligation to register under U.S. securities laws any ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or other securities received through such distributions. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of ADSs. This means that you may not receive distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you. These restrictions may cause a material decline in the value of our ADSs.

 

25


Table of Contents

You may not be able to participate in rights offerings and may experience dilution of your holdings.

 

We may, from time to time, distribute rights to our shareholders, including rights to acquire securities. Under the deposit agreement, the depositary will not distribute rights to holders of ADSs unless the distribution and sale of rights and the securities to which these rights relate are either exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect to all holders of ADSs, or are registered under the provisions of the Securities Act. The depositary may, but is not required to, attempt to sell these undistributed rights to third parities, and may allow the rights to lapse. We may be unable to establish an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, and we are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to these rights or underlying securities or to endeavor to have a registration statement declared effective. Accordingly, holders of ADSs may be unable to participate in our rights offerings and may experience dilution of their holdings as a result.

 

You may be subject to limitations on transfer of your ADSs.

 

Your ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may close its books from time to time for a number of reasons, including in connection with corporate events such as a rights offering, during which time the depositary needs to maintain an exact number of ADS holders on its books for a specified period. The depositary may also close its books in emergencies, and on weekends and public holidays. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of our ADSs generally when our share register or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary thinks it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason.

 

The Company may be classified as a passive foreign investment company or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which could subject U.S. investors in our ADSs or ordinary shares to adverse tax consequences.

 

A non-United States corporation, such as our company, will be classified as a “passive foreign investment company” (or a “PFIC”), for United States federal income tax purposes, for any taxable year if either (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of the value of its assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) produce or are held for the production of passive income. Based on the price of our ADSs and ordinary shares and the composition of our income and assets, we do not believe that we were a PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes, for the taxable year ended December 31, 2011. Although we do not currently expect that our assets or activities will change in a manner that would cause us to become a PFIC for our current taxable year or the foreseeable future, there can be no assurance our business plans will not change in a manner that will affect our PFIC status. In addition, because the value of our assets for purposes of the PFIC test will generally be determined by reference to the market price of our ADSs and ordinary shares, fluctuations in the market price of our ADSs and ordinary shares may increase the risk of us becoming a PFIC. Because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules and PFIC status is a fact-intensive determination made on an annual basis, no assurance can be given that we are not or will not become classified as a PFIC.

 

If we were to be classified as a PFIC in any taxable year, a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations”) may incur significantly increased United States income tax on gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares and on the receipt of distributions on the ADSs or ordinary shares to the extent such gain or distribution is treated as an “excess distribution” under the United States federal income tax rules. Further, if we are classified as a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares. See “Item 10. Additional Information—E. “Taxation—Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations.”

 

26


Table of Contents
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

A. History and Development of the Company

 

Our company was incorporated in Cayman Islands as Mega Stand International Limited in November 2007. We changed our corporate name to Daqo New Energy Corp. in August 2009.

 

In January 2008, we established Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd., or Chongqing Daqo, as our wholly owned operating subsidiary in China. Through Chongqing Daqo, we focus primarily on the manufacture and sale of polysilicon and have recently expanded into the wafer manufacturing. In addition to Chongqing Daqo, we established Nanjing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd., or Nanjing Daqo, in December 2007 in China, through which we conduct our module manufacturing business. In January 2009, we established our wholly owned subsidiary Daqo Solar Energy North America, or Daqo North America, in California to promote our products in North America. In April 2011, we established a wholly owned subsidiary, Daqo New Energy Holdings (Canada) Ltd., or Daqo Canada, to expand our operations in Canada. In February 2011, to expand our polysilicon manufacture capacities, we established another wholly owned subsidiary in China Xinjiang Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd., or Xinjiang Daqo.

 

Daqo Group established Daqo New Material on November 16, 2006 in China. Although all of Daqo Group’s equity interest holders also beneficially own shares of Daqo Cayman, Daqo Group does not have any shareholding in our company. As of the date of this annual report, holders of equity interests in Daqo Group in aggregate beneficially own 58.01% of the outstanding ordinary shares of our company. Daqo New Material’s activities included acquiring land use rights and constructing certain production infrastructure prior to the incorporation of our company and Chongqing Daqo. Subsequent to the establishment of Chongqing Daqo, in July 2008, Chongqing Daqo entered into a lease agreement with Daqo New Material, which was amended and restated in August 2009 with retrospective effect from January 1, 2009, to rent Daqo New Material’s land, production infrastructure, machinery and equipment for its polysilicon production of Phase 1a. Under the amended and restated lease agreement, the lease period is from January 1, 2009 to December 31, 2013, with a monthly lease payment at a fixed amount. One month before the expiry of the lease period, Chongqing Daqo has the option to renew the lease on the same terms and conditions for an additional five-year period. Furthermore, the amended and restated lease agreement provides that Chongqing Daqo has the option to purchase, or to designate any person to purchase, the leased assets at the then fair value at any time during the lease period or within one year following the lease period, if permitted by the PRC laws and regulations. Under current PRC laws and regulations, Chongqing Daqo needs to obtain governmental approval in China to proceed with the purchase, and given the application requirements we do not think it is currently practical for us to obtain such approval. If Daqo New Material desires to transfer the ownership of the leased assets to a third party, Chongqing Daqo has the right of first refusal to acquire the leased assets under the same conditions, and if the leased assets are transferred to a third party, the lease agreement will remain effective and enforceable against the new owner until its expiry. Under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 810-10-15, “Variable Interest Entities,” we are deemed to be Daqo New Material’s primary beneficiary for accounting purposes and Daqo New Material as a “variable interest entity” has been consolidated starting from July 1, 2008. Therefore, we have consolidated the financial results of Daqo New Material into our financial statements since July 1, 2008. As of December 31, 2011, Daqo Group’s equity interest in Daqo New Material amounted to $140.8 million, which was consolidated and reflected as a noncontrolling interest in the balance sheet of our company pursuant to U.S. GAAP. Even though we do not directly or indirectly hold any equity interests in Daqo New Material, under U.S. GAAP, Daqo New Material has been deemed to be our predecessor business from November 16, 2006 through June 30, 2008.

 

On November 9, 2009, Chongqing Daqo signed a supplemental lease agreement with Daqo New Material to lease the production facilities of Phase 1b from November 9, 2009 until December 31, 2013 at a fixed amount. The other terms of the supplemental lease agreement are the same as those of the amended and restated lease agreement of Phase 1a.

 

Under a non-competition agreement with us, Daqo Group has agreed not to engage in the business of manufacturing, marketing or distributing polysilicon or any other solar power products anywhere in the world or compete in any manner with our businesses without our consent for an indefinite term. Such related party transactions are subject to our audit committee’s review and approval. Under the non-competition agreement, we, through Daqo Cayman and Chongqing Daqo, are entitled to seek temporary restraining orders, injunctions or other equitable relief, in addition to monetary remedies specified in the agreement, if Daqo Group breaches its non-competition obligations. With the approval of our audit committee, we gave our consent to Daqo Group to enter the photovoltaic cell manufacturing business in China. Daqo Group incorporated the wholly owned subsidiary, Zhenjiang Daqo Solar, which started commercial production of photovoltaic cell in May 2011.

 

On October 7, 2010, we listed our ADSs, each representing five ordinary shares of Daqo New Energy Corp., on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DQ” in connection with an initial public offering. We issued a total of 9,200,000 ADSs at $9.50 per ADS in connection with our initial public offering.

 

27


Table of Contents

In February 2011, we incorporated a wholly owned subsidiary, Xinjiang Daqo, in Shihezi Economic Development Area in Xinjiang Autonomous Region, China, to build our Phase 2 polysilicon production facilities. Commercial production at these facilities is expected to commence in the fourth quarter of 2012.

 

In April 2011, we incorporated a wholly owned subsidiary, Daqo New Energy Holdings (Canada) Ltd., or Daqo Canada, to expand our operations in North America. Through Daqo Canada, we set up a joint venture with JNE Solar Inc., a party unrelated to us prior to this transaction, in Hamilton, Ontario. This joint venture was terminated in April 2012. Currently, Daqo Canada does not have any material operation, assets or liabilities.

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 666 Longdu Avenue, Wanzhou, Chongqing 404000, The People’s Republic of China, and our telephone number at that location is (86-23) 6486-6666. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at International Corporation Services Ltd., P.O. Box 472, 2nd Floor Harbor Place, Grand Cayman KY1-1106, Cayman Islands. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc.

 

See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Expenditures” for a discussion of our capital expenditures.

 

B. Business Overview

 

Photovoltaics is one of the proven and most rapidly growing renewable energy sources in the world. Energy from the sun is converted into electricity primarily through the photovoltaic effect and, to a lesser extent, through concentrated solar thermal technologies.

 

We are a leading polysilicon manufacturer based in China. We have expanded to the downstream photovoltaic manufacturing businesses to establish facilities for wafer and module manufacturing. Our current wafer and module manufacturing annual capacities are, 125MW and 100MW, respectively. The following diagram illustrates the value chain for the manufacture of crystalline-silicon based photovoltaic products:

 

LOGO

 

We manufacture and sell high-quality polysilicon to photovoltaic product manufacturers, who further process our polysilicon into ingots, wafers, cells and modules for solar power solutions. We improve our production efficiency and increase our output through technological improvements, adoption of process innovation and refinement as well as equipment enhancement. As a result of these initiatives, we plan to increase our annual production capacity to 7,300 MT of polysilicon by the end of 2012 from 4,300 MT in 2011 by adding a Phase 2 production line and improving our production efficiency. The actual production volume may exceed the production capacity due to operational improvements we may implement at our facilities in response to market conditions.

 

Our current operations are based in Chongqing, which is in the western area of China where the cost of doing business is generally lower than the coastal areas in China. Because of our strategic location, we experience advantages in electricity, raw material and labor costs over our competitors that are based in developed countries or in the coastal areas of China. We utilize the chemical vapor deposition process, or the “modified Siemens process,” to produce polysilicon, and have fully implemented the closed loop system to produce high-quality polysilicon cost-effectively. Compared to the open loop system that many of our China-based competitors use, our closed loop system uses raw materials more efficiently, requires less electricity and causes less pollution.

 

In March 2011, we commenced the construction of our Phase 2 polysilicon facilities in Shihezi, Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region. We plan to begin commercial production at the Xinjiang Phase 2 facilities in the fourth quarter of 2012, where the initial annual capacity will be 3,000 MT when the facilities are fully ramped up.

 

We impose rigorous quality control standards at various stages of our manufacturing process. We systematically test raw materials from our suppliers and test our inputs at each stage of our manufacturing process to ensure that they meet all technical specifications. With our strict quality control measures in our manufacturing and facility construction processes, we are able to produce high-quality polysilicon consistently at our existing Phase 1 facilities in Chongqing. In 2011, approximately 97% of our polysilicon met the solar grade quality standard, approximately 87% of our polysilicon met the highest specification of the solar grade quality standard and approximately 80% of our polysilicon met the electronic grade quality standard in China.

 

28


Table of Contents

We achieved substantial growth since we commenced commercial production of polysilicon in July 2008. We produced 1,523 MT, 3,771 MT and 4,524 MT of polysilicon and sold 1,498 and 3,650 MT and 3,947 MT in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. We generated revenues of $111.2 million, $242.7 million and $255.8 million and achieved net income attributable to Daqo New Energy Corp. shareholders of $30.8 million, $68.6 million and $33.3 million in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

We currently sell polysilicon to China-based photovoltaic product manufacturers. The majority of our sales, are made under framework contracts. We also sell a significant portion of our polysilicon on a spot pricing basis. As of December 31, 2011, our major photovoltaic product customers included operating entities of Hanwha SolarOne, Solargiga, Tianwei New Energy and Yingli Green Energy.

 

We commenced commercial production of wafers using our own polysilicon in July 2011. As of December 31, 2011, our annual wafer production capacity is 125MW. In May 2010, we commenced commercial production of modules. As of December 31, 2011, our annual module production capacity reached 100MW. We sell our modules to photovoltaic system integrators and distributors in China and overseas, leveraging our well-recognized “Daqo” brand. We assemble modules at our own facilities with cells we source through direct purchases and tolling arrangements. The operation of our downstream photovoltaic product manufacturing businesses involves risks and uncertainties, such as higher cost, lack of experience, financing, construction and operational uncertainties, potential competition and regulatory risks. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business” for details.

 

Our Products

 

We manufacture and sell high-purity polysilicon to photovoltaic product manufactures, who further process the polysilicon into ingots, wafers, cells and modules for solar power solutions. We offer ready-to-use polysilicon, packaged to meet crucible stacking, pulling, and solidification needs. In addition, we also offer high-quality wafers and modules through our downstream photovoltaic product manufacturing businesses.

 

In 2010, we sold a small amount of wafers through tolling arrangements with third party wafer manufacturers, pursuant to which we supplied polysilicon to them in exchange for wafers. We commenced commercial production of multi-crystalline wafers in July 2011 at our Phase 1a wafer production facilities, which have a current production capacity of 125 MW. To meet the currently prevailing market demands, we focus on producing multi-crystalline wafers with dimension of 156 millimeters x 156 millimeters and thickness of 200 microns.

 

We commenced commercial production of mono-crystalline and multi-crystalline modules at our Nanjing module production facilities in May 2010, and shipped modules to Europe in July 2010. We source cells for module production through tolling or purchasing arrangements with third party cell manufacturers and assemble the finished cells to modules at our own facilities. We plan to sell our modules to photovoltaic system integrators and distributors in China and internationally, leveraging our well-recognized “Daqo” brand. Our modules meet international standards for electrical, quality and safety requirements and have been certified by TÜV Rheinland LGA Products GmbH, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., MCS (UK), CQC (China), PV Cycle (European), CE (China), CEC (Australia) and CEC (California, U.S.). We currently manufacture three major types of modules:

 

Dimension and specification

   Maximum power     Current at maximum
power
    Operating voltage  

(mm x mm)

     (watts     (Amp     (volts

125×125 mono-crystalline

     165-190        5.0        36   

156×156 multi-crystalline

     200-240        7.5        30   

156×156 multi-crystalline

     170-210        7.4        27   

 

Manufacturing Process

 

Polysilicon

 

Modified Siemens Process

 

Three main technologies are used in polysilicon production: the Siemens process, the fluidized bed reactor process and the newly developed upgraded metallurgical grade silicon process. In addition to the three main technologies, Tokuyama has developed a manufacturing polysilicon technology called the “vapor-to-liquid deposition” process. The Siemens process is an existing and well proven process technology predominantly used in high purity silicon feedstock production in the solar industry. The other three new technologies, the fluidized bed reactor process, the upgrading metallurgical grade silicon process and the vapor-to-liquid deposition, have the potential for lower cost production but are relatively new and less proven.

 

29


Table of Contents

We use the modified Siemens process to produce polysilicon. We have been licensed by Poly Engineering, an industry recognized polysilicon production technology consulting firm based in Europe, with the exclusive rights in China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau to utilize a modified Siemens process to produce polysilicon in our facilities. We further developed our manufacturing process by applying the modified Siemens process licensed from Poly Engineering.

 

The modified Siemens process includes three distinct steps: (1) TCS production; (2) distillation; and (3) deposition. In addition, we recover and recycle exhaust gas throughout the process in our closed loop manufacturing system. The diagram below describes our general manufacturing process:

 

 

LOGO

 

TCS production . The first step of the manufacturing process is to produce TCS from two widely available industrial raw materials: MG-Si and liquid chlorine. We generate TCS in-house through our integrated manufacturing process. TCS production includes two steps: hydrogen chloride synthesis, or HCl synthesis, and TCS synthesis. At the HCl synthesis step, liquid chlorine from a chlorine tank is vaporized to chlorine gas and sent to the HCl synthesis furnace, where it reacts with hydrogen to generate HCl. At the TCS synthesis step that follows, MG-Si powder is then sent to a TCS furnace and reacted with HCl gas. The temperature in the TCS synthesis furnace is maintained at 280–320ºC to facilitate the TCS reaction.

 

Distillation . Distillation is a method of separating mixtures based on differences in their boiling points. Raw TCS is purified through distillation to produce high purity TCS feedstock. The difference in boiling points of TCS and impurities such as boron, phosphorous, and metal halides allow for purification of TCS. It is critical to remove these impurities in this process to eliminate the possible causes of low performance in solar cells. In the distillation process, all by-product chemicals from vent gases are separated and further purified before being sent back to our production areas.

 

Deposition . The purified TCS from the distillation process is vaporized, mixed with hydrogen gas, and then fed into the deposition reactor. The mixed gas passes over heated silicon slim rods inside the deposition reactor. In the reactor, multiple pair slim rods are heated up to approximately 1,100°C and high purity silicon is deposited on the rods surface. The constant feeding of TCS and hydrogen gas allows for continuous silicon deposition until 150–200mm in diameter is achieved. At this point the deposition cycle is completed and the ultra pure silicon is harvested.

 

30


Table of Contents

Closed loop manufacturing system

 

We have implemented the modified Siemens process in a completely closed loop system. The closed loop system is an advanced polysilicon manufacturing process widely used by leading international polysilicon manufacturers. We believe we are one of the few China-based polysilicon manufacturers that have fully implemented the closed loop system in the polysilicon production process. Compared to the open loop system, the closed loop system uses raw materials more efficiently, requires less electricity and produces less pollution. Manufacturing polysilicon generates an exhaust gas primarily consisting of hydrogen, HCl, and chlorosilanes. Using the vent gas recovery system, which combines condensers, distillation towers, adsorption beds and compressors, we are able to separate the exhaust stream from our manufacturing process into individual components that can be reused after further purification. For instance, a by-product of the deposition step is TET, which is a toxic chemical. Through a separate hydrogenation process, we convert TET to TCS, so that we eliminate the costs related to TET disposal and reduce operational risks of TET treatment. Mixed chlorosilanes are recovered as a liquid stream suitable for separation where we can directly reuse TCS. Anhydrous HCl is recovered with high purity, suitable for use in TCS production. Recovered hydrogen typically contains contaminants of fewer than 10 parts per million and is recycled to the deposition reactors. Recycling significantly reduces costs related to waste disposal and the amount of raw materials we need to purchase for production.

 

Although the closed loop system has lower manufacturing costs than the open loop system, manufacturing facilities based on the open loop system can be built within a shorter period time with less initial capital investment for equipment. Most of polysilicon manufacturing facilities in China were traditionally built based on the open loop system. However, as the polysilicon market may face downward pricing pressure from time to time, we believe that an increasing number of China-based manufacturers are converting their open loop system to the closed loop system and some of them have completed such conversion. The full implementation of the closed loop system by other polysilicon manufacturers has diminished our competitive advantages provided by this system. Nevertheless, on August 24, 2011, Chongqing Daqo entered into a Technology License and Transfer Agreement with GTAT Corporation, a Delaware company, under which, GTAT granted us a license to use its Hydrochlorination TCS Production Technology and Chlorosilane Recovery/Waste Neutralization Technology which will help expand our manufacturing capacity and significantly reduce electricity consumption to reduce our production cost to reach a more competitive level.

 

To achieve high efficiency in our manufacturing process, we have also installed a distribution control system and a thermal energy recycling mechanism. The distribution control system enables tight quality control, reduces process related variations, and improves productivity. Our thermal energy recycling system allocates heat generated from our deposition reactors and hydrogenation reactors to many other production areas, such as distillation facilities for TCS purification and our refrigeration station to support a large number of condensers.

 

Wafers

 

We conducted our wafer business through tolling arrangements with third party wafer manufacturers in 2009 and 2010. In July 2011, we commenced commercial production of multi-crystalline silicon wafers at our Phase 1a wafer production facilities, which have a current production capacity of 125 MW. Our in-house wafer production is cost competitive due to relatively lower cost of power and labor and our access to high quality polysilicon feedstock and the integration of our polysilicon and wafer productions at facilities adjacent to each other. We believe that our in-house wafer production will help lower our costs and improve quality consistency compared to outsourcing to third party wafer manufacturers through tolling arrangements.

 

The manufacturing process of wafers typically consists of two major steps: ingot preparation and wafering. Multi-crystalline ingots are prepared by directional solidification in a casting furnace. Silicon ingots will then be shaped to the required sizes and sliced to wafers by wire saws.

 

Modules

 

We produce mono-crystalline and multi-crystalline modules using all third-party solar cells. To assemble photovoltaic modules, we interconnect multiple photovoltaic cells by soldering and stringing cells into a desired electrical configuration. Cells with similar electrical characteristics are matched during module assembly process to minimize efficiency losses. The interconnected cells are laid out, sandwiched with two layers of polymer, then laminated in a vacuum and cured by heating. The laminated module piece will then be assembled with aluminum frame and connected to a junction box and sent for final testing.

 

31


Table of Contents

In July 2010, we commenced commercial sales of our solar modules. As of March 31, 2012, we had an annualized solar module production capacity of approximately 100 MW. Our modules have been certified in various European countries and the U.S.

 

Manufacturing Capacity

 

The following table sets forth our major installed approximate annual production capacity objectives as of the dates indicated and includes the expected date of initial commercial operation and fully ramped-up production of each expansion phase:

 

     Approximate
Annual

Production
Capacity
   Construction Period   Commercial
Production
Commencement
  Fully
Ramped-up
Production

Polysilicon:

         

Phase 1a facilities (1)

   1,500MT    June 2007—May 2008   July 2008   March 2009

Phase 1b facilities (1)

   1,800MT    May 2008—May 2009   December 2009   January 2010

Capacity enhancement of
Phase 1 facilities
(1)

   1,000MT    December 2010   December 2010   December 2010

Phase 2 facilities (2)

   3,000MT    Second Quarter 2011—

Third Quarter 2012 (3)

  Fourth Quarter
2012
(3)
  First Quarter 2013 (3)

Phase 3 facilities (1)

   3000MT    First Quarter 2013—

Third Quarter 2013 (3)

  Fourth Quarter
2013
  First Quarter 2014

Wafer: (1)

         

Phase 1a facilities

   125MW    July 2010—February 2011   July 2011   November 2011

Phase 1b facilities

   125MW    February 2011—September 2011   Pending ( 4 )   Pending ( 4 )

Module: (5 )

         

Phase 1 facilities

   100MW    September 2009—April 2010   May 2010   Third

Quarter 2011

 

Notes:   (1)    The facilities are located in Chongqing.
  (2)    The facilities are located in Xinjiang.
  (3)    Time schedules are estimated based on our current plans.
  (4)    All equipment has been purchased. The current plan is to commence production when the wafer market improves. It usually takes 1 to 2 months to complete the installation and related testing.
  (5)    The facilities are located in Nanjing.

 

We achieved annual polysilicon production capacity of 3,300 MT in January 2010 and we increased our production capacity to 4,300 MT by the end of 2010 through capital enhancement projects. Our annual polysilicon production capacity remained at 4,300 MT in 2011. We expect to further ramp up our production capacity to 7,300 MT by the end of 2012.

 

Our capacity expansion plan is preliminary and subject to risks and uncertainties that may be out of our control. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Our future success depends substantially on our ability to significantly expand our polysilicon production capacity and output, which exposes us to a number of risks and uncertainties” and “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—If we are unable to manage our expansion effectively, our business and financial results may be adversely affected.”

 

Materials and Inputs Used in Production

 

Polysilicon

 

Raw materials required for our polysilicon manufacturing process primarily include metallurgical grade silicon, which is silicon of 95% to 99% purity, and liquid chlorine, two widely available industrial raw materials used in our in-house production of TCS, electricity and other utilities, and other significant inputs for production, such as argon gas, caustic soda and graphite parts.

 

The costs of electricity are significant in the production of polysilicon. The electricity costs in Chongqing are much lower than those in coastal areas in China and those in developed countries due to Chongqing’s abundant hydroelectric resources. We also use other utilities, such as steam, water and natural gas, for our manufacturing process. Steam supply is important to the production of polysilicon. We historically relied upon a local supplier as the sole source of steam for our production but, since June 2009, we have produced steam in-house to partially satisfy our steam requirements.

 

32


Table of Contents

Wafers

 

Wafer manufacturing uses solar grade polysilicon as the primary raw material and consumables such as crucibles, wires and slurry. We intend to utilize our in-house solar grade polysilicon for wafer production. Our high quality polysilicon is a crucial factor that will enable us to provide high quality silicon wafers to customers.

 

Modules

 

Raw materials required for the module manufacturing process primarily include high efficiency mono-crystalline and multi-crystalline photovoltaic cells, ethylene-vinyl acetate, tempered glasses, back films, aluminum frames and junction boxes. We intend to continue to utilize tolling arrangements with third party cell manufacturers to exchange our polysilicon for cells to be further assembled into modules.

 

Equipment

 

The major polysilicon production equipment includes hydroelectrolysis devices, hydrochlorination synthesis furnaces, TCS synthesis furnaces, distillation towers, polysilicon deposition reactors, hydrogenation reactors, exhaust gas recovery units and distribution control systems. The major wafer production equipment includes crystal growing furnaces, crucible coating machines, squarers, wire saws, wet benches and testing tools. The major module production equipment includes automatic laminating machines, auto framing machines, automatic glue injection machines and testing tools.

 

We have close relationships with several of the world’s leading equipment manufacturers and work closely with selected equipment manufacturers to develop and build our production lines. In addition, we developed technical specifications for the design of our power supply systems and reactors and have engaged manufacturers to construct the equipment in accordance with our specifications. Our engineers work closely with our equipment suppliers to design our production facilities. Furthermore, to lower costs, we have purchased and will continue to purchase equipment that can be appropriately designed and manufactured by China-based suppliers. Our technical team is responsible for overseeing the installation of our manufacturing lines to optimize the interaction between the various individual components of the entire production process. They work together with our equipment suppliers’ technical teams on site at the time of installation.

 

Quality Assurance

 

We apply our quality control system at each stage of our manufacturing process, from raw materials procurement to production and delivery, in order to ensure a consistent quality of our products. We systematically inspect raw materials from our suppliers, such as MG-Si, liquid chlorine and various consumables for our polysilicon business and photovoltaic cells for our module business. We also test our inputs in each stage of our production process to ensure the inputs meet all technical specifications.

 

We sample each lot of polysilicon harvested from the deposition reactors and keep the samples for product quality tracking purpose. We also set up a product tracking system to trace back all shipped products to the samples we keep and to our database, which contains detailed information of each shipment. We received the ISO 9001:2000 certification for our quality assurance system for production of polysilicon, which we believe demonstrates our technological capabilities and inspires customer confidence. In addition, in 2009, Chongqing Science and Technology Commission issued a three-year certificate to recognize our polysilicon as a high and new technology product and included our polysilicon in its 2009 list of key new products.

 

For our wafer production, we inspect all critical incoming materials, such as feedstock silicon, crucible, slurry and wire to ensure they meet our wafer production requirement. Through manufacturing process, technical parameters such as minority lifetime, resistivity, geometry dimension, surface appearance will be checked at various point of workstation as part of in-process quality control. As final product, each wafer is sent to an automatic inspection machine to be inspected against our product technical specifications.

 

We inspect and test the quality of photovoltaic cells sourced from third party cell manufacturers, which are raw materials for our module production. Cells that fail to pass our initial inspection are returned to the suppliers. After cells are assembled into modules, we conduct a quality check prior to packaging. Our modules meet international standards for electrical, quality and safety requirements and have been certified by TÜV Rheinland LGA Products GmbH, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., MCS (UK), CQC (China), PV Cycle (European), CE (China), CEC (Australia) and CEC (California, U.S.). We provide our customers with a 5 to 12-year limited product warranty against defective materials and workmanship and a 25-year limited power output warranty against loss in power for our modules.

 

33


Table of Contents

In order to facilitate our production of photovoltaic products and ensure the quality of the finished product, we conduct analysis for raw materials, in-process products and finished products and monitor the environmental impact and safety through out the production process.

 

Customers and Sales

 

We currently sell polysilicon and wafers to China-based photovoltaic product manufacturers and modules to photovoltaic system integrators in Europe. Our polysilicon and wafer customers are mainly China-based photovoltaic companies. Our major customers include operating entities of Hanwha SolarOne, Solargiga, Tianwei New Energy and Yingli Green Energy. We sell a substantial portion of our photovoltaic products to a limited number of customers. Our top three customers in aggregate accounted for 53.6%, 35.1% and 35.2% of our total revenues in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

The majority of our polysilicon sales are made under framework contracts. The framework contracts typically provide binding terms for the sales volumes of our polysilicon. The pricing terms are typically agreed upon between us and our customers based on the prevailing market prices when specific sales orders are made. We also sell a significant portion of our polysilicon products to various China-based customers on a spot pricing basis. We currently sell all of our wafer and module products on a spot pricing basis.

 

We have established nationwide marketing capability through our sales team in China. Each member of our sales team is dedicated to a particular region. Our sales team attends domestic and international industrial conferences and trade fairs and organizes advertising and public relations events. Our sales and marketing team works closely with both our research and development team and our production team to coordinate our ongoing supply and demand planning. In addition, to develop our module business internationally, we have recently established a dedicated sales team focused on international sales. Members of this team attend international industrial conferences and trade fairs and pay on-site visits to our potential module customers outside of China.

 

Research and Development

 

We believe that the continual development of our technology will be vital to maintaining our long-term competitiveness. Therefore, we intend to significantly increase our investment of management and financial resources in research and development.

 

We believe that we have one of the leading research and development teams among photovoltaic product manufacturers in China. Our research and development team consists of 54 experienced researchers and engineers. Our senior management team spearheads our research and development efforts and sets strategic directions for the advancement of our products and production processes, focusing on efforts to improve product quality, reduce manufacturing costs and broaden our product markets. As a result of these efforts, we were able to increase our name plate capacity from 3,300 MT to 4,300 MT. In 2011, we completed 34 research and technology or process improvement projects to enhance our polysilicon, wafer and module manufacturing processes, and filed 9 patents to State Intellectual Property Office of the People’s Republic of China.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Our intellectual property is an essential element of our business. We rely on patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property laws, as well as non-competition and confidentiality agreements with our employees, business partners and others, to protect our intellectual property rights.

 

As of the date of this annual report, we hold fourteen patents and have additional sixteen pending patent applications covering different aspects of the polysilicon manufacturing process. We also rely heavily on a combination of proprietary process engineering, trade secrets and employee contractual protections to establish and protect our intellectual property, as we believe that many crucial elements of our production processes involve proprietary know-how, technology or data that are not covered by patents or patent applications, including technical processes, equipment designs, algorithms and procedures. We have taken security measures to protect these elements. All of our research and development personnel have entered into confidentiality and proprietary information agreements with us. These agreements address intellectual property protection issues and require our employees to assign to us all of the inventions, designs and technologies that they develop when primarily utilizing our resources or when performing their duties during their employment.

 

34


Table of Contents

While we continue to develop and pursue patent protection for our own technologies, we expect to continue implementing third party license arrangements on certain key aspects of our operation. Pursuant to a technology license and engineering service agreement between Chongqing Daqo and Poly Engineering dated June 15, 2008, as amended in June 2010, Poly Engineering granted a license to Chongqing Daqo with the exclusive rights to utilize certain know-how related to a modified Siemens process to produce polysilicon in Chongqing Daqo’s facilities. The license is perpetual and irrevocable. The license is exclusive within China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau until December 31, 2011. Poly Engineering and its affiliates are prohibited from directly or indirectly soliciting, entertaining offers from or negotiating with any other parties related to the licensed know-how in China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau during the exclusive period. Pursuant to the agreement, Chongqing Daqo agreed to pay Poly Engineering a fixed amount of fee in 2008 and the amount equal to a percentage its polysilicon revenues in 2009, 2010 and 2011 for the exclusive right and services fees. All amounts due to Poly Engineering by the end of 2011 have been fully paid. Chongqing Daqo and Poly Engineering also entered into a technical services contract dated June 30, 2008, pursuant to which Poly Engineering agreed to provide certain technical supports to Chongqing Daqo. See also “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transaction—Transactions with Daqo Group—Transactions relating to Poly Engineering” for historical agreements among Daqo Group, Daqo New Material and Poly Engineering. For the risks associated with our reliance on certain third-party technologies, see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We rely on third party intellectual property for certain key aspects of our operation, which subjects us to the payment of license fees and potential disruption or delays in the production of our products.” On August 24, 2011, Chongqing Daqo entered into a Technology License and Transfer Agreement with GTAT Corporation, a Delaware company, under which, GTAT granted us a license to use its Hydrochlorination TCS Production Technology and Chlorosilane Recovery/Waste Neutralization Technology for our current polysilicon production and future polysilicon production expansions.

 

Most of our equipment supply contracts with international suppliers include an indemnification provision under which the supplier undertakes to indemnify us against actions, claims, demands, costs, charges, and expenses arising from or incurred by reason of any infringement or alleged infringement of patent, copyright, trade mark or trade name by the use of the equipment provided by the supplier. However, it is unclear whether we will be entitled to such indemnification in the event that we use the equipment supplied by such supplier in conjunction with other equipment not supplied by such supplier. In addition, many of our equipment supply contracts with China-based suppliers do not provide any intellectual property indemnification provisions. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We may be exposed to infringement or misappropriation claims by third parties, which, if determined adversely to us, could cause us to pay significant damage awards.”

 

Competition

 

We face competition in China and in the international market in which we have sales.

 

The photovoltaic market is dominated by a few major manufacturers with a large number of small manufacturers competing for the remaining small portion of the market. We face competition mainly from top manufacturers who have succeeded in establishing a strong brand name with solar companies. For our polysilicon and wafer businesses, our major international competitors include Hemlock, Wacker, OCI, REC, MEMC, M.Setek, Green Energy Technology, and Sino-American Silicon, and our China-based competitors include GCL-Poly, China Silicon Corporation, Sichuan Xinguang Silicon Science and Technology, LDK Solar, ReneSola, JinkoSolar and Comtec Solar Systems. In addition, many solar cell and module manufacturers have or have announced the intention of establishing polysilicon production or affiliate relationships with manufacturers of polysilicon, including some of our customers and potential customers. We compete with these in-house capabilities, which could limit our ability to expand our sales. Furthermore, the demand for our polysilicon may be adversely affected by alternative technologies in cell manufacturing. The vast majority of silicon-based photovoltaic cell manufacturers currently use chunk or granular polysilicon. However, alternative technologies are being developed in cell manufacturing. For example, one such technology, thin-film cell production, uses little to no silicon in the production of solar cells. We believe that the solar cells made using thin-film technologies tend to have lower energy conversion efficiency than silicon-based solar cells, even though the cost to manufacture thin-film solar cells is lower than that to manufacture silicon-based cells. Based on our management’s industry knowledge, we do not believe that the energy conversion efficiency rates of thin-film cells are likely to reach those of silicon-based cells in the near future. However, if it does happen, thin-film solar cell development and production may expand significantly, which may restrict the market for silicon-based solar cells and decrease the demand for our polysilicon.

 

In the module manufacturing business, we face competition from local and international module manufacturers that are substantially larger than us, including solar energy divisions of large conglomerates such as BP Solar and Sharp Corporation, photovoltaic module manufacturers such as SunPower, Suntech Power, Hanwha SolarOne and Canadian Solar and integrated photovoltaic product manufacturers such as Yingli Green Energy, SolarWorld and Trina Solar.

 

35


Table of Contents

We believe that the key competitive factors in the market for photovoltaic products include:

 

   

product quality;

 

   

price and cost competitiveness;

 

   

manufacturing technologies and efficiency;

 

   

manufacturing reliability;

 

   

economies of scale; and

 

   

reputation.

 

We believe we differentiate ourselves from our competitors and capture market share in the polysilicon markets through our product quality, price and cost competitiveness, and manufacturing technologies and efficiency.

 

Regulation

 

This section sets forth a summary of the most significant regulations or requirements that affect our business activities in China.

 

Renewable Energy Law and Other Government Directives

 

China enacted the Renewable Energy Law in February 2005 and amended the law in December 2009. The amended Renewable Energy Law sets forth the national policy to encourage and support the development and use of solar and other renewable energy and its use for on-grid generation. The law also sets forth the national policy to encourage the installation and use of solar technologies in water-heating systems, heating and cooling systems, power generation systems and other energy utilization systems. In addition, the law provides financial incentives, such as national funding, preferential loans and tax preferences for the development of renewable energy projects.

 

In January 2006, the National Development and Reform Commission issued two implementing rules relating to the Renewable Energy Law that, among other things, provide general policies regarding the pricing of on-grid power generated by solar and other renewable energy.

 

In May 2006, the Ministry of Finance issued measures providing that the Chinese government shall provide certain government subsidies and financial incentives to support the development of the renewable energy industry, including the solar energy industry.

 

In August 2006, the Ministry of Construction and the Ministry of Finance also issued guidelines which sought to expand the use of solar energy in residential buildings.

 

In July 2009, the Ministry of Finance, the Ministry of Science and Technology and the National Energy Bureau jointly issued measures that provide for government subsidies to support the photovoltaic industry.

 

In September 2009, the NDRC and nine other governmental agencies jointly issued measures aimed at curtailing the perceived over-capacity in certain industry sectors, such as steel, concrete, polysilicon and wind power equipment. Pending the promulgation of more specific regulations, the measures require new projects after the date of the new measures in any of the deemed “over-capacity industries” to obtain approval from NDRC. The measures also provide that the Chinese government shall support polysilicon manufacturers with large manufacturing capacities and advanced technologies. As a result, any entity which plans to establish a polysilicon manufacturing facility or to expand its current manufacturing facility in China after the measures were issued must seek pre-approval from NDRC. On January 24, 2011, NDRC issued detailed regulations for the approval of new polysilicon construction projects. These new criteria include the following:

 

  a.   Capital requirement: the company’s own capital must be no less than 30% of the new polysilicon plant investment;

 

  b.   Production scale: solar polysilicon plants must have an annual capacity greater than 3,000 MT; and

 

  c.   Other criteria: other criteria apply to the size of the land used, electricity consumption, and recycling rates.

 

36


Table of Contents

Environmental and Safety Regulations

 

We use, generate and discharge toxic, volatile or otherwise hazardous chemicals and wastes in our research and development and manufacturing activities. China enacted the Environmental Protection Law effective December 1989. In addition to the Environmental Protection Law, we are subject to a variety of specific laws and regulations in China related to the storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials, including laws and regulations governing water pollution, air pollution, solid waste pollution, noise pollution, hazardous chemicals, pollutant discharge fees and environmental impact appraisals. We are also subject to laws and regulations governing worker safety, work safety permits and occupational disease prevention. Our operation is subject to regulation and periodic monitoring by local environmental protection and work safety authorities.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange

 

Foreign currency exchange in China is primarily governed by two sets of regulations issued in 1996.

 

Under the Foreign Exchange Administration Rules, the Renminbi is freely convertible for routine current account items, including distribution of dividends, payment of interest, and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions. However, conversion of Renminbi for most capital account items, such as direct investment, overseas loan, securities investment and repatriation of investment, is still subject to the approval of SAFE.

 

Under the Regulations of Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange, foreign invested enterprises may only buy, sell and remit foreign currencies at authorized banks and must comply with certain procedural requirements, such as providing valid commercial documents and, in the case of capital account item transactions, obtaining approval from the SAFE. Foreign invested enterprises are also subject to limitations on capital investments outside of China, which include requirements to obtain approvals from the Ministry of Commerce, the National Development and Reform Commission and SAFE.

 

SAFE Circular No. 75

 

SAFE Circular No. 75, which became effective as of November 1, 2005, requires Chinese residents, including both legal persons and natural persons, to register with their local SAFE branch before establishing or acquiring control of any company outside of China with assets or equity interests in Chinese companies for the purpose of capital financing. Such a company outside of China is referred to as an “offshore special purpose company.” Chinese residents must also file amendments to their registrations if their offshore companies experience capital variation, such as changes in share capital, share transfers, mergers and acquisitions, long-term equity or debt investments or creation of any security interest over any assets located in China or any other material change in share capital. Failure to comply with the registration procedures may result in restrictions being imposed on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant Chinese entity. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—Chinese regulations relating to offshore investment activities by Chinese residents may increase the administrative burden we face and may subject our Chinese resident beneficial owners or employees to personal liabilities, limit our subsidiaries’ ability to increase its registered capital or distribute profits to us, limit our ability to inject capital into our Chinese subsidiaries, or may otherwise expose us to liability under Chinese law.”

 

Regulations on Employee Stock Options Plans

 

In February 2012, the SAFE promulgated the Notice on the Administration of Foreign Exchange Matters for Domestic Individuals Participating in the Stock Incentive Plans of Overseas Listed Companies, or the Stock Option Notice. According to the Stock Option Notice, a PRC domestic qualified agent or the PRC subsidiary of such overseas listed company must file an application with the SAFE or its local counterpart on behalf of PRC resident individuals who participate in stock incentive plans of overseas publicly-listed companies to obtain approval for an annual allowance with respect to the purchase of foreign exchange in connection with the stock holding or share option exercises. Our company is an “overseas publicly-listed company,” and therefore, we and participants of our share incentive plan who are PRC individuals are subject to these regulations. As the Stock Option Notice is still relatively new, it is unclear how it will be interpreted and implemented by the relevant government authorities. We plan to submit an application with the SAFE or its local counterpart to register our share incentive plan.

 

37


Table of Contents

C. Organizational Structure

 

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure, including our principal subsidiaries and variable interest entity, as of the date of this annual report.

 

LOGO

 

Notes:    (1)
  Individual owners of Daqo Group beneficially hold equity interests in Daqo Cayman through seven personal holding companies incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. See “Principal Shareholders.”
   (2)   Indicates the respective shareholding percentage of the shareholders in Daqo Cayman.
   (3)   Indicates jurisdiction of incorporation.
   (4)   Indicates companies within the listing group.
   (5)   Represents a variable interest entity.

 

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

 

We are headquartered in Wanzhou, Chongqing, China, where we own several buildings with an aggregate of approximately 82,239 square meters of office and manufacturing space as of December 31, 2011. We have been granted land use rights to approximately 512,240 square meters of land on which our plants or offices are situated, and such land use rights are usually valid for a period of fifty years starting from the date of grant from the local government. In addition, we lease approximately 130 and 380 square meters of office space in California and Shanghai, respectively.

 

We believe that our existing facilities, together with our facilities under construction, are adequate for our current and foreseeable requirements.

 

See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Expenditures” for a discussion of our capital expenditures.

 

Environmental and Safety Matters

 

Our manufacturing processes generate noise, waste water, gaseous wastes and other industrial wastes. We believe we are in compliance with all present national and local environmental protection requirements in all material respects and have all the necessary environmental permits to conduct our business in China. We process all our waste water and waste gas through various treatments so that they meet the respective national discharge standard. In addition, most of our solid waste can be reused and does not contain poisonous materials. We have established a pollution control system and installed various types of anti-pollution equipment in our facilities to reduce, treat, and where feasible, recycle the wastes generated in our manufacturing process.

 

We are required to undergo the acceptance inspections of environmental protection and work safety and obtain approval with relevant governmental authorities before our manufacturing lines commence full production. Our production facilities are subject to various pollution control regulations with respect to noise and air pollution and the disposal of waste and other hazardous materials. We have obtained a pollutant discharge permit, a work safety permit for storage and use of hazardous chemicals and permit for the registration of use of atmospheric pressure containers for the pressure containers we have installed.

 

38


Table of Contents

Insurance

 

We maintain various insurance policies to safeguard against risks and unexpected events. We purchased property insurance and project construction insurance policies covering our inventory, equipment, vehicles, facilities, buildings and buildings under construction. These insurance policies cover losses due to fire, explosion and a wide range of human accidents. We also provide social security insurance including pension insurance, unemployment insurance, work related injury insurance and medical insurance for our employees. We do not maintain business interruption insurance or general third-party liability insurance. We also do not have product liability insurance or key-man life insurance. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—we have limited insurance coverage. In particular, we do not have any product liability insurance or business interruption insurance.” We consider our insurance coverage to be in line with that of other manufacturing companies of similar size in China.

 

ITEM 4a. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements of our company for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this annual report.

 

A. Operating Results

 

Overview

 

We are a leading polysilicon manufacturer based in China with an annual production capacity of 4,300 MT as of the date of this annual report. We believe we are one of the largest polysilicon manufacturers in China. We have expanded to the downstream photovoltaic manufacturing businesses to establish facilities for wafer and module manufacturing. Our current wafer and module manufacturing annual capacities are, 125MW and 100MW, respectively.

 

We strive to improve our polysilicon production efficiency and to increase our output through technological improvements, adoption of process innovation and refinement, as well as equipment enhancement. As a result of these initiatives, we produced 3,771 MT and 4,524 MT of polysilicon in 2010 and 2011, respectively. We plan to increase our annual production capacity to 7,300 MT by the end of 2012 through adding a Phase 2 production line and improving our production efficiency.

 

We currently sell polysilicon to China-based photovoltaic product manufacturers. The majority of our sales are made under framework contracts. We also sell a significant portion of our polysilicon on a spot pricing basis. As of December 31, 2011, our major photovoltaic product customers included operating entities of Hanwha SolarOne, Solargiga, Tianwei New Energy and Yingli Green Energy.

 

We have expanded to the downstream photovoltaic manufacturing businesses to establish facilities for wafer and module manufacturing. Our Phase 1a wafer manufacturing facilities in Chongqing commenced commercial production with 125MW capacity in July 2011. We use our own polysilicon to produce wafers. We sell module products to photovoltaic system integrators and distributors in China and internationally, leveraging our well-recognized “Daqo” brand. We expect this downstream market to grow rapidly. We source cells for our module production through direct purchases and tolling arrangements, and we assemble modules at our own facilities. As of the date of this annual report, we had an annual module production capacity of 100MW at our facilities in Nanjing. We commenced commercial production of modules in May 2010 and shipment to Europe in July 2010.

 

We have achieved substantial growth since we commenced commercial production of polysilicon in July 2008. We produced 1,523 MT, 3,771 MT and 4,524 MT of polysilicon and sold 1,498 MT, 3,650 MT and 3,947 MT of polysilicon in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. We generated revenues of $111.2 million, $242.7 million and $255.8 million and achieved net income attributable to Daqo New Energy Corp. shareholders of $30.8 million, $68.6 million and $33.3 million in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

39


Table of Contents

Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

 

The following are key factors that affect our financial condition and results of operations and are important for understanding our business:

 

   

demand for photovoltaic products, including government incentives to promote the usage of solar energy;

 

   

product prices;

 

   

our product mix;

 

   

our production capacity and utilization; and

 

   

our production costs.

 

Demand for photovoltaic products

 

Our business and revenue growth are, in part, dependent on the demand for photovoltaic products. The photovoltaic industry remains at a relatively early stage of development and it is uncertain whether solar energy will be widely adopted. Although demand for photovoltaic products has grown significantly over the past decade, the global economic slowdown and turmoil in the global financial markets especially the European debt crisis that unfolded in 2010 and continued in 2011, coupled with rapid declines in petroleum and natural gas prices, have made solar energy less cost competitive and less attractive as an alternative source of energy.

 

Demand for photovoltaic products is driven, in part, by government incentives that make the economic cost of solar power competitive with the cost of traditional and other forms of energy. We believe that the near-term growth of the market for solar energy applications depends in large part on the availability and size of government subsidies and economic incentives. Reduction in or elimination of government subsidies and economic incentives may hinder the growth of this market or result in lower sales prices for solar energy products, which could cause our revenues to decline.

 

Product prices

 

The sales prices of our photovoltaic products are volatile and cannot always be predicted with certainty. Our sales prices declined from mid-2008 to the middle of 2010 due to industry-wide excess supply but stabilized in the third quarter of 2010 and increased marginally in the fourth quarter of 2010 due to end market demand. In 2011 our sales prices declined rapidly in the fourth quarter primarily due to excess supply in the market. The decline in the polysilicon market price resulted in an approximately 18% decrease in our average selling price of polysilicon from 2009 to 2010 and a further 7% decrease from 2010 to 2011. As a result, our revenues from sales of polysilicon increased moderately from $106.2 million in 2009 to $218.9 million in 2011 despite the significant growth in sales volume to customers from 1,498 MT in 2009 to 3,947 MT in 2011. Our gross margin increased from 37.7% in 2009 to 43.8% in 2010 and decreased to 33.7% in 2011. We may continue to face downward price pressure as the global sales prices for photovoltaic products continue to fluctuate over time. We expect that our future financial results will also be affected by prices of our wafers and modules.

 

Product mix

 

The proportion of our revenues that are generated from the sales of other photovoltaic products, also referred to as product mix, affect our revenues and profitability. In 2009, we generated other revenues from sales of cells that we processed through tolling arrangements with third party cell manufacturers and, in 2010, we also generated revenues from sales of modules and wafers. We processed wafers through tolling arrangements with third party wafer manufacturers. In 2011, we generated revenues from sales of wafers and modules we produced in our facilities. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the revenues we generated from the sales of polysilicon, wafer and module accounts for 85.5%, 3.1% and 11.4% of our total revenue, respectively. We expect that the absolute dollar amounts of our revenues generated from sales of wafer and module will increase, while our overall profit margin will decrease due to the lower profit margins of wafer and module products as compared to polysilicon. We plan to utilize our in-house produced polysilicon and wafers for our module products and sell modules directly to customers.

 

40


Table of Contents

Our production capacity and utilization

 

We plan to significantly increase our production capacity and utilization to meet the long-term growth in demand for photovoltaic products that we anticipate and to improve our economies of scale. For our polysilicon business, we ramped up our Phase 1a facilities to their full annual capacity of 1,500 MT in early 2009 and ramped up production at the Phase 1b facilities to their full annual capacity of 1,800 MT in January 2010. We expanded the aggregate capacity of our Phase 1a and Phase 1b facilities to 4,300 MT through a capital enhancement project in 2011 and expect to increase our total annual production capacity to 7,300 MT by the end of 2012. For our wafer business, the Phase 1a wafer manufacturing facilities in Chongqing commenced commercial production in July 2011 and reached the current capacity of 125 MW in November 2011. For our module business, we expanded our production capacity from 50 MW as of June 30, 2010 to 100 MW as of December 31, 2011. We believe that this expansion has been helping us improve economies of scale in production by reducing the unit cost of our products and our equipment costs while significantly increasing our capital expenditures and depreciation expenses.

 

Our production costs

 

Our polysilicon production costs consist primarily of the costs of electricity and other utilities, raw materials, labor and depreciation. As electricity is the largest component of our polysilicon production costs, we anticipate our production costs to fluctuate from quarter to quarter correlating with the different seasonal electricity rates that the local power grid charges. Daqo Chongqing uses electricity generated from the hydropower station in Chongqing which generates electricity mostly during times of high precipitation, primarily in the second and third quarters of each year. As a result, the electricity costs of Daqo Chongqing are generally lower in the second and third quarters and higher in the first and fourth quarters, which in turn affects our cost of revenues for these periods. Our wafer production costs consist primarily of the costs of polysilicon, other raw materials, labor and depreciation. Our module production costs consist primarily of costs of photovoltaic cells, other raw materials, tolling fees charged by cell manufacturers, labor and depreciation. We will seek to implement additional measures to reduce our production costs through technology, process and equipment improvement. Effective cost-reduction measures will have a direct impact on our financial condition and results of operations. If we fail to continue to reduce our production costs, our profitability and competitiveness will be adversely affected.

 

Components of Results of Operations

 

Revenues

 

In 2009 and 2010, we generated substantially all of our revenues from the sale of polysilicon. Other revenues in 2009 included revenues from the sales of cells that we processed through tolling arrangements. In 2010, we generated other revenues from the sales of modules and wafers. In 2011, the revenues generated from sales of wafers and modules accounted for 3.1% and 11.4% of our total revenues, respectively. We expect revenues from module sales to account for an increasing portion of our total revenues in the future. Sales prices of modules are higher than those of polysilicon and wafers, and we plan to utilize our in-house produced polysilicon and wafers for our module products and sell modules directly to customers.

 

We commenced polysilicon production in July 2008. We produced 1,523 MT, 3,771 MT and 4,524 MT of polysilicon and sold 1,498 MT, 3,650 MT and 3,947 MT of polysilicon in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. We used approximately 16 MT, 20.5 MT and 54.9 MT of polysilicon to process cells through our tolling arrangements in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Our polysilicon selling prices are directly affected by global supply and demand conditions. Due to the global oversupply of polysilicon since late 2008 and the resulting pricing pressure, the average selling price of our polysilicon decreased by 18% in 2010 as compared to that in 2009 while the average selling price of our polysilicon decreased by 7% in 2011 as compared to that in 2010. The price drop was most significant in the fourth quarter of 2011, when the average selling price of our polysilicon decreased 44% as compared to that in the third quarter of 2011. The decrease of the polysilicon market price in turn adversely affected our revenues in 2009, 2010 and 2011.

 

We generated revenues of $111.2 million, $242.7 million and $255.8 million and achieved net income attributable to our shareholders of $30.8 million, $68.6 million and $33.3 million in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Our revenues in 2009 included $106.2 million generated from sales of polysilicon and $5.0 million from sales of photovoltaic cells processed from our polysilicon through tolling arrangements. Our revenues in 2010 include $217.9 million generated from sales of polysilicon, $10.8 million from sales of wafers processed from our polysilicon through tolling arrangements and $14.0 million generated from sales of modules. In 2011, our revenues include $218.9 million generated from sales of polysilicon, $29.1 million from sales of modules and $7.8 million generated from sales of wafers processed from our polysilicon through tolling arrangements.

 

We have entered into framework agreements with some of our customers. These contracts typically contain binding terms related to the sales volumes of our photovoltaic products during the contract period. The pricing terms are typically agreed upon between us and our customers based on the prevailing market prices when specific sales orders are placed. Such pricing determination method has caused, and is expected to continue to cause, fluctuations in our revenues and results of operations. We also sold a significant portion of products at spot market prices.

 

41


Table of Contents

In 2009, our top three customers, Yingli Green Energy, ReneSola and Solargiga, accounted for approximately 28%, 13% and 12% of our total revenues, respectively, and the three customers in aggregate accounted for approximately 54% of our total revenues. In 2010, our top three customers, Yingli Group, Solargiga and Solarfun, accounted for approximately 13.9%, 12.5% and 8.7% of our total revenues, respectively, and the three customers in aggregate accounted for approximately 35.1% of our total revenues. During 2011, our top three customers, Tianwei New Energy, Hanwha SolarOne and Yingli group, accounted for approximately 13.0%, 11.2% and 11.0% of our total revenues, respectively, and the three customers in aggregate accounted for approximately 35.2% of our total revenues.

 

Cost of revenues

 

Our cost of revenues primarily consists of:

 

   

depreciation of property, plant and equipment;

 

   

electricity and other utilities, such as steam, water and natural gas;

 

   

raw materials, including metallurgical grade silicon, liquid chlorine, nitrogen, calcium oxide and hydrogen;

 

   

direct labor, including salaries and benefits for personnel directly involved in production activities; and

 

   

processing fees paid to wafer and cell manufacturers pursuant to tolling arrangements.

 

Due to our capacity expansion, depreciation in absolute terms has increased significantly and we expect this trend to continue as we further expand our polysilicon production capacity. We also expect that our total cost of revenues will increase as we increase our sales volume.

 

Operating expenses/income

 

Our operating expenses include selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses, which are partially offset by other operating income as described below.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits for our administrative, finance and sales personnel, packaging and shipping costs, sales-related travel and entertainment expenses, other travel and corporate expenses, depreciation of equipment used for administrative purposes and professional expenses. All costs in connection with start-up activities, including costs incurred prior to commencement of production and corporate formation costs of Daqo Cayman, were expensed as incurred. We expect that the amount of our selling, general and administrative expenses will increase as we expand our polysilicon production capacity, increase our sales efforts, hire additional personnel, and incur professional expenses to support our operations as a listed company in the United States.

 

Research and development expenses

 

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of costs of raw materials used in research and development activities, salaries and employee benefits for research and development personnel, and equipment costs relating to the design, development, testing and enhancement of our production process. We expect our research and development expenses to increase significantly in the future as we continue to hire additional research and development personnel and focus on improvement of process technologies for our products, and expand our polysilicon manufacturing business

 

42


Table of Contents

Other operating income

 

Our other operating income reflects government subsidies that we receive from time to time, including financial incentives from Chongqing local government. We record government subsidies as other operating income when we receive them. The amount and timing of subsidies cannot be predicted with certainty.

 

Fixed asset impairment loss

 

We recognized a $38.5 million impairment loss for the long-lived assets of our wafer and modules business in 2011. The impairment loss of long-lived assets of wafer and modules was to reflect the assets’ lower than expected profit-generating ability due to a sharp decline in the spot market price of wafer and modules.

 

Interest income and expense

 

Our interest income represents interest on our cash balances. Our interest expenses relate primarily to our short-term and long-term borrowings from banks, less capitalized interest expenses to the extent they relate to our capital expenditures.

 

Taxation

 

Cayman Islands tax

 

We are an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and are not subject to tax in this jurisdiction.

 

PRC tax

 

Our Chinese subsidiaries are foreign invested enterprises in China. Under the EIT Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008, the Chinese enterprise income tax rate is 25%. However, qualified enterprises located in central or western China may enjoy preferential tax rate under a series of national policies adopted to encourage investment in central and western China.

 

Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of China with its “de facto management bodies” within China may be considered a resident enterprise for Chinese tax purposes and be subject to the enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on its global income. The implementation rules of the EIT Law provide that the term “de facto management bodies” refers to management bodies which have material management and control over all aspects of the business, including production, operations, personnel, finance, and assets. It is unclear whether Chinese tax authorities would determine that, notwithstanding our status as the Cayman Islands holding company of our operating business in China, we should be classified as a resident enterprise. Currently, substantially all of our income is already China-source income subject to Chinese taxes. However, a portion of the net proceeds received from our initial public offering were deposited into interest bearing bank accounts.

 

Chongqing Daqo, our wholly owned Chinese subsidiary and a foreign-invested enterprise established in the central and western region in China, is entitled to a preferential income tax rate of 15% from the date of its establishment to December 31, 2010. As of the date of this annual report, the Chinese government has not announced if they will renew this special reduced rate of 15%. In December 2009, Chongqing Daqo was qualified as a “Chongqing Municipality High and New Technology Enterprise,” subject to the government’s grant of a formal certificate. This will entitle it to a preferential income tax rate of 15% for three years from the grant date of the certificate and can be renewed for additional three-year terms upon Chongqing Daqo’s application and the government’s approval.

 

Daqo New Material, our consolidated variable interest entity and a domestic Chinese enterprise, was subject to an income tax rate of 33% for the period from November 16, 2006 to December 31, 2007 and 25% from January 1, 2008 onward.

 

Nanjing Daqo, our wholly owned Chinese subsidiary and a foreign invested enterprise, is subject to an income tax rate of 25%.

 

Under the EIT Law and implementation regulations issued by the State Council of China, dividends, interests, rent, royalties and gains on transfers of property payable by a foreign-invested enterprise in China to its foreign investor who is a non-resident enterprise will be subject to a 10% withholding tax, unless such non-resident enterprise’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a reduced rate of withholding tax. The Cayman Islands, where Daqo Cayman is incorporated, does not have such a tax treaty with China. However, we intend to reinvest all of Chongqing Daqo’s undistributed earnings into our capacity expansion and do not plan to distribute any of the earnings as dividends in the foreseeable future and, accordingly, we have not set aside provision for Chinese dividend withholding tax. If we do distribute these earnings in the form of dividends, we will be subject to the withholding tax at a rate of 10%.

 

43


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Interim Regulations on Value Added Tax and their implementation rules, all entities and individuals that are engaged in the sale of goods, the provision of repairs and replacement services or the importation of goods in China are generally required to pay value-added tax, or VAT, at a rate of 17% of the gross sales proceeds received, less any deductible VAT already paid or borne by the taxpayer. Furthermore, when exporting goods, the exporter is entitled to VAT refund, which amount will be a portion of or all of the VAT that it has already paid or borne. For our sale of polysilicon products to China-based purchasers, we are subject to the 17% VAT without any VAT refunds for such sales.

 

Pursuant to the Provisional Regulation of China on VAT, and its implementing rules, all entities and individuals that are engaged in the sale of goods, the provision of repairs and replacement services and the importation of goods in China are generally required to pay value-added tax of 17% of the gross sales proceeds received, less any deductible VAT already paid or borne by the taxpayer. Furthermore, when exporting goods, the exporter is entitled VAT refund, which amount will be a portion of or all of the VAT it has already paid or borne.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect (1) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, (2) disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the end of each reporting period, and (3) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each reporting period. We continually evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current business and other conditions, and expectations regarding the future based on available information and reasonable assumptions, which together form a basis for making judgments about matters not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. When reviewing our financial statements, you should consider (1) our selection of critical accounting policies, (2) the judgment and other uncertainties affecting the application of such policies, and (3) the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions. We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our financial statements as their application places the most significant demands on the judgment of our management.

 

Revenue recognition

 

We generate revenues primarily from the sale of polysilicon, wafer and module and recognize revenues when all of the following conditions are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed and determinable, delivery of the products has occurred, title and risk of loss have transferred to customers and collectability of receivable is reasonably assured. Our polysilicon sales agreements with our customers typically do not contain product warranties except for return and replacement of defective products within a period ranging from 3 to 30 days from delivery. In addition, our agreements do not contain post-shipment obligations or any other return or credit provisions.

 

A majority of our sales contracts provide that title and risk of loss related to the products are transferred to our customers upon receipt. We may extend credit terms to our customers after assessing a number of factors to determine their credit worthiness.

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

We conduct credit reviews for customers to whom we extend credit terms. We estimate the amount of accounts receivable that may not be collected based on the aging of our accounts receivable and specific evidence relating to the financial condition of our customers that may affect their ability to pay their balances.

 

Depreciation

 

Our long-lived assets mainly include property, plant and equipment. We depreciate our property, plant and equipment on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, taking into account the assets’ estimated residual values. We estimate the useful lives and residual values at the time we acquire the assets based on our management’s knowledge on the useful lives of similar assets and replacement costs of similar assets having been used for the same useful lives in the market, and taking into account anticipated technological or other changes. On this basis, we have estimated the useful lives of our buildings and plants to be 20 years, our machinery and equipment to be 10 years, our furniture and office equipment to be 3 to 5 years and our motor vehicles to be 6 years. We review the estimated useful life and residual value for each of our long-lived assets on a regular basis. If technological changes occur more rapidly than anticipated, we may shorten the useful lives or lower the residual value assigned to these assets, which will result in the recognition of increased depreciation and amortization expense in future periods.

 

44


Table of Contents

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

We evaluate our long-lived assets and finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. When these events occur, we measure impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the assets, we would recognize an impairment loss equal to the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets. Fair value is based upon discounted cash flows of the assets at the rate deemed reasonable for the type of asset and prevailing market conditions, appraisals and, if appropriate, current estimated net sales proceeds from pending offers. Future cash flow estimates are, by their nature, subjective and actual results may differ materially from our estimates. If our ongoing estimates of future cash flows are not met, we may have to record additional impairment charges in the future accounting periods. Our estimates of cash flows are based on the current regulatory, social and economic climates where we conduct our operations as well as recent operating information and budgets for our business. These estimates could be negatively impacted by changes in laws and regulations, economic downturns, or other events affecting our business. We determined that the significant decrease in average selling prices we experienced in the fourth quarter of 2011 has impact on our evaluation of certain long-lived assets for impairment. Based on this assessment, we recognized a $38.5 million impairment loss for the long-lived assets of our wafer and modules business in 2011. The impairment loss of long-lived assets of wafer and modules, determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow method, was to reflect the assets’ lower than expected profit-generating ability due to a sharp decline in the spot market price of wafer and modules.

 

Product warranties

 

We provide a limited warranty to the original purchasers of our solar modules for periods of 5 to 12-year regarding defects in materials and workmanship, and 25 years regarding minimum power output. We accrue warranty costs when recognizing revenue and recognize such costs as a component of cost of sales. Warranty costs primarily consist of replacement costs for parts and materials and labor costs for maintenance personnel. Due to our limited solar module manufacturing history, we have not yet had any warranty claims. Based on our best estimates of both future costs and the probability of incurring warranty claims, we currently accrue for product warranties at 1% of solar module sales. We derive our estimates from a number of factors, including (1) an assessment of competitors’ accrual and claim history and (2) results from academic research, including industry—standard accelerated testing and other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We acknowledge that such estimates are subjective and we will continue to analyze the performance of our products compared to our competitors and academic research results to determine whether the accrual is adequate. To the extent that actual warranty costs differ from our estimates, or our expectations of future costs change, we will prospectively revise our accrual rate and/or the accrual balance. Such adjustments could have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations. For example, an increase or decrease of 0.1% accrual rate (i.e., to 1.1% or 0.9%) would have resulted in a corresponding increase or decrease in warranty expenses of $0.03 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Consolidation of variable interest entity

 

In addition to the financial statements of Chongqing Daqo and Nanjing Daqo, our wholly owned subsidiaries in China, we also consolidated the financial statements of Daqo New Material as a variable interest entity of Chongqing Daqo starting from July 1, 2008.

 

We were incorporated in November 2007 in the Cayman Islands. Our principal operating subsidiary, Chongqing Daqo, was established in China in January 2008. Daqo New Material was established by Daqo Group, an affiliated company controlled by our founding shareholders, on November 16, 2006. Daqo New Material’s activities included acquiring land use rights for our polysilicon manufacturing and constructing certain production infrastructure prior to the incorporation of our company and Chongqing Daqo.

 

After its establishment, Chongqing Daqo entered into a lease agreement with Daqo New Material dated June 30, 2008 to rent all of Daqo New Material’s land, production infrastructure and machinery and equipment for our polysilicon production. The initial lease agreement has a five-year term starting July 1, 2008, with monthly lease payments at a fixed amount of RMB10.0 million ($1.4 million). The rental amount under the initial lease agreement was determined based on factors, such as Daqo New Material’s operating expenses, interest expenses and the return on investment required by Daqo New Material’s owners. The initial lease agreement also provided that if Daqo New Material transferred the ownership of the leased assets to any third party, the lease agreement will remain effective and enforceable against the new owner until its expiry. One month before the expiry of the initial lease term, the lease agreement could be renewed for an additional five- year term upon mutual consent. Chongqing Daqo had the right of first refusal to rent the leased assets under the initial lease agreement.

 

45


Table of Contents

The lease agreement was amended and restated in August 2009, with retrospective effect from January 1, 2009. After one year of operations, Daqo New Material and Chongqing Daqo concluded that the lease payments under the original lease agreement would result in excessive return on investment to Daqo New Material in the foreseeable future. The amount of the monthly lease payment was thus reduced to RMB6.1 million ($0.9 million) in the amended and restated lease agreement. Under the amended and restated lease agreement, the lease period is from January 1, 2009 until December 31, 2013. One month before the expiry of the lease period, Chongqing Daqo has the option to renew the lease on the same terms and conditions for an additional five-year period. Furthermore, the amended and restated lease agreement provides that Chongqing Daqo has the option to purchase, or to designate any person to purchase, the leased assets at the then fair value at any time during the lease period or within one year following the lease period, if permitted by the PRC laws and regulations. If Daqo New Material desires to transfer the ownership of the leased assets to a third party, Chongqing Daqo has the right of first refusal to acquire the leased assets under the same conditions, and if the leased assets are transferred to a third party, the lease agreement will remain effective and enforceable against the new owner.

 

On November 9, 2009, Chongqing Daqo entered into a supplemental lease agreement with Daqo New Material to lease the production facilities for Phase 1b from November 9, 2009 until December 31, 2013 at RMB3.0 million ($0.5 million). The other terms of the supplemental lease agreement are the same as those of the amended and restated lease agreement of Phase 1a. Pursuant to the supplemental lease agreement, Chongqing Daqo pays an aggregate of RMB9.1 million ($1.4 million) monthly lease payment to Daqo New Material.

 

As the aggregate value of the monthly rental payments that Chongqing Daqo is contractually obligated to make to Daqo New Material represents the majority of the value of Daqo New Material’s assets, Daqo Group has less investment risk in Daqo New Material, its wholly owned subsidiary, than does Chongqing Daqo. Under U.S. GAAP, these contractual obligations represent an implicit guarantee between related parties, and Daqo New Material is considered to be our “variable interest entity.” We considered the accounting guidance for variable interest entities and concluded that we have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. Therefore, Chongqing Daqo is considered the “primary beneficiary” of Daqo New Material. As a result, we have consolidated Daqo New Material’s financial results into our own since July 1, 2008. Even though we do not directly or indirectly hold any equity interests in Daqo New Material, Daqo New Material has been deemed to be our predecessor business from November 16, 2006 through June 30, 2008 under U.S. GAAP.

 

The assets and liabilities of Daqo New Material are consolidated at historical cost. Daqo Group’s total equity interests in Daqo New Material are presented as a noncontrolling interest on our financial statements. The amount of net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest is equivalent to the rental income that Daqo New Material receives from Chongqing Daqo minus depreciation and interests costs during each reporting period. Please refer to note 15 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for details of Daqo New Material’s total assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and its net revenues, operating costs and expenses, net income for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Income taxes

 

We periodically evaluate the likelihood of the realization of deferred tax assets, and reduce the carrying amount of these deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance to the extent we believe a portion will not be realized. We consider many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of our deferred tax assets, including our recent cumulative earnings experience by taxing jurisdiction, expectations of future taxable income, the carry-forward periods available to us for tax reporting purposes, and other relevant factors. Deferred income taxes are recognized for (1) temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, or (2) net operating loss carry forwards and credits by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant taxing authorities. The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as current and non-current based on the characteristics of the underlying assets and liabilities, or the expected timing of their use when they do not relate to a specific asset or liability.

 

We recognize a tax benefit associated with an uncertain tax position when, in our judgment, it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. For a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we initially and subsequently measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that we judge to have a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. Our liability associated with unrecognized tax benefits is adjusted periodically due to changing circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law developments and new or emerging legislation. Such adjustments are recognized entirely in the period in which they are identified. Our effective tax rate includes the net impact of changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and subsequent adjustments as considered appropriate by management. We classify interest and penalties recognized on the liability for unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

 

46


Table of Contents

Valuation of inventories

 

Our inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The valuation of inventory involves our management’s determination of the value of excess and slow moving inventory, which is based upon assumptions of future demands and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, inventory write-downs may be required. We routinely evaluate quantities and value of our inventories in light of current market conditions and market trends, and record write-downs against the cost of inventories for a decline in net realizable value. Inventory write-down charges establish a new cost basis for inventory. In estimating obsolescence, we utilize our backlog information and project future demand. Market conditions are subject to change and actual consumption of inventories could differ from forecasted demand. Furthermore, the price of polysilicon is subject to fluctuations based on global supply and demand. If actual market conditions are less favorable or other factors arise that are significantly different than those anticipated by our management, additional inventory write-downs or increases in obsolescence reserves may be required. Our management continually monitors the spot price of polysilicon to ensure that inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value.

 

Share-based compensation expenses

 

On October 31, 2009, we granted options to purchase a total of 5,350,000 ordinary shares to our officers, directors, employees and consultants pursuant to our 2009 share incentive plan. The original exercise price of all of the options was $1.38 per share, which was re-priced to $0.42 per share on January 9, 2012 with the approval of our board of directors. Twenty-five percent of the ordinary shares subject to the options will vest one year following the grant date, and the remaining seventy-five percent of the ordinary shares subject to the option will vest in 36 equal monthly installments over the next three years. We did not grant any options or other equity incentives to any officer, director, employee or consultant before October 2009.

 

On October 6, 2010, we granted options to acquire 120,000 ordinary shares to independent directors pursuant to the Option Plan. Thirty percent (30%) of the ordinary shares subject to the Option Plan will vest one year following the grant date, thirty percent (30%) of the ordinary shares subject to the Option Plan will vest on the second year anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining forty percent (40%) of the ordinary shares subject to the Option Plan will vest on the third year anniversary of the grant date. These options were granted in anticipation of services to be provided during the respective service periods. The original exercise price of these options was $1.90 per share which was re-priced to $0.42 per share on January 9, 2012.

 

On December 3, 2010, we granted options to acquire 2,190,000 ordinary shares to certain officers, directors and employees pursuant to the Option Plan. The ordinary shares subject to the Option Plan will vest in four equal annual installments, with the first installment vesting one year following the grant date. These options were granted in anticipation of services to be provided during the respective service periods. The original exercise price of these options was $2.35 per share which was re-priced to $0.42 per share on January 9, 2012.

 

On January 9, 2012, we granted options to acquire 1,190,000 ordinary shares to certain independent directors, officers and employees pursuant to the Option Plan. For the independent directors, thirty percent (30%) of the ordinary shares subject to the Option Plan will vest one year following the grant date, thirty percent (30%) of the ordinary shares subject to the Option Plan will vest on the second year anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining forty percent (40%) of the ordinary shares subject to the Option Plan will vest on the third year anniversary of the grant date. For the officers and employees, twenty-five percent (25%) of the ordinary shares subject to the options will vest one year following the grant date, and the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the ordinary shares subject to the option will vest in 36 equal monthly installments over the next three years. These options were granted in anticipation of services to be provided during the respective service periods. The exercise price is $0.42.

 

As of the end of 2011, a total number of 855,000 options have been forfeited due to grantees’ departure of the company.

 

We recognize share-based compensation in the statement of operations based on the fair value of equity awards on the date of the grant, with compensation expense recognized over the period in which the grantee is required to provide service to us in exchange for the equity award. We have made an estimate of expected forfeiture and is recognizing compensation costs only for those equity awards to vest. The share-based compensation expenses have been classified as either selling, general and administrative expenses or research and development expenses, depending on the job functions of the grantees.

 

With respect to options granted on October 31, 2009 when we were a private company, we determined the fair value of our ordinary shares with the assistance of an independent appraiser. Determining the fair value of options and ordinary shares requires making complex and subjective judgments regarding projected financial and operating results, our unique business risks, the liquidity of our shares and our operating history and prospectus at the time of grant. In estimating the fair value of ordinary shares, we used income approach and the market approach as a cross check. The market approach incorporates certain assumptions including the market performance of comparable listed companies, as well as our forecasted financial results and growth trends. The income approach involved applying appropriate discount rates to discount cash flows that were based on our earnings forecasts. Other major assumptions used in determining the fair value of ordinary shares include weighted average costs of capital and discount for lack of marketability. We also used other general assumptions, including: no material changes in existing political, legal, fiscal and economic conditions and polysilicon industry in China; our ability to retain competent management and key personnel to support our ongoing operations; and no material deviation in market conditions from economic forecasts.

 

47


Table of Contents

We estimated the fair value of the options granted on October 31, 2009 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the assistance of the independent appraiser. As we did not have historical share option exercise experience, the expected term was estimated as the average between the vesting term of the options and the original contractual term. The volatility of the underlying ordinary shares during the life of the options was estimated based on the historical stock price volatility of listed comparable companies over a period comparable to the expected term of the options. The risk-free interest rate was estimated based on the yield to maturity of China international government bonds with a maturity period close to the expected term of the options. The dividend yield was estimated based on the expected dividend policy over the expected term of the options.

 

With respect to options granted on October 6, 2010 and December 3, 2010, we estimated the fair value of share options granted using the Binomial option pricing model with the assistance of the independent appraiser, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the share options, estimated forfeitures and the price volatility of the underlying shares. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share options represent management’s best estimates. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our share-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. In addition, we estimate our expected forfeiture rate and recognize the expense only for those shares expected to vest. These estimates are based on past employee-retention rates. We will prospectively revise our estimated forfeiture rates based on actual history. Our compensation expense may change based on changes to our actual forfeitures of these share options.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated statements of operations for the periods. Our historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Revenues

      

Polysilicon

   $ 106,224,775      $ 217,921,352      $ 218,915,487   

Other products

     4,968,702        24,764,172        36,916,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     111,193,477        242,685,524        255,832,018   

Cost of revenues

     (69,251,610     (136,483,927     (169,722,974
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     41,941,867        106,201,597        86,109,044   

Operating expenses/income:

      

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (9,335,822     (15,692,453     (15,563,315

Research and development expenses

     (2,774,608     (1,385,611     (744,321

Other operating income

     6,592,291        3,382,819        12,116,746   

Long-lived asset impairment

     —          —          (38,512,376
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (5,518,139     (13,695,245     (42,703,266
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     36,423,728        92,506,352        43,405,778   

Interest expense

     (6,461,733     (9,880,259     (9,663,562

Foreign exchange loss

     —          (1,185,904     (11,368

Interest income

     214,321        544,679        1,897,536   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     30,176,316        81,984,868        35,628,384   

Income tax expense

     (240,278     (12,837,135     (714,272
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     29,936,038        69,147,733        34,914,112   

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (898,964     576,476        1,590,160   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Daqo New Energy Corp.’s shareholders

   $ 30,835,002      $ 68,571,257      $ 33,323,952   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year ended December 31, 2010

 

Total revenues . Our total revenues increased by 5.4% from $242.7 million in 2010 to $255.8 million in 2011. The increase in total revenues was primarily attributable to the significant increase in module sales, which increased from $14.0 million in 2010 to $29.1 million in 2011. The revenues derived from wafer sales decreased from $10.8 million in 2010 to $7.8 million in 2011, which was primarily due to the lower average selling price. The revenue derived from polysilicon increased slightly from $217.9 million to $218.9 million in 2012, which was due to the combined effect of a volume increase from 3,650 MT in 2010 to 3,947 MT in 2011 offset by a 7% decrease in polysilicon average selling price during 2011.

 

Cost of revenues . Our cost of revenues increased by 24.4 % from $136.5 million in 2010 to $169.7 million in 2011. The increase in costs of revenues was primarily attributable to an increase of $16.8 million and $14.0 million in costs of revenues for modules and polysilicon, respectively. The costs of revenues’ increase in these two products were primarily due to larger production volume for both products in 2011 as compared to 2010.

 

Gross profit . Our gross profit decreased by 18.9% from $106.2 million in 2010 to $86.1 million in 2011. Our gross margin decreased from 43.8% in 2010 to 33.7% in 2011. The decrease in profit margin was primarily due to the lower average selling price of polysilicon and higher shipment volume combined with the impact of non-cash inventory write-down in 2011.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses . Our selling, general and administrative expenses were $15.6 million in 2011 which remained almost flat from $15.7 million in 2010.

 

Research and development expenses . Our research and development expenses decreased by 46.3% from $1.4 million to $0.7 million, and decreased as a percentage of total revenues from 0.6% in 2010 to 0.3% in 2011. The decrease in our research and development expenses was due primarily to less research and development projects incurred in 2011 due to the maturation of our polysilicon production technology.

 

Fixed asset impairment loss . We recognized a $38.5 million impairment loss for the long-lived assets of our wafer and modules business in 2011. The impairment loss of long-lived assets of wafer and modules was to reflect the assets’ lower than expected profit-generating ability due to a sharp decline in the spot market price of wafer and modules.

 

Other operating income . Other operating income increased significantly from $3.4 million to $12.1 million, which mainly consisted of unrestricted cash incentives that we received from local government authorities, fluctuates from period to period at the discretion of the government.

 

Interest expense and income . Our net interest expenses decreased from $9.3 million in 2010 to $7.8 million in 2011. The decrease from 2010 was primarily due to $1.3 million increase in interest income due to the time deposits in 2011 and $0.2 million decrease in interest expenses due to the higher interest capitalization in 2011.

 

Income tax expense . Our income tax expenses were $0.7 million, compared to $12.8 million for 2010. The decrease was primarily due to the lower income before tax in 2011 and the decreased effective tax rate mainly due to the effect of a different income tax rate being applied to the reversal of temporary difference.

 

Net income attributable to our shareholders . As a result of the factors described above, we had net income attributable to our shareholders of $33.3 million for 2011, compared to net income of $68.6 million for 2010.

 

Year ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year ended December 31, 2009

 

Total revenues . Our total revenues increased by 118.3% from $111.2 million in 2009 to $242.7 million in 2010. The increase in total revenues was primarily attributable to an increase in revenues generated from sales of polysilicon from $106.2 million to $217.9 million. The increase in our revenues was also due to an increase in other revenues from $5.0 million generated from sales of cells that we had acquired through tolling arrangements in 2009 to $10.8 million generated from sales of wafers and $14.0 million generated from sales of modules in 2010. The increase in revenues generated from sales of polysilicon was due to the increase of our polysilicon sales volume from 1,498 MT in 2009 to 3,650 MT in 2010, which was offset by a 47.7% decrease in our polysilicon average selling price during the same periods.

 

Cost of revenues . Our cost of revenues increased by 97.1% from $69.3 million in 2009 to $136.5 million in 2010. The increase in costs of revenues was primarily attributable to an increase of $48.5 million in costs of revenues for polysilicon in 2009.

 

49


Table of Contents

Gross profit . Our gross profit increased by 153.2% from $41.9 million in 2009 to $106.2 million in 2010. Our gross margin increased from 37.7% in 2009 to 43.8% in 2010. The increase in profit margin was primarily due to the lower production cost per kilogram for polysilicon production cost marginally offset by lower average selling price of polysilicon.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses . Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 68.1% from $9.3 million in 2009 to $15.7 million in 2010. The increase in our selling, general and administrative expenses was due primarily to a $3 million IPO fees for the aborted IPO in January 2010, a $0.8 million fixed cost in shut down period in December 2010 for periodical maintenance and capacity enhancement and a $1.2 million increase of compensation charge for employee stock options, in addition to increased personnel and shipping costs.

 

Research and development expenses . Our research and development expenses decreased by 50.1% from $2.8 million to $1.4 million, and decreased as a percentage of total revenues from 2.5% in 2009 to 0.6% in 2010. The decrease in our research and development expenses was due primarily to less research and development projects incurred in 2010 due to the maturation of our technology of polysilicon production.

 

Other operating income . Our other operating income decreased by 48.7% from $6.6 million to $3.4 million, and decreased as a percentage of total revenues from 5.9% in 2009 to 1.4% in 2010. Our other operating income mainly consisted of financial incentives that we received from local government authorities.

 

Interest expense and income . Our interest expenses increased by 52.9% from $6.5 million in 2009 to $9.9 million in 2010. Net interest expense for 2010 was $9.3 million, compared to $6.2 million for 2009. The increase of interest expenses in was primarily due to a higher interest capitalization amount in 2009.

 

Income tax expense . Our effective income tax rate increased from 1% in 2009 to 16% in 2010, primarily due to the lower R&D tax deduction and lower tax credits we received from the local government for our purchase of qualified energy conservation machinery and equipment in 2010, and the non-deductible IPO expenses written off by the Company for its aborted IPO in January 2010.

 

Net income (loss) attributable to the noncontrolling interest . The net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in 2010 was $0.6 million as compared to the net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest of $0.9 million in 2009. The net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest is the result of Daqo Group’s share of the profit (loss) in Daqo New Material, which resulted from the various costs and expenses incurred during the period, and the rental income that Daqo New Material received from Chongqing Daqo.

 

Net income attributable to our shareholders . As a result of the factors described above, we had net income attributable to our shareholders of $68.6 million for 2010, compared to net income of $30.8 million for 2009.

 

 

50


Table of Contents

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Cash Flows and Working Capital

 

Polysilicon production requires intensive capital investment. Due to our relatively short operating history, our financing is primarily through advances from customers and financing from Daqo Group, in addition to cash flow from sales of polysilicon and from bank borrowings, and more recently, the proceeds of our initial public offering in October 2010. Furthermore, a substantial portion of our outstanding indebtedness is guaranteed by Daqo Group. In the future, we may rely upon Daqo Group to provide additional guarantees for our indebtedness if our cash on hand and cashflow from our operations are insufficient for our future capital needs.

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (2,730   $ 125,623      $ 44,858   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (109,670     (49,818     (274,139

Net cash provided by financing activities

     190,502        45,556        112,781   

Effect of exchange rate changes

     7        860        5,561   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     78,110        122,221        (110,939

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

     3,304        81,414        203,636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year/period

   $ 81,414      $ 203,635        92,697   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Interest paid

   $ 3,732      $ 5,240      $ 10,991   

Income taxes paid

     1,818        625        18,861   

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing activities:

      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment included in accounts payable

   $ 53,224      $ 16,701      $ 41,302   

 

As of December 31, 2011, we had $11.6 million in restricted cash and $92.7 million in cash and cash equivalents. Approximately $80.9 million, $1.0 million, $7.1 million and $7.6 million of our restricted cash and cash and cash equivalents were held by Chongqing Daqo, Daqo New Material, Nanjing Daqo and Xinjiang Daqo, respectively, in RMB. Restricted cash was primarily comprised of cash that we placed in our bank accounts as guarantee deposits for the banks’ issuance of short-term letters of credit and notes in support of our purchases of property, plant and equipment. Cash and cash equivalents consisted of cash on hand and demand deposits, which were unrestricted as to withdrawal and use and had maturities of three months or less.

 

As of December 31, 2011, we had a working capital deficit (being our total consolidated current liabilities less our total consolidated current assets) of $38.4 million. We had cash and cash equivalents of $92.7 million and short-term and long-term liabilities of $111.8 and $165.6, respectively, as of December 31, 2011. We committed significant future capital expenditures on the construction and expansion of our Phase 2 polysilicon facilities in Shihezi, Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region. As of December 31, 2011, we have total capital commitment of $94.5 million, among which the majority is for Xinjiang Phase 2 facilities. We may also resume the Hydrochlorination project in Chongqing site after Phase 2 facilities in Xinjiang ramp up successfully. These factors initially raised substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

51


Table of Contents

In response to these circumstances, our major shareholders, which have sufficient capital and liquidity available, committed to provide necessary financial support to us through the Daqo Group, an affiliated company. In addition, as of December 31, 2011, we have $136.4 million of unused committed and available bank standby credit facilities. In April 2012, we renewed $31.8 million short-term loans and obtained a new $6.3 million short-term loan. In summary, our continuation as a going concern is dependent upon continued financial support from our major shareholders, our ability to continue to obtain other sources of financing and our operating cashflow in 2012. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China— We are facing increasing working capital pressure in the current challenging market environment. Our major shareholders have committed to provide financial support to us to meet our working capital requirements. If the market continues to deteriorate and we are not able to obtain adequate financial support from our major shareholders or from other sources, we will face the risk of not being able to continue as a going concern.”

 

Operating Activities

 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $44.9 million, primarily resulting from $239.5 million of cash we received from the sale of our products, our payments for raw materials and utilities of $119.1 million, taxes paid of $39.0 million, and employee salaries and welfare payment of $18.7 million.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $125.6 million, primarily resulting from $281.6 million of cash we received from the sale of polysilicon, our payments for raw materials and utilities of $109.3 million, taxes paid of $19.6 million, and employee salaries and welfare payment of $5.2 million.

 

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $2.7 million primarily resulting from our payments for raw materials and utilities of $78.2 million, taxes paid of $8.5 million, employee salaries and welfare payment of $5.8 million, partially offset by $89.0 million of cash we received from the sale of polysilicon.

 

Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $274.1 million. Net cash was primarily the result of payments for the purchase of property, plant and equipment in a total amount of $252.7 million combined with decrease in restricted cash of $11.5 million that we placed in our bank accounts as guarantee deposits for the banks’ issuance of short term letters of credit and notes in support of our purchases of property, plant and equipment and a $9.9 million net interest free loan we extended to a related party in 2011.

 

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $49.8 million. Net cash was primarily the result of payments for the purchase of property, plant and equipment in a total amount of $57.6 million offset by a decrease in restricted cash of $8.7 million that we placed in our bank accounts as guarantee deposits for the banks’ issuance of short term letters of credit and notes in support of our purchases of property, plant and equipment.

 

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $109.7 million, primarily resulting from payments for the purchase of property, plant and equipment in a total amount of $121.3 million, offset by a decrease in restricted cash of $11.6 million that we placed in our bank accounts as guarantee deposits for the banks’ issuance of short term letters of credit in support of our purchases of property, plant and equipment.

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $112.8 million, primarily resulting from the proceeds received from the bank borrowings in the amount of $186.6 million offset by the repayment of bank and other borrowings in the amount of $73.8 million.

 

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $45.5 million, primarily resulting from the proceeds of our initial public offering, bank borrowings and borrowings from a third party in the amount of $79.5 million, $10.6 million, and $3.8 million respectively, offset by the repayment of bank borrowing and other borrowing in the amount of $48.5 million.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $190.5 million, primarily resulting from the net proceeds of our borrowings of $94.0 million, net proceeds of $54.9 million from the issuance of Series A preferred shares (which automatically converted in connection with our initial public offering in 2010) and cash in the amount of $41.5 million financed by Daqo Group to settle the outstanding accounts payable for property, plant and equipment that we purchased.

 

52


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

 

We made capital expenditures of $12.4 million and $316.9 million for construction of our polysilicon, wafer and module production facilities and purchase of polysilicon, wafer and module production equipments in 2010 and 2011, respectively. These capital expenditures mainly related to the construction of our phase 2 polysilicon facilities in Xinjiang. We have also entered into agreements for future purchases of property, plant and equipment, which commitments amounted to approximately $94.5 million in total, as of December 31, 2011. We expect that purchases of equipment for our polysilicon capacity expansion will continue to constitute a significant portion of our capital expenditures. Our capital expenditures will increase in the future as we expand our polysilicon manufacturing capacity. We expect that we will require approximately $165.2 million for capital expenditures in 2012 including the $94.5 million in commitments. Such projected capital expenditures will be used primarily for technological improvements and equipment enhancements for our Phase 1 polysilicon facilities, construction of our Phase 2 polysilicon facilities and wafer facilities. We intend to use cash generated from operating activities and take other actions to obtain alternative sources of financing, such as obtaining loan facilities from financial institutions or entering into capital lease arrangements to meet our capital expenditure requirements. For additional information, see also “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Manufacturing Capacity” in this annual report.

 

Holding Company Structure

 

Daqo New Energy Corp. is a holding company with no material operations of its own. We conduct our operations primarily through our wholly owned subsidiaries and our consolidated variable interest entity in China. As a result, our ability to pay dividends depends upon dividends paid by our wholly owned subsidiaries. If our wholly owned subsidiaries or any newly formed subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us. In addition, our wholly owned subsidiaries are permitted to pay dividends to us only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Under PRC law, each of our wholly owned PRC subsidiaries and our consolidated variable interest entity is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. Although the statutory reserves can be used, among other ways, to increase the registered capital and eliminate future losses in excess of retained earnings of the respective companies, the reserve funds are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation. As of December 31, 2011, we had set aside US$17.7 million in aggregate for statutory reserves.

 

Inflation

 

In recent years, China has not experienced significant inflation, and thus inflation has not had a material impact on our results of operation. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the annual average percent changes in the consumer price index in China for 2009, 2010 and 2011 were a decrease of 0.7%, an increase of 3.3% and an increase of 5.5%, respectively. The year-over-year percent changes in the consumer price index for January 2010, 2011 and 2012 were increases of 1.5%, 4.9% and 4.5%, respectively. Although we have not been materially affected by inflation in the past, we can provide no assurance that we will not be affected in the future by higher rates of inflation in China.

 

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, Etc.

 

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Research and Development.”

 

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Intellectual Property.”

 

D. Trend Information

 

On January 5, 2011, we announced plans to build our Phase 2 polysilicon production facility in Shihezi Economic Development Area in Xinjiang autonomous region, China. On August 26, 2011, we announced adoption of Hydrochlorination technology in Chongqing site to further capacity expansion and cost reduction. In March 2012, we announced a projects consolidation plan to postpone the Hydrochlorination project in Chongqing site, in order to concentrate our resources on Phase 2 facility in Xinjiang and minimize the company’s financial risk in the current challenging environment. The Hydrochlorination project might be resumed after the Phase 2 facility in Xinjiang ramps up successfully. Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events since the beginning of our fiscal year 2011 that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our net revenues, income from operations, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that would cause the disclosed financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial condition.

 

E. Off Balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements

 

We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of third parties. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or that engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

 

53


Table of Contents

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Payments due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Contractual obligations:

              

Long-term debt (1)(2)

   $ 252,875       $ 72,894       $ 147,994       $ 31,987       $  ___   

Other long-term liabilities reflected on our
balance sheet
(3)

     16,666         ___         16,666         ___         ___   

Capital commitments (4)

     94,468         94,468         ___         ___         ___   

Operating lease obligations (5)

     2,801         487         974         974         366   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total obligations

   $ 366,810       $ 167,849       $ 165,634       $ 32,961       $ 366   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Notes:

   (1)    Includes floating rate interest payments. Our floating rate debts are all RMB-denominated and the interest rates will be adjusted annually by the lenders based on the updated benchmark interest rates published by the People’s Bank of China. Our weighted average floating interest rate as of December 31, 2011 was 6.93%, which was used for the calculation of the total amount of our long-term debts.
   (2)    As of December 31, 2011, long-term bank loans in the amount of $165.6 million were guaranteed by Daqo Group.
   (3)    Includes long-term payables for purchase of property, plant and equipment and advance from customers.
   (4)    Represents commitments relating to our purchase of property, plant and equipment for our production capacity expansion, including payment commitments to our project contractors.
   (5)    Represents Nanjing Daqo’s obligation to settle its obligation under the lease agreement with Daqo Group for its plant and office in Nanjing until October 2017.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The ASU is the result of joint efforts by the FASB and International Accounting Standard Board (“IASB”) to develop a single, converged fair value framework—that is, converged guidance on how (not when) to measure fair value and on what disclosures to provide about fair value measurements. While the ASU is largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles in U.S. GAAP, it expands ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement’s, existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and makes other amendments. Many of these amendments were made to eliminate unnecessary wording differences between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”). However, some could change how the fair value measurement guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820 is applied. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, for public entities. We believe that the adoption of this ASU will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income. The ASU revises the manner in which entities present comprehensive income in their financial statements. The new guidance removes the presentation options in ASC 220, Comprehensive Income, and requires entities to report components of comprehensive income in either (1) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (2) two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05. This ASU defers the requirement in ASU 2011-05 that entities present reclassification adjustments for each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) in both net income and other comprehensive income on the face of the financial statements. ASU 2011-12 requires entities to continue to present amounts reclassified out of AOCI on the face of the financial statements or disclose those amounts in the notes to the financial statements. The effective date of ASU 2011-12 is consistent with ASU 2011-05, which is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011 for public entities. We believe that adoption of these ASUs will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

On December 16, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, which contains new disclosure requirements regarding the nature of an entity’s rights of setoff and related arrangements associated with its financial instruments and derivative instruments. The new disclosures are designed to make financial statements that are prepared under US GAAP more comparable to those prepared under IFRSs. To facilitate comparison between financial statements prepared under US GAAP and IFRSs, the new disclosures will give financial statement users information about both gross and net exposures. The new disclosure requirements are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods therein; retrospective application is required. We believe that the adoption of this ASU will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

G. Safe Harbor

 

This annual report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements. These statements are made under the “safe harbor” provisions of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements can be identified by terminology such as “will,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” “may,” “intend,” “it is possible,” “subject to” and similar statements. Among other things, the sections titled “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors,” “Item 4. Information on the Company,” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” as well as our strategic and operational plans, contain forward-looking statements. We may also make written or oral forward-looking statements in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, in our annual report to shareholders, in press releases and other written materials and in oral statements made by our officers, directors or employees to third parties. Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements and are subject to change, and such change may be material and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations for one or more prior periods. Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties. A number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained, either expressly or impliedly, in any forward-looking statement in this annual report on Form 20-F, including but not limited to the following: the demand for photovoltaic products and the development of photovoltaic technologies; global supply and demand for polysilicon; alternative technologies in cell manufacturing; our ability to significantly expand our polysilicon production capacity and output; and the reduction in or elimination of government subsidies and economic incentives for solar energy applications. All information provided in this annual report on Form 20-F and in the exhibits is as of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F, and we do not undertake any obligation to update any such information, except as required under applicable law.

 

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

A. Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this annual report.

 

Name

   Age   

Position/ Title

Guangfu Xu

   69    Chairman of the board of directors

Xiang Xu

   41    Director

Fei Ge

   47    Director

Fumin Zhuo

   59    Independent Director

Gongda Yao

   53    Director and chief executive officer

Daqing Dave Qi

   47    Independent Director

Rongling Chen

   69    Independent Director

Mingsong Liang

   43    Independent Director

Shuming Zhao

   59    Independent Director

Bing Sun

   41    Chief Financial Officer

Tracy Tianqun Zhou

   50    Chief technology officer

Jian Zhu

   38    Senior vice president

 

Mr. Guangfu Xu is the chairman of our board of directors. Mr. Xu is principally responsible for formulating our strategic development objectives. Mr. Xu has been the chairman and general manager of Daqo Group since January 1984 and currently holds directorship positions with 19 subsidiaries of Daqo Group. Mr. Xu joined Xinba General Company, the predecessor entity of Daqo Group, in 1966 and has been instrumental in building Daqo Group from a small township and village enterprise to a leading manufacturer of electrical systems in China. Mr. Xu is a member of the Ninth People’s Congress of Jiangsu Province and the vice chairman of the Standing Committee of the Ninth Yangzhong City People’s Congress. Mr. Xu was named a National Township and Village Entrepreneur by the Ministry of Agriculture of China in 2001 and 2002. Mr. Xu graduated from secondary school in 1960.

 

Mr. Xiang Xu is one of our directors. Mr. Xu is also the vice chairman of the board and president of Daqo Group and currently holds directorship positions with 25 subsidiaries of Daqo Group. Mr. Xu served as the general manager of Jiangsu Changjiang Electric Co., Ltd., a subsidiary of Daqo Group, from January 2000 through May 2006. Mr. Xu received his EMBA degree from Nanjing University in 2004. Mr. Xiang Xu is the son of Mr. Guangfu Xu.

 

Mr. Fei Ge is one of our directors. Mr. Ge is also the executive president of Daqo Group and currently holds directorship positions with 22 subsidiaries of Daqo Group. Mr. Ge served as the general manager of Zhenjiang Klockner-Moeller Electrical Systems Co., Ltd., or KM Electrical, a subsidiary of Daqo Group that specializes in electrical research and manufacturing, from October 1993 to May 2006. Mr. Ge received his MBA degree from Nanjing University in 2004.

 

55


Table of Contents

Mr. Fumin Zhuo is one of our independent directors. Mr. Zhuo has served as our director since November 2009. Mr. Zhuo has also served as an independent director to Focus Media, a NASDAQ-listed company and Shenyin Wanguo (H.K.) Limited, a company listed on the Main Board of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. Mr. Zhuo has over two decades experience in investment and corporate management. Mr. Zhuo is currently a managing partner of Granite Global Ventures III L.L.C., a general partner of SIG Capital Limited and Chairman of Venture Star Investment (HK) Limited. Prior to joining SIG Capital Limited in July 2005, Mr. Zhuo served as the chairman and chief executive officer of Vertex China Investment Company, a company concentrating in investments in the Greater China region since July 2002. From 1995 to July 2002, Mr. Zhuo was the chief executive officer of Shanghai Industrial Holding Ltd. and the chairman of SIIC Medical Science & Technology (Group). Prior to that starting in 1987, Mr. Zhuo served as chief assistant officer of the Shanghai Economic System Reform Committee. Mr. Zhuo has extensive experience in venture capital fund formation, mergers and acquisitions, and investment management. Mr. Zhuo received his master’s degree in economics from Fudan University and his bachelor’s degree in enterprise management from Shanghai Jiaotong University’s Electrical Engineering School.

 

Dr. Gongda Yao is one of our directors and chief executive officer. Dr. Yao has served as our director and chief executive officer since August 2009. Dr. Yao has extensive experience in the electronic development and manufacturing industry. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Yao served as the vice president and China general manager for Applied Materials from October 2006 to July 2008. Dr. Yao was also the vice president and general manager of the Integrated Metal Business Unit of Novellus Systems from October 2005 to October 2006, and vice president of operations at Ciwest Semiconductor Company from April 2005 to October 2005. Before that, Dr. Yao worked for Applied Materials at various management positions for 11 years. Dr. Yao received his Ph.D. in materials science & engineering from the State University of New York at Stony Brook in 1992, his master’s degree in materials science from Tongji University and the Chinese Academy of Science in 1984 and his bachelor’s degree in theoretical physics from Shanghai University of Science and Technology in 1982. Dr. Yao holds more than 10 U.S. patents and has authored or co-authored more than 40 technical articles and papers.

 

Dr. Daqing Dave Qi is one of our independent directors. Dr. Qi has served as our director since October 2010. Dr. Qi has served as a director of AutoNavi Holdings Limited, a NASDAQ-listed company, Sohu.com, a NASDAQ-listed company, Honghua Group Limited, a company listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, SinoMedia Holding Limited, a company listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, Huiyuan Juice Group Limited, a company listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, China Vanke Co., Ltd, a company listed on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange. Dr. Qi is professor of accounting and associate dean of the Cheung Kong Graduate School of Business, where he has taught since 2002. From 1996 until 2002, Dr. Qi was an associate professor in the School of Accountancy at the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Dr. Qi received his bachelor’s degree in biophysics and bachelor’s degree in journalism from Fudan University, his MBA from the University of Hawaii at Manoa with a focus in accounting and finance and his Ph.D. in accounting from the Eli Broad Graduate School of Management of Michigan State University. He is a member of the American Accounting Association.

 

Mr. Rongling Chen is one of our independent directors. Mr. Chen has served as our director since October 2010. Mr. Chen has served as an independent director to Tianjin Zhonghuan Semiconductor Co., Ltd., a company listed on Shenzhen Stock Exchange. Mr. Chen is currently a vice president of Applied Materials and chief administration officer of Applied Materials China. Mr. Chen is an executive advisor of IMEC, a leading advanced semiconductor R&D center based in Belgium, and also a senior advisor and chairman of China advisory board to SEMI, a global industry association serving the manufacturing supply chains for the microelectronic, display and photovoltaic industries. Mr. Chen started working for Applied Materials in 1984, and has served in various senior positions, including vice president, chairman of Applied Materials China and head of China marketing and corporate affairs. Mr. Chen received his bachelor’s degree in semiconductor devices and materials from Zhe Jiang University.

 

Dr. Mingsong Liang is one of our independent directors. Dr. Liang has served as our director since October 2011. Dr. Liang is currently a co-manageing partner of CLA Partners, a boutique investment banking firm in China. Dr. Liang serves as an independent director to Qingdao Eastsoft Communication Technology Co. Ltd., a company listed on Shenzhen Stock Exchange and to Yunnan International Trust & Investment Co., Ltd., a financial services company in China. Prior to joining CLA Partners, Dr. Liang has held various management positions at China Securities Regulatory Commission and State-owned Assets Management Commission of Yunnan Province. Dr. Liang received his Ph.D. in Economics from the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor and J.D. from New York University School of Law. He received his bachelor’s degree in economics from Beijing University.

 

56


Table of Contents

Mr. Shuming Zhao is one of our independent directors. Mr. Zhao has served as our director since October 2011. Mr. Zhao is dean of the Nanjing University School of Business. In addition, Mr. Zhao is an adjunct professor at the University of Southern California Marshall School of Business, Claremont Graduate University, Macau University of Science and Technology and Nanjing University of Post and Telecommunications. Mr. Zhao serves as independent directors to Jiangsu Little Swan Ltd. in China and MFC Industrial Ltd., a NYSE-listed Canadian company. Mr. Zhao received his Bachelor Degree in English Language from Nanjing University and a Master Degree in Education and a Ph.D. in Management, both from Claremont Graduate University.

 

Mr. Bing Sun is our chief financial officer. Mr. Sun joined us, as our chief financial officer in February 2011, from Shunda Holdings Co, a solar photovoltaic company based in China, where he was the Chief Financial Officer since June 2008. Prior to Shunda Holdings, Mr. Sun was financial controller at BCD Semiconductor, a leading analog integrated device manufacturer in China from April 2007 to June 2008. Mr. Sun’s earlier experiences include serving as audit manager at Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu and compliance manager at The Brinks Company. Mr. Sun holds MBA degree with concentration in accounting from Virginia Commonwealth University and he is a U.S. Certificated Public Accountant.

 

Dr. Tracy Tianqun Zhou is our chief technology officer. Prior to joining us in January 2009, Dr. Zhou served as a product manager at Silicon Quest International in Santa Clara, California from January 2008. From 2004 to 2008, Dr. Zhou was the senior field applications engineer at MEMC Electronics Materials, Inc. in San Jose, California. Before that, she was the silicon business unit manager at West Coast Quartz from 2001 to 2004, operations director at Unisil Corp from 1998 to 2001 and senior process engineer at Mitsubishi Silicon America (now Sumco) from 1994 to 1998. Dr. Zhou received her Ph.D. in materials science and engineering from North Carolina State University in 1993 and a master’s degree from the Shanghai Institute of Ceramics in 1986. Dr. Zhou received her bachelor’s degree in chemistry from the University of Science and Technology of China in 1982.

 

Mr. Jian Zhu is a senior vice president and has been with us since our inception. Before joining us, Mr. Zhu served in various management positions including general manager, manager and senior engineer at KM Electrical from 1995 to 2006. Mr. Zhu received his master’s degree in electronics from Xi’an Jiaotong University in 1999 and his bachelor’s degree in chemical engineering from Tsinghua University in 1991.

 

Composition of Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors consists of nine directors. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company by way of qualification. A director may vote with respect to any contract or transaction in which he or she is materially interested provided the nature of the interest is disclosed prior to its consideration. Subject to our Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, the directors may exercise all the powers of our company to borrow money, mortgage his or her undertaking, property and uncalled capital, and issue debentures or other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of our company or of any third party. We have a majority independent board and fully independent audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee, and is in full compliance with applicable SEC and NYSE rules regarding the board and committee composition.

 

B. Compensation

 

In 2011, our aggregate payments of cash to directors or executive officers was approximately RMB2.63 million ($0.42 million). In 2011 our directors and executive officers received options under our share incentive plan. See “—Share Incentive Plan.”

 

Share Incentive Plan

 

In August 2009, we adopted the 2009 share incentive plan to attract and retain the best available personnel, provide additional incentives to employees, directors and consultants, and promote the success of our business. Our board of directors has authorized the issuance of up to 15,000,000 ordinary shares upon the exercise of awards granted under our plan. As of the date of this annual report, options to purchase a total of 7,695,000 of our ordinary shares have been granted and are outstanding. On October 31, 2009, our board of directors granted options to purchase a total of 5,350,000 ordinary shares to some of our officers, directors, employees and consultants pursuant to our 2009 share incentive plan. The original exercise price of these options was $1.38 per share, which was re-priced to $0.42 per share on January 9, 2012. Twenty-five percent of the ordinary shares subject to these options will vest one year following the grant date, and the remaining seventy-five percent of the ordinary shares subject to the option will vest in 36 equal installments over the next three years. On October 6, 2010, our board of directors granted options to purchase a total of 120,000 ordinary shares to some of our directors pursuant to our 2009 share incentive plan. The original exercise price of these options was $1.90 per share, equivalent to the per share price in our public offering. The exercise price of these options was re-priced to $0.42 per share on January 9, 2012. Thirty percent of the ordinary shares subject to the options will vest one year following the grant date, another thirty percent of the ordinary shares subject to these option will vest two years following the grant date and the remaining forty percent of the ordinary shares subject to the option will vest three years following the grant date. On December 3, 2010 our board of directors granted a total of 2,190,000 ordinary shares to some of our officers, directors and employees pursuant to our 2009 share incentive plan. The original exercise price of all of the options was $2.35 per share, which was re-priced to $0.42 per share on January 9, 2012. Twenty-five percent of the ordinary shares subject to these options will vest one year following the grant date, and the remaining seventy-five percent of the ordinary shares subject to the option will vest in 36 equal installments over the next three years. On January 9, 2012, we granted options to acquire 1,190,000 ordinary shares to certain independent directors, officers and employees pursuant to our 2009 share incentive plan. The exercise price is $0.42. For the independent directors, thirty percent of the ordinary shares subject to the option will vest one year following the grant date, thirty percent of the ordinary shares subject to the option will vest on the second year anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining forty percent of the ordinary shares subject to the option will vest on the third year anniversary of the grant date. For the officers and employees, twenty-five percent of the ordinary shares subject to the option will vest one year following the grant date, and the remaining seventy-five percent of the ordinary shares subject to the option will vest in 36 equal monthly installments over the next three years.

 

57


Table of Contents

The following paragraphs summarize the terms of our 2009 share incentive plan.

 

Plan Administration . Our board of directors, or a committee designated by our board or directors, will administer the plan. The committee or the full board of directors, as appropriate, will determine the provisions and terms and conditions of each option grant.

 

Award Agreement . Options and stock purchase rights granted under our plan are evidenced by a stock option agreement or a stock purchase right agreement, as applicable, that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each grant. In addition, the stock option agreement and the stock purchase right agreement also provide that securities granted are subject to the lock-up restrictions, if any, imposed by us or the underwriters for our initial public offering in connection therewith.

 

Exercise Price . The exercise price subject to an option shall be determined by the plan administrator and set forth in the award agreement. The exercise price may be amended or adjusted in the absolute discretion of the plan administrator, the determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive. To the extent not prohibited by applicable laws or any exchange rule, a downward adjustment of the exercise prices of options shall be effective without the approval of the shareholders or the approval of the affected participants.

 

Eligibility . We may grant awards to our employees, directors and consultants or those of any of our related entities, which include our subsidiaries or any entities in which we hold a substantial ownership interest.

 

Term of the Options . The term of each option grant shall be stated in the stock option agreement, provided that the term shall not exceed 10 years from the date of the grant.

 

Vesting Schedule . In general, the plan administrator determines, or the stock option agreement specifies, the vesting schedule.

 

Transfer Restrictions . Options to purchase our ordinary shares may not be transferred in any manner by the optionee other than by will or the laws of succession and may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee.

 

Termination of the Plan . Unless terminated earlier, the plan will terminate automatically in 2019. Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate the plan subject to shareholder approval to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law. However, no such action may (i) impair the rights of any optionee unless agreed by the optionee and the plan administrator or (ii) affect the plan administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it under our plan.

 

The following table summarizes, as of the date of this annual report, the options granted to our senior executive officers, directors and to other individuals as a group, without giving effect to the options that were exercised or terminated, if any.

 

Name

   Ordinary  Shares
Underlying
Options Awarded
     Exercise
Price
($/Share)
     Date of Grant      Date of Expiration  

Guangfu Xu

     *       $ 0.42         October 31, 2009         October 30, 2019   

Guangfu Xu

     *       $ 0.42         December 3, 2010         December 2, 2020   

Xiang Xu

     *       $ 0.42         October 31, 2009         October 30, 2019   

Xiang Xu

     *       $ 0.42         December 3, 2010         December 2, 2020   

Fei Ge

     *       $ 0.42         October 31, 2009         October 30, 2019   

Fei Ge

    
*
  
   $ 0.42         December 3, 2010         December 2, 2020   

Gongda Yao

     *       $ 0.42         October 31, 2009         October 30, 2019   

 

58


Table of Contents

Name

         Ordinary  Shares
Underlying
Options Awarded
     Exercise
Price
($/Share)
     Date of Grant      Date of Expiration  

Gongda Yao

       *       $ 0.42         December 3, 2010         December 2, 2020   

Daqing Dave Qi

       *       $ 0.42         October 6, 2010         October 5, 2020   

Rongling Chen

       *       $ 0.42         October 6, 2010         October 5, 2020   

Shuming Zhao

Fuming Zhuo

Minsong Liang

Tracy Tianqun Zhou

      

 

 

 

*

*

*

*

  

  

  

  

   $

$

$

$

0.42

0.42

0.42

0.42

  

  

  

  

    

 

 

 

January 9, 2012

January 9, 2012

January 9, 2012

October 31, 2009

  

  

  

  

    

 

 

 

January 8, 2022

January 8, 2022

January 8, 2022

October 30, 2019

  

  

  

  

Tracy Tianqun Zhou

       *       $ 0.42         December 3, 2010         December 2, 2020   

Jian Zhu

       *       $ 0.42         October 31, 2009         October 30, 2019   

Bing Sun

       *       $ 0.42         January 9, 2012         January 8, 2022   
      

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Directors and officers as a group

     5,004,337       $ 0.42         —           —     

Other individuals as a group

    

 

 

*

*

*

  

  

  

   $

$

$

0.42

0.42

0.42

  

  

  

    

 

 

October 31, 2009

December 3, 2010

January 9, 2012

  

  

  

    

 

 

October 30, 2019

December 2, 2020

January 8, 2022

  

  

  

    

 

 

          

Total

       7,695,000            
    

 

 

          

 

*   Less than 1% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

 

C. Board Practices

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Our code of business conduct and ethics provides that our directors and officers are expected to avoid any action, position or interest that conflicts with the interests of our company or gives the appearance of a conflict. Directors and officers have an obligation under our code of business conduct and ethics to advance our company’s interests when the opportunity to do so arises.

 

Duties of Directors

 

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors have a fiduciary duty to act honestly, in good faith and with a view to our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the skill they actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time. A shareholder has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached.

 

The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among other things:

 

   

convening shareholders’ annual general meetings and reporting its work to shareholders at such meetings;

 

   

declaring dividends and distributions;

 

   

appointing officers and determining the term of office of officers;

 

   

subject to our Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, exercising the borrowing powers of our company and mortgaging the property of our company; and

 

   

approving the transfer of shares of our company, including the registering of such shares in our share register.

 

Terms of Directors and Executive Officers

 

Our officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors. Our directors are not subject to a term of office and hold office until such time as they are removed from office in accordance with our Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association. A director will be removed from office automatically if, among other things, the director (1) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors; or (2) dies or becomes of unsound mind.

 

59


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Audit Committee

 

Our audit committee consists of Dr. Daqing Dave Qi, Mr. Rongling Chen and Dr. Mingsong Liang, and is chaired by Dr. Qi. All of our audit committee members satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange and meet the independence standards under Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We have determined that Dr. Qi qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert.” The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

selecting our independent auditors and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by our independent auditors;

 

   

reviewing with our independent auditors any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response to such audit problems or difficulties;

 

   

reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions, as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act;

 

   

discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and our independent auditors;

 

   

reviewing major issues as to the adequacy of our internal controls and any special audit steps adopted in light of material control deficiencies;

 

   

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;

 

   

such other matters that are specifically delegated to our audit committee by our board of directors from time to time;

 

   

meeting separately and periodically with management and our internal and independent auditors; and

 

   

reporting regularly to the full board of directors.

 

In 2011, our audit committee held meetings or passed resolutions by unanimous written consent four times.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Our compensation committee consists of Mr. Fumin Zhuo, Dr. Daqing Dave Qi and Mr. Rongling Chen, and is chaired by Mr. Zhuo. All of our compensation committee members satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange. Our compensation committee assists the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure of our directors and executive officers, including all forms of compensation to be provided to our directors and executive officers. Members of the compensation committee are not prohibited from direct involvement in determining their own compensation. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

approving and overseeing the compensation package for our executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to the board with respect to the compensation of our directors;

 

   

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer, evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of those goals and objectives, and setting the compensation level of our chief executive officer based on this evaluation; and

 

   

reviewing periodically and making recommendations to the board regarding any long-term incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements, annual bonuses, employee pension and welfare benefit plans.

 

60


Table of Contents

In 2011, our compensation committee did not hold meetings or pass resolutions.

 

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

 

Our corporate governance and nominating committee consists of Mr. Shuming Zhao, Dr. Daqing Dave Qi and Mr. Rongling Chen, and is chaired by Mr. Zhao. All of our corporate governance and nominating committee members satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange. The corporate governance and nominating committee assists the board of directors in identifying individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

identifying and recommending to the board nominees for election or re-election to the board, or for appointment to fill any vacancy;

 

   

reviewing annually with the board the current composition of the board in light of the characteristics of independence, age, skills, experience and availability of service to us;

 

   

identifying and recommending to the board the directors to serve as members of the board’s committees;

 

   

advising the board periodically with respect to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and making recommendations to the board on all matters of corporate governance and on any corrective action to be taken; and

 

   

monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance.

 

In 2011, our corporate governance and nominating committee held meetings or passed resolutions by unanimous written consent twice.

 

Interested Transactions

 

A director may vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he or she is interested, provided that the nature of the interest of any directors in such contract or transaction is disclosed by him or her at or prior to its consideration and any vote on that matter.

 

Remuneration and Borrowing

 

The directors may determine remuneration to be paid to the directors. The compensation committee will assist the directors in reviewing and approving the compensation structure for the directors. Subject to our Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, the directors may exercise all the powers of our company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, and to issue debentures or other securities whether outright or as security for any debt obligations of our company or of any third party.

 

Qualification

 

There is no shareholding qualification for directors.

 

Employment Agreements

 

We have entered into an employment agreement with each of our executive officers. The terms of the employment agreements are substantially similar for each executive officer, except as noted below. We may terminate an executive officer’s employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration, for certain acts of the officer including, but not limited to, a serious criminal act, willful misconduct to our detriment or a failure to perform agreed duties. We may terminate employment at any time without cause upon advance written notice to the executive. The executive may resign at any time if such resignation is approved by the board or an alternative arrangement with respect to the employment is agreed by the board.

 

61


Table of Contents

Each executive officer has agreed to hold, both during and after the termination of his or her employment agreement, in strict confidence and not to use, except as required in the performance of his or her duties in connection with the employment or as compelled by law, any of our or our customers’ confidential information or trade secrets. Each executive officer also agrees to comply with all material applicable laws and regulations related to his or her responsibilities at our company as well as all material written corporate and business policies and procedures of our company.

 

Each executive officer has agreed to be bound by non-competition restrictions during the term of his or her employment and for two years following the termination of such employment agreement. Specifically, each executive officer has agreed not to (1) assume employment with or provide services as a director for any of our competitors who operate in a restricted area; (2) solicit or seek any business orders from our customers; or (3) seek directly or indirectly, to solicit the services of any of our employees.

 

D. Employees

 

As of December 31, 2011, we employed 1,845 employees, including 1,071 in manufacturing, 72 in equipment maintenance, 73 in quality assurance, 42 in purchasing, 70 in research and development, 13 in sales and marketing, and 195 in general and administrative. In addition, we engaged independent contractors and temporary personnel from time to time. Substantially all of these employees and independent contractors are located at our facilities in Wanzhou and Xinjiang, China, but a small number of employees are based in Nanjing. As of December 31, 2011, we employed approximately 309 temporary personnel through third-party contractors.

 

As required by regulations in China, we participate in various employee social security plans that are administered by municipal and provincial governments, including housing, pension, medical insurance and unemployment insurance. We are required under Chinese law to make contributions to the employee benefit plans at specified percentages of the salaries, bonuses and certain allowance of our employees, up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time.

 

We typically enter into a standard confidentiality and employment agreement with our research and development personnel. These contracts involve a covenant that prohibits them from engaging in any activities that compete with our business within certain agreed period after the termination of their employment with us, and during such non-competition period.

 

We believe we maintain a good working relationship with our employees, and we have not experienced any labor disputes or any difficulty in recruiting staff for our operations.

 

E. Share Ownership

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares, as of the date of this annual report, by:

 

   

each of our directors and executive officers; and

 

   

each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5.0% of our ordinary shares.

 

The calculations in the table below are based on 175,714,103 ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this annual report.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. These shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

     Ordinary Shares  Beneficially
Owned
 
     Number      %  

Directors and Executive Officers:

     

Guangfu Xu (1)

     39,583,333         22.5

Xiang Xu (2)

     15,213,750         8.7   

Fei Ge (3)

     11,283,750         6.4   

Fumin Zhuo (4 )

     14,046,667         8.0   

Gongda Yao (5 )

     *         *   

Daqing Dave Qi (6 )

     *         *   

 

62


Table of Contents
     Ordinary Shares  Beneficially
Owned
 
     Number      %  

Rongling Chen (7 )

     *         *   

Mingsong Liang (8 )

     —        

Shuming Zhao (9 )

     —        

Tracy Tianqun Zhou (10 )

     *         *   

Jian Zhu (11 )

     *         *   

Bing Sun (12 )

     —        

All directors and executive officers as a group

     81,198,921         46.2

Principal Shareholders:

     

Gold Intellect Limited ( 13 )

     39,000,000         22.2

Plenty China Limited ( 14 )

     14,820,000         8.4

Granite Global Ventures III L.P. ( 15 )

     11,885,640         6.8

NewMargin Growth Fund, L.P. (1 6 )

     11,615,513         6.6

Ruian International Limited (1 7 )

     10,890,000         6.2

Best Mount International Limited ( 18 )

     8,760,000         5.0

 

*   Beneficially owns less than 1% of our ordinary shares.

 

Notes:   (1)       Consists of 39,000,000 shares held by Gold Intellect Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned and controlled by Mr. Guangfu Xu, and 262,500 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Xu that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this annual report. Mr. Guangfu Xu’s business address is c/o No. 66, Xinzhong Road, Xinba, Yangzhong, Jiangsu Province, People’s Republic of China. Mr. Guangfu Xu is the chairman of the board of directors of our company and he is the father of Mr. Xiang Xu.
  (2)   Consists of 14,820,000 shares held by Plenty China Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned and controlled by Mr. Xiang Xu, and 175,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Xu that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this annual report. Mr. Xiang Xu’s business address is c/o No. 66, Xinzhong Road, Xinba, Yangzhong, Jiangsu Province, People’s Republic of China. Mr. Xiang Xu is a director of our company and he is the son of Mr. Guangfu Xu.
  (3)       Consists of 10,890,000 shares held by Ruian International Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned and controlled by Mr. Fei Ge, and 175,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Ge that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this annual report. Mr. Fei Ge’s business address is c/o No. 66, Xinzhong Road, Xinba, Yangzhong, Jiangsu Province, People’s Republic of China. Mr. Fei Ge is a director of our company.
  (4)   Consists of (1) 11,695,471 ordinary shares held by Granite Global Ventures III L.P., (2) 190,170 ordinary shares held by GGV III Entrepreneurs Fund L.P., and (3) 2,161,026 ordinary shares held by Venture Star Investment (HK) Limited. Mr. Zhuo is a managing director of Granite Global Ventures III L.L.C., which is the sole general partner of Granite Global Ventures III L.P. and GGV III Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. Mr. Zhuo is also the Chairman of Venture Star Investment (HK) Limited. Mr. Zhuo disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by Granite Global Ventures III L.P., GGV III Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. and Venture Star Investment (HK) Limited except to the extent of his pecuniary interests therein. Mr. Zhuo’s business address is c/o Granite Global Ventures III L.P., 2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025, United States. Mr. Zhuo is a director of our company.
  (5)   The business address for Mr. Yao is No.666, Longdu Avenue, Wanzhou District, Chongqing City, P.R. China
  (6)   The business address for Mr. Qi is Building 3, Oriental Plaza, No.1 Changan Avenue, Cheung Kong Graduate School of Business
  (7)   The business address of Mr. Chen is No.585, Jianguoxi Road, Shanghai, P.R. China
  (8)   The business address of Mr. Liang is No. 6 Chaoyangmenwai Street, Vantone Center,Tower C, Room 806,Chaoyang District, Beijing, P.R. China
  (9)   The business address of Mr. Zhao is 2002 Anzhong Building, School of Business, Nanjing University, 16 Jinyin Jie, Nanjing, P.R. China
  (10)   The business address of Mrs. Zhou is No.666, Longdu Avenue, Wanzhou District, Chongqing City, People’s Republic of China
  (11)   The business address of Mr. Zhu is No.666, Longdu Avenue, Wanzhou District, Chongqing City, People’s Republic of China
  (12)   The business address of Mr. Sun is No.666, Longdu Avenue, Wanzhou District, Chongqing City, People’s Republic of China
  (13)   Gold Intellect Limited is a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands wholly owned by Mr. Guangfu Xu. Its registered office is at c/o 66 Xinzhong Road, Xinba, Yangzheng, Jiangsu Province, People’s Republic of China. Mr. Guangfu Xu has the sole voting and dispositive power over the shares of our company held by Gold Intellect Limited.
  (14)   Plenty China Limited is a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands wholly owned by Mr. Xiang Xu. Its registered office is at c/o 66 Xinzhong Road, Xinba, Yangzheng, Jiangsu Province, People’s Republic of China. Mr. Xiang Xu has the sole voting and dispositive power over the shares of our company held by Plenty China Limited.
  (15)   Granite Global Ventures L.L.C. is the sole general partner of Granite Global Ventures III L.P. and GGV III Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. Scott Bonham, Hany Nada, Glenn Soloman, Thomas Ng, Jixun Foo, Jenny Lee, Jessie Jin and Fumin Zhuo are managing directors of Granite Global Ventures L.L.C. and share voting and dispositive power over all such shares held by Granite Global Ventures III L.P. and GGV III Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by the above entities except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The business address of Granite Global Ventures III L.P. and GGV III Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. is 2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025, United States.
  (16)   NewMargin Growth Ventures LLC is the sole general partner of NewMargin Growth Fund, L.P. Messrs. Tao Feng, Greg W. Ye, Shuiwen Zhou, Cary Zhou and Hans Xu are members of the investment committee of NewMargin Growth Ventures LLC and share voting and dispositive power over all such shares held by NewMargin Growth Fund, L.P. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by the above entities except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. NewMargin Growth Fund, L.P.’s business address is Radisson Plaza (Xing Guo) Hotel, 8 Xing Guo Road, Villa 3, Shanghai, China 200052.
  (17)   Ruian International Limited is a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands wholly owned by Mr. Fei Ge. Its registered office is at c/o 66 Xinzhong Road, Xinba, Yangzheng, Jiangsu Province, People’s Republic of China. Mr. Fei Ge has the sole voting and dispositive power over the shares of our company held by Ruian International Limited.
  (18)   Best Mount International Limited is a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. Its registered office is at P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Best Mount International Limited’s shareholders are Yueping Liu, Shaoxian Ge, Sheng Xue, Xiaorong Hou, Benjiang Chang, Yuhua Jing, Jilin Ye, Jianrong Tang and Chaohui Chen and these shareholders share voting and dispositive power over all the shares held by Best Mount International Limited.
 

 

63


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, 175,714,103 of our ordinary shares were issued and outstanding. To our knowledge, 46,000,000 ordinary shares, representing approximately 26.2% of our total outstanding shares, were held by one record holder in the United States, which was JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., the depositary of our ADS program. The number of beneficial owners of our ADSs in the United States is likely to be much larger than the number of record holders of our ordinary shares in the United States. None of our directors or executive officers that are shareholders or principal shareholders have different voting rights from other shareholders. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

 

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

A. Major Shareholders

 

Please refer to “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—E. Share Ownership.”

 

B. Related Party Transactions

 

Transactions and balance with Daqo Group and its subsidiaries

 

Any transactions we entered into with Daqo Group or its subsidiaries are treated as related party transactions, as summarized below:

 

Bank financing transactions involving Daqo Group

 

In 2009, Chongqing Daqo obtained RMB-denominated loans in the U.S. dollar equivalent amount of approximately $98.1 million from Huaxia Bank and China CITIC Bank. In May 2011, Chongqing Daqo borrowed a syndicated short-term working capital loan that amounts to RMB200 million from China Construction Bank and China Everbright Bank. In October 2011, Chongqing Daqo borrowed, from Chongqing Rural Commercial Bank, a 4-year project finance loan that amounts to RMB245.5 million. In addition, Chongqing Daqo, in September 2011, borrowed an aggregate of RMB380 million from Huaxia Bank, including a RMB250 million project finance loan and a RMB130 million working capital loan.

 

In March 2008, Daqo Cayman borrowed a short-term loan from ABN Amro at the amount of $6.0 million. Daqo Group deposited the RMB equivalent of $6.6 million in a bank account with ABN Amro to secure the loan. Daqo Cayman repaid this loan in March 2009.

 

In September 2011, Xinjiang Daqo entered a 6-year long-term project finance loan agreement with Bank of China Shihezi Branch, to obtain a RMB980 million loan to finance the construction of our Phase 2 polysilicon facilities in Xinjiang.

 

In April and October 2011, Nanjing Daqo borrowed a RMB50 million working capital loan from Jiangsu Bank and a RMB10 million working capital loan from China Merchants Bank, respectively.

 

Daqo Group or its subsidiaries provided guarantees for each of the aforementioned bank financing transactions. As of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the aggregate balance of these bank borrowings was in the U.S. dollar equivalent amount of $188.7 million, $154.6 million and $277.5 million, respectively.

 

The transactions with Daqo Group and its subsidiaries

 

As of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, we had an outstanding payable to Daqo Group and its subsidiaries in the amount of $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively, for technical consulting and engineering services, general and administrative expenses and the purchase of property, plant and equipment.

 

In 2011, we purchased $15.8 million fixed assets including equipments and machineries from Daqo Group for our Xinjiang Phase 2 facilities and Chongqing facilities.

 

In 2011, we sold wafers to, purchased cells from and paid processing fees to Zhenjiang Daqo in the amount of $7.0 million, $3.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively. Zhenjiang Daqo, a wholly owned subsidiary of Daqo Group, purchases wafers from us to manufacture solar cells. We source cells from Zhenjiang Daqo for our module manufacturing business through direct purchase and tolling arrangement.

 

In July 2010, we entered into an equipment purchase contract with Daqo Solar, pursuant to which Daqo Solar imported equipments on our behalf for our wafer production facilities. Pursuant to the contract, we paid Daqo Solar RMB equivalent of $20.6 million in 2011.

 

In 2011, we sold modules to, purchased fixed assets and raw materials from other subsidiaries of Daqo Group in amount of $0.4 million, $2.0 million and $0.3 million, respectively. We also incurred $0.6 million rental expenses to lease our Nanjing workshop and dormitory, and $0.07 million service expenses to other subsidiaries of Daqo Group.

 

In addition, we received and fully repaid $3.1 million loans from Daqo Group in 2011. We also received a $72.2 million loan from Daqo Solar, which we fully repaid in 2011. Furthermore, in 2011, we extended a $9.9 million interest free loan to Daqo Solar. On December 31, 2011, we, Daqo Group and Daqo Solar signed a balance netting-off agreement pursuant to which we offsetted $11,729,514 amount due to Daqo Group with the amount due from Daqo Solar.

 

64


Table of Contents

Transactions relating to Poly Engineering

 

Pursuant to a series of technology license agreements and technical services agreements entered into between Daqo Group or Daqo New Material on the one hand and Poly Engineering on the other hand between June 2006 and January 2008, Daqo Group and Daqo New Material acquired from Poly Engineering certain know-how related to the construction and operation of polysilicon facilities and Poly Engineering provided certain related construction services to Daqo New Material. In June 2008, Daqo Group and Daqo New Material terminated all of the agreements with Poly Engineering and Chongqing Daqo entered into new agreements with Poly Engineering. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Intellectual Property” for a discussion of these agreements. All payments that had been made by Daqo Group under the original agreements became our accounts payable to Daqo Group. In September 2009, Daqo Group converted the outstanding amount into an equity investment in Daqo New Material.

 

Transactions with Daqo New Material

 

Chongqing Daqo entered into an amended and restated lease agreement with Daqo New Material to rent all of Daqo New Material’s land, production infrastructure and machinery and equipment for our polysilicon production in August 2009, with retrospective effect from January 1, 2009. The amount of the monthly lease payment was thus reduced to RMB6.1 million ($0.9 million) in the amended and restated lease agreement. Under the amended and restated lease agreement, the lease period is from January 1, 2009 until December 31, 2013. One month before the expiry of the lease period, Chongqing Daqo has the option to renew the lease on the same terms and conditions for additional five-year periods. Furthermore, the amended and restated lease agreement provides that Chongqing Daqo has the option to purchase, or to designate any person to purchase, the leased assets at the then fair value at any time during the lease period or within one year following the lease period, if permitted by the PRC laws and regulations. Under current PRC laws and regulations, Chongqing Daqo needs to obtain governmental approval in China to proceed with the purchase, and given the application requirements we do not think it is currently practical for us to obtain such approval. If Daqo New Material desires to transfer the ownership of the leased assets to a third party, Chongqing Daqo has the right of first refusal to acquire the leased assets under the same conditions, and if the leased assets are transferred to a third party, the lease agreement will remain effective and enforceable against the new owner until its expiry.

 

On November 9, 2009, Chongqing Daqo entered into a supplemental lease agreement with Daqo New Material to lease the production facilities for Phase 1b from November 9, 2009 until December 31, 2013 at a fixed monthly rental of RMB3.0 million ($0.5 million). The other terms of the supplemental lease agreement are the same as those of the amended and restated lease agreement for the Phase 1a facilities.

 

Employment Agreements

 

See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—Employment Agreements.”

 

Share Incentives

 

See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation—Share Incentive Plan” for a description of share options and stock purchase rights we have granted to our directors, officers and other individuals as a group.

 

Our audit committee reviews and approves all related party transactions on an ongoing basis. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—Committees of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee.”

 

65


Table of Contents

Our code of business conduct and ethics provides for mechanisms to avoid conflicts between the personal interests of our directors and officers and our company’s interests. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—Code of Business Conduct and Ethics” for more details.

 

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are currently not a party to any material legal or administrative proceedings and we are not aware of any material legal or administrative proceedings threatened against us. We may from time to time be subject to various legal or administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

Dividend Policy

 

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares or ADSs. We have no present plan to declare and pay any dividends on our shares or ADSs in the near future. We currently intend to retain our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

 

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We rely on dividends from our subsidiaries in China for our cash needs. Current PRC regulations restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—We rely principally on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our wholly owned operating subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our operating subsidiaries to pay dividends to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to borrow money or pay dividends.”

 

Subject to our Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association and the applicable laws, our board of directors has complete discretion as to whether to recommend a distribution of dividends to shareholders, and any distribution is further subject to the approval of our shareholders. Even if our board of directors decides to recommend dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. If we pay dividends, we will pay our ADS holders to the same extent as holders of our ordinary shares, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, including the fees and expenses payable thereunder. Cash dividends on our ADSs and ordinary shares, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars.

 

B. Significant Changes

 

Except as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, we have not experienced any significant changes since the date of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.

 

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

A. Offering and Listing Details

 

See “—C. Markets.”

 

B. Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

66


Table of Contents

C. Markets

 

Our ADSs, each representing five ordinary shares, have been listed on the New York Stock Exchange since October 7, 2010 and trade under the symbol “DQ.” The following table provides the high and low trading prices for our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange for the periods indicated.

 

     Trading Price  
         High          Low  

Annual High and Low

     

Fiscal Year 2010 (from October 7, 2010)

     15.43         9.70   

Fiscal Year 2011

     14.97         1.41   

Quarterly Highs and Lows

     

Fourth Fiscal Quarter of 2010 (from October 7, 2010)

     15.43         9.70   

First Fiscal Quarter of 2011

     14.97         10.15   

Second Fiscal Quarter of 2011

     13.69         7.37   

Third Fiscal Quarter of 2011

     8.31         3.28   

Fourth Fiscal Quarter of 2011

     4.29         1.41   

First Fiscal Quarter of 2012

     4.15         1.75   

Monthly Highs and Lows

     

October 2011

     4.29         3.01   

November 2011

     3.52         1.76   

December 2011

     2.35         1.41   

January 2012

     2.95         1.75   

February 2012

     4.15         2.40   

March 2012

     3.10         2.09   

April 2012 (through April 24, 2012)

     2.15         1.63   

 

D. Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

E. Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

F. Expenses of the Issue

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

A. Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

We are a Cayman Islands company and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended from time to time, and the Companies Law (2011 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, which is referred to as the Companies Law below. The following are summaries of material provisions of our Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and articles of association in effect as of the date of this annual report insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares.

 

67


Table of Contents

Registered Office

 

Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at International Corporation Services Ltd., P.O. Box 472, 2nd Floor Harbor Place, Grand Cayman KY1-1106, Cayman Islands. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc.

 

Board of Directors

 

We are managed by a board of directors which shall consist of no less than five members. Our board of directors currently consists of nine members. An appointment of a director may be in terms that the director shall automatically retire at the next or a subsequent annual general meeting.

 

Meetings of the board of directors may be convened at any time deemed necessary by any members of the board of directors in accordance with our Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 

A meeting of the board of directors shall be competent to make lawful and binding decisions if a quorum is present. Under our Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, the quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of our board of directors may be fixed by the board of directors and unless so fixed shall be a majority of the directors then in office. At any meeting of the directors, each director, be it by his presence or by his alternate, is entitled to one vote.

 

Questions arising at a meeting of the board of directors are required to be decided by simple majority votes of the members of the board of directors present or represented at the meeting. In the case of a tie vote, the resolution shall fail. Our board of directors may also pass resolutions without a meeting by unanimous written consent.

 

See also “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—Duties of Directors” and “—Terms of Directors and Executive Officers.”

 

Ordinary Shares

 

General

 

All of our outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates representing the ordinary shares are issued in registered form. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their shares.

 

Dividend Rights

 

The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors subject to the Companies Law.

 

Voting Rights

 

Each ordinary share is entitled to one vote on all matters upon which the ordinary shares are entitled to vote. Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded. A poll may be demanded by the chairman of our board of directors or any other shareholder holding at least ten percent of the shares given a right to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy.

 

A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of at least shareholders holding not less than an aggregate of one-third of all voting share capital of our company in issue present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote. Shareholders’ meetings may be held annually and may be convened by our board of directors on its own initiative or upon a request to the directors by shareholders holding in aggregate not less than one third of our share capital as at that date carries the right of voting at general meeting of our company. Advance notice of at least seven days is required for the convening of our annual general meeting and other shareholders meetings.

 

An ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes attaching to the ordinary shares cast in a general meeting, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of the votes cast attaching to the ordinary shares. A special resolution is required for important matters such as a change of name. Holders of the ordinary shares may effect certain changes by ordinary resolution, including alter the amount of our authorized share capital, consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of larger amount than our existing share capital, and cancel any shares.

 

68


Table of Contents

Transfer of Shares

 

Subject to the restrictions of our Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as applicable, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or any other form approved by our board.

 

Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share which is not fully paid up or on which we have a lien. Our directors may also decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share unless (a) the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate for the ordinary shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer; (b) the shares conceded are free of any lien in favor of us; or (c) a fee of such maximum sum as the New York Stock Exchange may determine to be payable, or such lesser sum as our board of directors may from time to time require, is paid to us in respect thereof.

 

If our directors refuse to register a transfer, they shall, within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal. The registration of transfers may, on 14 days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our board of directors may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days.

 

Liquidation

 

On a return of capital on winding up or otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of shares), assets available for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares shall be distributed among the holders of the ordinary shares on a pro rata basis. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders proportionately.

 

Redemption of Shares

 

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, we may issue shares on terms that are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders, on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by special resolution.

 

Variations of Rights of Shares

 

All or any of the special rights attached to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, be varied either with the written consent of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

 

Inspection of Books and Records

 

Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will provide our shareholders with annual audited financial statements. See “—H. Documents on Display.”

 

Limitations on the Right to Own Shares

 

There are no limitations on the right to own our shares.

 

Disclosure of Shareholder Ownership

 

There are no provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

 

69


Table of Contents

Demand Registration Rights and Form F-3 Registration Rights

 

When we are eligible for registration on Form F-3, holders of at least 10% of our outstanding registrable securities have the right to request that we file registration statements under Form F-3 covering the offer and sale of their securities.

 

We, however, are not obligated to effect a demand registration or a Form F-3 registration if, among other things, (1) we notify the requesting holder of the registrable securities of our intention to make a public offering within 180 days, (2) the dollar amount of securities to be sold is of an aggregate price to the public of less than $5,000,000, or (3) we provide the requesting holders a certificate signed by our chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the board of directors the filing of such a registration statement will be materially detrimental to us and our shareholders. In the case of (3), we cannot exercise the deferral right more than once in any 12-month period.

 

C. Material Contracts

 

We have not entered into any material contracts other than in the ordinary course of business and other than those described in “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview” or elsewhere in this annual report.

 

D. Exchange Controls

 

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulation—Regulations on Foreign Exchange.”

 

E. Taxation

 

The following discussion of the material Cayman Islands, PRC and United States federal tax consequences of an investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this annual report, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the shares or ADSs, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state, local and other tax laws.

 

Cayman Islands Taxation

 

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

 

Chinese Taxation

 

Under the PRC tax laws effective prior to January 1, 2008, dividends paid to foreign investors by foreign-invested enterprises, such as dividends paid to us by our PRC subsidiaries, were exempt from PRC withholding tax. Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules effective on January 1, 2008, all domestic and foreign-invested companies in China are subject to a uniform enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% and dividends from a PRC subsidiary to its foreign parent company are subject to a withholding tax at the rate of 10%, unless such foreign parent company’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a reduced rate of withholding tax, or the tax is otherwise exempted or reduced pursuant to the PRC tax laws.

 

Under the EIT Law, enterprises organized under the laws of jurisdictions outside China with their “de facto management bodies” located within China are considered PRC resident enterprises and therefore be subject to PRC enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on their worldwide income. Under the implementation rules of the EIT Law, “de facto management bodies” is defined as the bodies that have material and overall management and control over the business operations, personnel and human resources, finances and treasury, and acquisition and disposition of properties and other assets of an enterprise. In addition, a recent circular issued by the State Administration of Taxation on April 22, 2009 provides that a “foreign enterprise controlled by a PRC company or a PRC company group” will be classified as a “resident enterprise” with its “de facto management bodies” located within China if the following requirements are satisfied: (i) the senior management and core management departments in charge of its daily operations function mainly in the PRC; (ii) its financial and human resources decisions are subject to determination or approval by persons or bodies in the PRC; (iii) its major assets, accounting books, company seals, and minutes and files of its board and shareholders’ meetings are located or kept in the PRC; and (iv) more than half of the enterprise’s directors or senior management with voting rights reside in the PRC. However, it remains unclear how PRC tax authority will treat an overseas company controlled by PRC natural persons rather than PRC enterprises like Daqo Cayman. The criteria set forth above do not apply to Daqo Cayman directly because Daqo Cayman is currently beneficially owned by Chinese individuals and is not a “foreign enterprise controlled by a PRC company or a PRC company group.” In addition, if new rules and interpretations are issued in the future specifying the criteria for determining whether a foreign entity beneficially owned by individual Chinese citizens is a resident enterprise under the EIT Law, we cannot assure you that Daqo Cayman will not be deemed a PRC resident enterprise.

 

70


Table of Contents

If Daqo Cayman is classified as resident enterprise under the EIT Law, ADS holders who are not Chinese residents will be subject to a 10% withholding tax upon dividends payable by Daqo Cayman. However, the EIT law and regulations also provide that, if a resident enterprise directly invests in another resident enterprise, the dividends received by the investing resident enterprise from the invested resident enterprise are exempted from income tax, subject to certain conditions. Therefore, if Daqo Cayman is classified as resident enterprise under the EIT Law, the dividends received from our Chinese subsidiaries will be exempted from withholding tax.

 

Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following is a discussion of the material United States federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares by U.S. Holders (as defined below) that will hold ADSs or ordinary shares as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This discussion is based upon existing U.S. federal income tax law as in effect on the date of this annual report, which is subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual investment circumstances, including investors subject to special tax rules (for example, financial institutions, insurance companies, broker-dealers, partnerships and their partners, and tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations)), holders who are not U.S. Holders, holders who own (directly, indirectly, or constructively) 10% or more of our voting stock, investors that will hold their ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale, or other integrated transaction for United States federal income tax purposes, investors that are traders in securities that have elected the mark-to-market method of accounting, or investors that have a functional currency other than the United States dollar, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those discussed below. In addition, this discussion does not address any non-United States, state, or local tax considerations. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the United States federal, state, local, and non-United States income and other tax considerations of an investment in ADSs or ordinary shares.

 

General

 

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our ADSs or ordinary shares that is, for United States federal income tax purposes, (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, created in, or organized under the law of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has otherwise validly elected to be treated as a United States person under the Code.

 

If a partnership is a beneficial owner of our ADSs or ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If a U.S. Holder is a partner of a partnership holding our ADSs or ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares.

 

For United States federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder of ADSs will be treated as the beneficial owners of the underlying shares represented by the ADSs.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

 

A non-United States corporation, such as our company, will be classified as a “passive foreign investment company” (or a “PFIC”), for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, if either (i) 75% or more of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of the value of its assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash is categorized as a passive asset and the company’s unbooked intangibles are taken into account. We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, more than 25% (by value) of the stock.

 

71


Table of Contents

Based on the price of our ADSs and ordinary shares and the composition of our income and assets, we do not believe that we were a PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes, for the taxable year ended 2011. Although we do not currently expect that our assets or activities will change in a manner that would cause us to become a PFIC for our current taxable year or the foreseeable future, there can be no assurance our business plans will not change in a manner that will affect our PFIC status. In addition, because the value of our assets for purposes of the PFIC test will generally be determined by reference to the market price of our ADSs and ordinary shares, fluctuations in the market price of our ADSs and ordinary shares may increase the risk of us becoming a PFIC. Because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules and PFIC status is a fact-intensive determination made on an annual basis, no assurance can be given that we are not or will not become classified as a PFIC. If we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares, the PFIC tax rules discussed below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” generally will apply for such taxable year and will apply in future years even if we cease to be a PFIC in subsequent years. The discussion below under “Dividends” and “Sale or Other Disposition of Shares” is written on the basis that we will not be classified as a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

Dividends

 

Any cash distributions (including the amount of any PRC tax withheld) paid on ADSs or ordinary shares out of our earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles, will generally be includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as dividend income. Because we do not intend to determine our earnings and profits on the basis of United States federal income tax principles, any distribution paid will generally be reported as a “dividend” for United States federal income tax purposes. For dividends received in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, a non-corporate recipient will be subject to tax at the lower capital gain tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income,” provided that certain conditions are satisfied, including that (1) the ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable, are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or, in the event that the Company is deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, the Company is eligible for the benefits of the United States-PRC treaty, (2) we are neither a passive foreign investment company nor treated as such with respect to you (as discussed below) for the taxable year in which the dividend was paid and the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. United States Treasury guidance indicates that ordinary shares, or ADSs representing such shares, are considered for the purpose of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, as are our ADSs (but not our ordinary shares). There can be no assurance that our ADSs will be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States in later years. Since we do not expect that our ordinary shares will be listed on an established securities market in the United States, it is unclear whether the dividends that we pay on our ordinary shares that are not backed by ADSs currently meet the conditions required for the reduced tax rate. Dividends received on the ADSs or ordinary shares are not expected to be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations.

 

Dividends will generally be treated as income from foreign sources for United States foreign tax credit purposes. A U.S. Holder may be eligible, subject to a number of complex limitations, to claim a foreign tax credit in respect of any foreign withholding taxes imposed on dividends received on ADSs or ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder who does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign tax withheld may instead claim a deduction for United States federal income tax purposes, in respect of such withholdings, but only for a year in which such holder elects to do so for all creditable foreign income taxes. The rules governing the foreign tax credits are complex. Accordingly, each U.S. Holder is advised to consult with its tax advisor regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit under its particular circumstances.

 

Sale or Other Disposition of ADSs or Ordinary Shares

 

A U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in such ADSs or ordinary shares. Any capital gain or loss will be long-term if the ADSs or ordinary shares have been held for more than one year and will generally be United States source gain or loss for United States foreign tax credit purposes. If any of the gain from the disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares is subject to tax in the PRC and a U.S. Holder is eligible for the benefits of the income tax treaty between the United States and the PRC, such gains might be resourced under the treaty as PRC source income. See “—People’s Republic of China Taxation.” The deductibility of a capital loss may be subject to limitations.

 

72


Table of Contents

Passive Foreign Investment Company

 

If we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares, and unless the U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election (as described below), the U.S. Holder will generally be subject to special tax rules that have a penalizing effect, regardless of whether we remain a PFIC, on (i) any excess distribution that we make to the U.S. Holder (which generally means any distribution paid during a taxable year to a U.S. Holder that is greater than 125 percent of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares and (ii) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition, including a pledge, of ADSs or ordinary shares. Under these PFIC rules:

 

   

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares;

 

   

the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable years in your holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC (a “pre-PFIC year”), will be taxable as ordinary income;

 

   

the amount allocated to each prior taxable year, other than the current taxable year or a pre-PFIC year, will be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect applicable to the U.S. Holder for each such year; and

 

   

an interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the tax attributable to each prior taxable year, other than the current taxable year or a pre-PFIC year.

 

A U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election for such stock to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election for the ADSs (but not our ordinary shares), such holder will include in income for each year that we are treated as a PFIC with respect to such holder an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the ADSs or ordinary shares as of the close of your taxable year over the holder’s adjusted basis in such ADSs or ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder will be allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the ADSs or ordinary shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions will be allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the ADSs or ordinary shares included in a U.S. Holder’s income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in a U.S. Holder’s income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares, will be treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment will also apply to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the ADSs or ordinary shares, as well as to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such ADSs or ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder’s basis in the ADSs or ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If a U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations which are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us, except that the lower capital gains rate applicable to qualified dividend income (discussed above under “—Dividends”) would not apply.

 

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market, as defined in applicable United States Treasury regulations. Our ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, which is a qualified exchange or market for these purposes. Consequently, if the ADSs continue to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange and are regularly traded, and a U.S. Holder holds ADSs, we expect that the mark-to-market election would be available to such U.S. Holder were we to be or become a PFIC. Because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for equity interests in any lower-tier PFICs that we own, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to its indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes. In the case of a U.S. Holder who has held ADSs or ordinary shares during any taxable year in respect of which we were classified as a PFIC and continues to hold such ADSs or ordinary shares (or any portion thereof) and has not previously determined to make a mark-to-market election, and who is now considering making a mark-to-market election, special tax rules may apply relating to purging the PFIC taint of such ADSs or ordinary shares.

 

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” or “QEF” election with respect to such PFIC to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. A U.S. Holder that makes a valid qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in gross income for a taxable year such holder’s pro rata share of the corporation’s earnings and profits for the taxable year. However, the qualified electing fund election is available only if the PFIC provides such U.S. Holder with certain information regarding its earnings and profits as required under applicable United States Treasury regulations. We do not intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable a U.S. Holder to make a qualified electing fund election. Accordingly, each U.S. Holder should assume that the QEF Election will not be available.

 

If a U.S. Holder holds ADSs or ordinary shares in any year in which we are treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder, the U.S. Holder may be required to file United States Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 and such other form as is required by the United States Treasury Department. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisor regarding the application of the PFIC rules to their investment in ADSs or ordinary shares.

 

73


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Certain U.S. Holders are required to report information to the Internal Revenue Service relating to an interest in “specified foreign financial assets,” including shares issued by a non-United States corporation, for any year in which the aggregate value of all specified foreign financial assets exceeds $50,000 (or higher dollar amount prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service), subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in custodial accounts maintained with a United States financial institution). These rules also impose penalties if a U.S. Holder is required to submit such information to the Internal Revenue Service and fails to do so. In addition, U.S. Holders may be subject to information reporting to the Internal Revenue Service with respect to dividends on and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares. Dividend payments with respect to our ADSs or ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares are not generally subject to United States backup withholding (provided that certain certification requirements are satisfied). U.S. Holders are advised to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the United States information reporting and backup rules to their particular circumstances.

 

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

G. Statement by Experts

 

Not applicable.

 

H. Documents on Display

 

We are subject to the periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the Exchange Act. Under the Exchange Act, we are required to file reports and other information with the SEC. Specifically, we are required to file annually a Form 20-F (1) within six months after the end of each fiscal year, which is December 31, for fiscal years ending before December 15, 2011; and (2) within four months after the end of each fiscal year for fiscal years ending on or after December 15, 2011. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system. Copies of reports and other information, when filed, may also be inspected without charge and may be obtained at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information regarding the Washington, D.C. Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of quarterly reports and proxy statements, and officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

We will furnish JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., the depositary of our ADSs, with our annual reports, which will include a review of operations and annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, and all notices of shareholders’ meetings and other reports and communications that are made generally available to our shareholders. The depositary will make such notices, reports and communications available to holders of ADSs and, upon our request, will mail to all record holders of ADSs the information contained in any notice of a shareholders’ meeting received by the depositary from us.

 

I. Subsidiary Information

 

For a listing of our subsidiaries, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—C. Organizational Structure.”

 

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Our exposure to interest rate risk primarily relates to interest expense incurred on our short-term and long-term borrowings and interest income generated by excess cash which is mostly held in interest-bearing bank deposits. We have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. As of December 31, 2011, we had outstanding short-term bank borrowings of $111.8 million with a fixed interest rate of 6.6% and outstanding long-term bank borrowings of $165.6 million bearing floating rates which are subject to adjustment every 12 months based upon the PRC government’s standard interest rate, The weighted average interest rate as of December 31, 2011 for the long-term bank borrowings was 6.87%. We are currently not engaged in any interest rate hedging activities.

 

74


Table of Contents

Foreign Exchange Risk

 

Substantially all of our revenues and most of our expenses are denominated in RMB. Our exposure to foreign exchange risk primarily relates to (1) the Euro or U.S. dollar income or that we may generate in the future for sale of our photovoltaic products in the international market, (2) the U.S. dollar proceeds of a small portion of our initial public offering in October 2010, most or substantially all of which we expect to convert into RMB over time for the uses discussed under “Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders Use of Proceeds,” and (3) the U.S. dollar and Euro denominated equipment purchase prices that we need to pay from time to time. We believe the impact of foreign currency risk is not material and we have not used any forward contracts, currency borrowings or derivative instruments to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. Although in general our exposure to foreign exchange risks should be limited, the value of your investment in our ADSs will be affected by the foreign exchange rate between U.S. dollars and RMB because the value of our business is effectively denominated in RMB, while we use the U.S. dollar as our functional and reporting currency and the ADSs will be traded in U.S. dollars. The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies is affected by, among other things, changes in China’s political and economic conditions and China’s foreign exchange policies.

 

To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars into RMB for our operations, acquisitions or other uses within China, appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the RMB amount we receive from the conversion. To the extent that we seek to convert RMB into U.S. dollars, depreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the U.S. dollar amount we receive from the conversion. As of December 31, 2011, we had RMB-denominated cash balances of RMB535.1 million and U.S. dollar-denominated cash balances of $7.8 million. Assuming we had converted the U.S. dollar-denominated cash balance of $7.8 million into RMB at the exchange rate of $1.00 for RMB 6.2939 as of December 30, 2011, this cash balance would have been RMB49.1 million. Assuming a 10% appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar, this cash balance would have decreased to RMB44.2 million.

 

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

 

A. Debt Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Warrants and Rights

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Other Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

D. American Depositary Shares

 

Fees and Charges Our ADS Holders May Have to Pay

 

As an ADS holder, you will be required to pay the following service fees to the depositary bank:

 

The depositary may charge each person to whom ADSs are issued, including, without limitation, issuances against deposits of shares, issuances in respect of share distributions, rights and other distributions, issuances pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by us or issuances pursuant to a merger, exchange of securities or any other transaction or event affecting the ADSs or deposited securities, and each person surrendering ADSs for withdrawal of deposited securities or whose ADRs are cancelled or reduced for any other reason, $5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or any portion thereof) issued, delivered, reduced, cancelled or surrendered, as the case may be. The depositary may sell (by public or private sale) sufficient securities and property received in respect of a share distribution, rights and/or other distribution prior to such deposit to pay such charge.

 

75


Table of Contents

The following additional charges shall be incurred by the ADR holders, by any party depositing or withdrawing shares or by any party surrendering ADSs or to whom ADSs are issued (including, without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by us or an exchange of stock regarding the ADRs or the deposited securities or a distribution of ADSs), whichever is applicable:

 

   

a fee of $1.50 per ADR or ADRs for transfers of certificated or direct registration ADRs;

 

   

a fee of up to $0.02 per ADS for any cash distribution made pursuant to the deposit agreement;

 

   

a fee of up to $0.02 per ADS per calendar year (or portion thereof) for services performed by the depositary in administering the ADRs (which fee may be charged on a periodic basis during each calendar year and shall be assessed against holders of ADRs as of the record date or record dates set by the depositary during each calendar year and shall be payable in the manner described in the next succeeding provision);

 

   

reimbursement of such fees, charges and expenses as are incurred by the depositary and/or any of the depositary’s agents (including, without limitation, the custodian and expenses incurred on behalf of holders in connection with compliance with foreign exchange control regulations or any law or regulation relating to foreign investment) in connection with the servicing of the shares, the delivery of deposited securities or otherwise in connection with the depositary’s or its custodian’s compliance with applicable law, rule or regulation (which charge shall be assessed on a proportionate basis against holders as of the record date or dates set by the depositary and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the depositary by billing such holders or by deducting such charge from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions);

 

   

a fee for the distribution of securities (or the sale of securities in connection with a distribution), such fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities (treating all such securities as if they were shares) but which securities or the net cash proceeds from the sale thereof are instead distributed by the depositary to those holders entitled thereto;

 

   

stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges;

 

   

cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery charges incurred at your request in connection with the deposit or delivery of shares;

 

   

transfer or registration fees for the registration of transfer of deposited securities on any applicable register in connection with the deposit or withdrawal of deposited securities; and

 

   

expenses of the depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars.

 

ADR holders must pay any tax or other governmental charge payable by the custodian or the depositary on any ADS or ADR, deposited security or distribution. If an ADR holder owes any tax or other governmental charge, the depositary may (i) deduct the amount thereof from any cash distributions, or (ii) sell deposited securities (by public or private sale) and deduct the amount owing from the net proceeds of such sale. In either case the ADR holder remains liable for any shortfall. Additionally, if any tax or governmental charge is unpaid, the depositary may also refuse to effect any registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination of deposited securities or withdrawal of deposited securities until such payment is made. If any tax or governmental charge is required to be withheld on any cash distribution, the depositary may deduct the amount required to be withheld from any cash distribution or, in the case of a non-cash distribution, sell the distributed property or securities (by public or private sale) to pay such taxes and distribute any remaining net proceeds to the ADR holders entitled thereto.

 

We will pay all other charges and expenses of the depositary and any agent of the depositary (except the custodian) pursuant to agreements from time to time between us and the depositary. The depositary collects its fees for issuance and cancellation of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions, or by directly billing investors, or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may generally refuse to provide services to any holder until the fees and expenses owing by such holder for those services or otherwise are paid. The charges described above may be amended from time to time by agreement between us and the depositary.

 

76


Table of Contents

Fees and Other Payments Made by the Depositary to Us

 

The depositary bank may reimburse us for certain expenses incurred by us in respect of the ADR program established pursuant to the deposit agreement, by making available a portion of the depositary fees charged in respect of the ADR program or otherwise, upon such terms and conditions as we and the depositary bank may agree from time to time. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we have received US$ 167,907 from the depository as reimbursement for our expenses incurred in connection with the establishment and maintenance of the ADS program.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

 

None.

 

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the specified time periods and accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, at December 31, 2011. Based on that evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of that date, our disclosure controls and procedures required by Rules 13a-15(b) or 15d-15(b) were not effective due to the material weaknesses described in the “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.”

 

Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of a company’s assets, (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that a company’s receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of a company’s management and directors, and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of a company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate. Our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer assessed the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Our management’s assessment identified the following control deficiencies that constitute material weaknesses. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

   

Material weakness previously identified at December 31, 2010 that continued to exist at December 31, 2011: We lacked the accounting resources and expertise necessary to comply with U.S. GAAP and the SEC financial reporting and disclosure requirements. For the year ended December 31, 2011, this resulted in material misstatements identified by our auditors including our calculation of deferred tax assets, misstatements on the consolidated statement of cash flows, and insufficient financial statement disclosures.

 

   

We lacked sufficient resources to perform thorough reviews of consolidated financial statements and related footnote disclosures during the period-end financial reporting and disclosure process.

 

   

We lacked sufficient processes, documentation and approval of related party transactions with affiliates.

 

Based on our assessment, and because of the material weaknesses described above, we have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective at December 31, 2011.

 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting has been audited by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

 

77


Table of Contents

Changes and Proposed Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

We will implement measures during 2012 to remedy the material weaknesses, including that (1) we intend to recruit additional resources with U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting experience and to provide training to our current finance staff to enhance their U.S GAAP expertise; (2) we intend to leverage the additional finance staff noted above to enhance our financial closing and reporting process; and (3) we intend to monitor our policies and procedures regarding related party transactions, including the requirement for formal documentation and written approval. We are committed to monitoring the effectiveness of these measures and making any changes that are necessary and appropriate.

 

Other than as described above, there have not been any other changes in our internal control over financial reporting in the year ended December 31, 2011, which have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. As described above, we plan to implement changes to our internal controls over financial reporting in 2012.

 

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

 

Our board of directors has determined that Dr. Daqing Dave Qi, an independent director (under the standards set forth in Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act), and the chairman of our audit committee, is our audit committee financial expert.

 

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

 

Our board of directors has adopted a code of ethics that applies to our directors, officers, employees and agents, including certain provisions that specifically apply to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, chief technology officer, vice presidents and any other persons who perform similar functions for us. We have posted a copy of our code of business conduct and ethics on our website at http://ir.dqsolar.com.

 

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees by categories specified below in connection with certain professional services rendered by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd., our independent registered public accounting firm, for the periods indicated. We did not pay any other fees to our independent registered public accounting firm during the periods indicated below.

 

         For the Year Ended December 31,      
     2009      2010      2011  
     (in US$ thousands)  

Audit fees (1)

     278         1,954         900   

Tax fees (2)

     146         —           —     

 

(1)   “Audit fees” means the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm for the audit of our annual financial statements and the review of our comparative interim financial statements.
(2)   “Tax fees” represents the aggregated fees billed for professional services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning.

 

78


Table of Contents

The policy of our audit committee is to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services provided by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd., including audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services as described above, other than those for de minimis services which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit.

 

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, differ significantly from the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards. For example, neither the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands nor our memorandum and articles of association requires a majority of our directors to be independent and we could include non-independent directors as members of our compensation committee and nominating committee, and our independent directors would not necessarily hold regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present. Currently, we do not plan to rely on home country practice with respect to our corporate governance. However, if we choose to follow home country practice in the future, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would under the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

 

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

We have elected to provide financial statements pursuant to “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

 

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of Daqo New Energy Corp. are included at the end of this annual report.

 

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

    

Description of Document

  1.1      

Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))

  2.1      

Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as depositary, and holders and beneficial owners of American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))

  4.1      

2009 Share Inventive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))

  4.2      

Form of Indemnification Agreement with the Registrant’s directors and officers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))

  4.3      

Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and an Executive Officer of the Registrant (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))

 

79


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Description of Document

  4.4       English translation of the Loan Agreement between Daqo New Material and China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch dated as of September 30, 2007 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  4.5       English translation of the Loan Agreement between Daqo New Material and China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch dated as of February 28, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  4.6       English translation of the Loan Agreement between Daqo New Material and China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch dated as of July 31, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  4.7       English translation of the Loan Agreement between Chongqing Daqo and China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch dated as of January 21, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  4.8       English translation of the Loan Agreement between Chongqing Daqo and China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch dated as of July 7, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  4.9       English translation of the Loan Agreement between Chongqing Daqo and Huaxia Bank, Wanzhou Branch dated as of December 30, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  4.10       English translation of the Syndicated Loan Agreement among Chongqing Daqo, China Construction Bank, Chongqing Branch, China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch, and China Merchants Bank, Chongqing Jiangbei Sub-branch dated as of August 28, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  4.11       English translation of the Supplemental Agreement to the Syndicated Loan Agreement among Chongqing Daqo, China Construction Bank, Chongqing Branch, China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch, China Merchants Bank, Chongqing Jiangbei Sub-branch, China CITIC Bank, Chongqing Branch, Daqo Group, Guangfu Xu and Xiang Xu dated as of December 10, 2009, pursuant to which China CITIC Bank joined the bank syndicate as a lender (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  4.12       English translation of the Trademark License Agreement among Daqo Group, Chongqing Daqo and Nanjing Daqo dated as of May 8, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  4.13       Non-Competition Agreement among Daqo Group, Daqo Cayman (formerly known as Mega Stand International Limited) and Chongqing Daqo dated as of July 1, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  4.14       Technology License and Engineering Services Contract between Poly Engineering S.r.l and Chongqing Daqo dated as of June 15, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  4.15       Addendum No. 1 to the Technology License and Engineering Services Contract between Poly Engineering S.r.l and Chongqing Daqo dated as of May 21, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))

 

80


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Description of Document

  4.16       English translation of a Sales and Purchase Agreement Between Chongqing Daqo and Yingli Green Energy Holding Company Limited dated as of August 3, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  4.17       Sales Contract Between Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd. and Jiangsu Meike Silicon Energy Co,. Ltd. (an affiliate of MEMC) dated as of September 25, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  4.18       Sales Contract Between Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd. and Jiangsu Linyang Solarfun Co., Ltd. dated as of July 12, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  4.19       Sales Contract Between Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd. and Tianwei New Energy Holdings Co., Ltd. dated as of July 27, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  4.20       English translation of Construction Contract Between Xinjiang Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd. and China National Chemical Engineering Third Construction Co., Ltd. dated as of January 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.40 of our Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission April 25, 2011)
  4.21       English translation of Construction Contract Between Xinjiang Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd. and China National Chemical Engineering Third Construction Co., Ltd. dated as of March 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.41 of our Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission April 25, 2011)
  4.22*       English translation of the Loan Agreement between Xinjiang Daqo and Bank of China, Shihezi Branch dated as of September 30, 2011
  4.23*       English translation of the Loan Agreement between Chongqing Daqo and Chongqing Rural Commercial Bank dated as of October 26, 2011
  4.24*       English translation of the short-term Syndicated Loan Agreement among Chongqing Daqo, China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch and China Everbright Bank, Chongqing Branch dated March 1, 2011.
  4.25*       English translation of the Loan Agreement between Chongqing Daqo and Huaxia Bank, Wanzhou Branch dated October 20, 2011
  4.26*       English translation of the Loan Agreement between Chongqing Daqo and Huaxia Bank, Wanzhou Branch dated October 26, 2011
  4.27*       English translation of the High-voltage Electricity Supply Agreement between Chongqing Daqo and Chongqing Electricity Company, Wanzhou Supply Bureau dated September 23, 2010
  4.28*       English translation of the Natural Gas Supply Agreement between Chongqing Daqo and Chongqing Chuangang Gas Company dated April 1, 2011
  8.1*       Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  11.1       Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-164307))
  12.1*       CEO Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  12.2*       CFO Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  13.1*    CEO Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  13.2*    CFO Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  15.1*       Consent of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd.
  101.INS†       XBRL Instance Document
  101.SCH†       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
  101.CAL†       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
  101.DEF†       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
  101.LAB†       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
  101.PRE†       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

*   Filed with this annual report on Form 20-F
**   Furnished with this annual report on Form 20-F
  To be furnished by amendment

 

81


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.
By:  

    /s/ Gongda Yao

  Name: Gongda Yao
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer

Date: April 30, 2012


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011

   F-4 – F-5

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December  31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

   F-7

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

   F-8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

   F-9 – F-10

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

   F-11 – F-37

Financial Statement Schedule I

   F-38 – F-42

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Daqo New Energy Corp. and its subsidiaries and variable interest entity (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010, and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 and the related financial statement schedule included in Schedule I. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Daqo New Energy Corp. and its subsidiaries and variable interest entity as of December 31, 2010, and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated April 30, 2012, expressed an adverse opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting because of the material weaknesses.

 

/s/ DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU CPA LTD.
Shanghai, China

April 30, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.:

 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Daqo New Energy Corp. and its subsidiaries and variable interest entity (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weaknesses have been identified and included in management’s assessment: 1) the Company lacked the accounting resources and expertise necessary to comply with U.S. GAAP and the Securities and Exchange Commission financial reporting and disclosure requirements; 2) the Company lacked sufficient resources to perform thorough reviews of consolidated financial statements and related footnote disclosures during the period-end financial reporting and disclosure process; and 3) the Company lacked sufficient processes, documentation and approval of related party transactions with affiliates. These material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the consolidated financial statements and the related financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, of the Company and this report does not affect our report on such financial statements and financial statement schedule.

 

In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses identified above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and the related financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 of the Company and our report dated April 30, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.

 

/s/ DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU CPA LTD.

Shanghai, China

April 30, 2012

 

F-3


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

ASSETS:

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 203,635,798       $ 92,697,098   

Restricted cash

     64,097         11,600,321   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $nil and $1,202,940 as of December 31, 2010 and 2011

     15,180,002         22,744,972   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,995,175         11,152,142   

Advances to suppliers

     4,949,693         2,846,797   

Inventories

     11,239,762         24,176,109   

Amount due from related party

     903,616         9,887,310   

Deferred tax assets - current

     770,126         4,348,146   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     241,738,269         179,452,895   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     399,558,053         636,474,691   

Prepaid land use rights

     8,597,548         35,316,414   

Deferred tax assets

     918,034         17,900,704   

Other non-current assets

     159,035         9,331,938   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 650,970,939      $ 878,476,642   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES:

     

Current liabilities:

     

Short-term borrowings, including current portion of long-term borrowings (including short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term borrowings of the consolidated variable interest entity without recourse to the Company of $18,175,440 and $19,030,680 as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively)

   $ 71,600,632       $ 111,805,245   

Accounts payable

     4,302,117         15,036,867   

Advances from customers

     45,604,506         26,060,543   

Payables for purchases of property, plant and equipment (including payables for purchase of property, plant and equipment of the consolidated variable interest entity without recourse to the Company of $1,739,404 and $nil as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively)

     16,701,144         37,144,590   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (including accrued expenses and other current liabilities of the consolidated variable interest entity without recourse to the Company of $1,036,807 and $519,064 as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively)

     19,428,269         9,164,522   

Amount due to related party (including amount due to related party of the consolidated variable interest entity without recourse to the Company of $nil and $73,516 as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively)

             3,159,356   

Income tax payable

     13,373,181         15,469,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     171,009,849         217,840,943   

Long-term borrowings (including long-term borrowings of the consolidated variable interest entity without recourse to the Company of $49,982,460 and $33,303,690 as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively)

     83,001,176         165,646,211   

Long-term payables for purchase of property, plant and equipment

             4,157,836   

Advance from customers

             12,507,801   

Deferred government subsidies

             25,853,179   

Amount due to related party (including amount due to related party of the consolidated variable interest entity without recourse to the Company of $70,071 and $nil as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively)

     397,241           

Accrued warranty cost

     139,839         444,445   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     254,548,105         426,450,415   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Commitments (Note 16)

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

EQUITY:

     

Daqo New Energy Corp. shareholders’ equity:

     

Ordinary shares;

     

$0.0001 par value 500,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2010 and 2011; 175,714,103 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2011

     17,571         17,571   

Additional paid in capital

     140,305,556         142,511,581   

Retained earnings

     116,881,004         150,204,956   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     6,276,868         18,444,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Daqo New Energy Corp. shareholders’ equity

     263,480,999         311,178,231   

Noncontrolling interest

     132,941,835         140,847,996   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     396,422,834         452,026,227   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   $ 650,970,939       $ 878,476,642   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Revenues

      

- Sales to third parties

   $ 111,193,477      $ 242,685,524      $ 248,444,428   

- Sales to related parties

                   7,387,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     111,193,477        242,685,524        255,832,018   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

      

- Sales to third parties

     (69,251,610     (136,483,927     (162,814,189

- Sales to related parties

                   (6,908,785
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     (69,251,610 )     (136,483,927 )     (169,722,974 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     41,941,867        106,201,597        86,109,044   

Operating (expenses) income:

      

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (9,335,822 )     (15,692,453 )     (15,563,315 )

Research and development expenses

     (2,774,608 )     (1,385,611 )     (744,321 )

Other operating income

     6,592,291        3,382,819        12,116,746   

Long-lived asset impairment

                   (38,512,376
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (5,518,139 )     (13,695,245 )     (42,703,266 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     36,423,728        92,506,352        43,405,778   

Interest expense

     (6,461,733 )     (9,880,259 )     (9,663,562 )

Interest income

     214,321        544,679        1,897,536   

Exchange loss

            (1,185,904 )     (11,368 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     30,176,316        81,984,868        35,628,384   

Income tax expense

     (240,278 )     (12,837,135 )     (714,272 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     29,936,038        69,147,733        34,914,112   

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest

     (898,964     576,476        1,590,160   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Daqo New Energy Corp. shareholders

     30,835,002        68,571,257        33,323,952   

Deemed dividend on Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

     (702,740 )     (3,300,000 )       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Daqo New Energy Corp. ordinary shareholders

   $ 30,132,262      $ 65,271,257      $ 33,323,952   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE

      

Basic—ordinary shares

   $ 0.29      $ 0.46      $ 0.19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted—diluted shares

   $ 0.29      $ 0.46      $ 0.19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

ORDINARY SHARES USED IN CALCULATING EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE

      

Basic—ordinary shares

     100,000,000        117,839,487        175,714,103   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted—diluted shares

     104,151,834        140,726,323        175,714,103   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2009     2010      2011  

Net income

   $ 29,936,038      $ 69,147,733       $ 34,914,112   

Other comprehensive income:

       

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     330,134        10,028,611         18,483,256   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

     330,134        10,028,611         18,483,256   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     30,266,172        79,176,344         53,397,368   

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (621,981     4,945,517         7,906,161   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Daqo New Energy Corp. shareholders

   $ 30,888,153      $ 74,230,827       $ 45,491,207   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

     Daqo New Energy Corp. shareholders                    
     Ordinary shares      Subscription
receivable
    Additional
paid in
capital
     Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Noncontrolling
interest
    Total     Comprehensive
income
 
     Number      $                                              

Balance at January 1, 2009

     100,000,000       $ 10,000       $ (10,000 )   $       $ 21,477,485      $ 564,147      $ 49,011,256      $ 71,052,888     

Net income

                                    30,835,002               (898,964 )     29,936,038      $ 29,936,038   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                           53,151        276,983        330,134        330,134   

Capital contribution from ordinary shareholders

                     10,000                                     10,000     

Share-based compensation

                            258,583                              258,583     

Deemed dividend on Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

                                    (702,740 )                   (702,740 )  

Capital contribution by noncontrolling interest owner (Note 1)

                                             79,607,043        79,607,043     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     100,000,000         10,000                258,583         51,609,747        617,298        127,996,318        180,491,946        30,266,172   
                     

 

 

 

Net income

                                    68,571,257               576,476        69,147,733        69,147,733   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                           5,659,570        4,369,041        10,028,611        10,028,611   

Share-based compensation

                            1,614,756                              1,614,756     

Deemed dividend on Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

                                    (3,300,000 )                   (3,300,000 )  

Conversion of series A convertible redeemable preferred shares into ordinary shares

     29,714,103         2,971                58,899,769                              58,902,740     

Issuance of ordinary shares in the initial public offering (net of commission and issuance cost of $7,867,552)

     46,000,000         4,600                79,532,448                              79,537,048     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     175,714,103         17,571                140,305,556         116,881,004        6,276,868        132,941,835        396,422,834        79,176,344   
                     

 

 

 

Net income

                                    33,323,952               1,590,160        34,914,112        34,914,112   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                           12,167,255        6,316,001        18,483,256        18,483,256   

Share-based compensation

                            2,206,025                              2,206,025     

Balance at December 31, 2011

     175,714,103       $ 17,571       $      $ 142,511,581       $ 150,204,956      $ 18,444,123      $ 140,847,996      $ 452,026,227      $ 53,397,368   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 29,936,038      $ 69,147,733      $ 34,914,112   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Long-lived assets impairment

                   38,512,376   

Share-based compensation

     258,583        1,614,756        2,206,025   

Inventory write-down

                   14,252,701   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

                   1,202,940   

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     16,088,049        30,751,063        35,479,645   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (14,269,782 )     1,530,455        (7,854,035

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (3,397,284     (8,449 )     (5,723,463

Advances to suppliers

     (2,902,398 )     (671,770 )     2,279,347   

Inventories

     91,339        (6,522,274     (26,579,763

Amount due from related parties

                   (7,390,878

Prepaid land use rights

     (791,924 )     (7,062,425 )     (26,718,866

Other non-current assets

            (159,035     (7,197,546

Accounts payable

     333,323        808,014        10,273,609   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1,160,862        9,579,818        (10,947,970

Accrued warranty cost

            139,839        297,244   

Income tax payable

     (999,994 )     12,699,027        1,431,902   

Advances from customers

     (27,658,240     13,996,287        (8,967,939

Amount due to related party

                   1,993,223   

Deferred government subsidies

                   25,127,831   

Deferred tax assets

     (578,110 )     (219,489     (21,732,585
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (2,729,538     125,623,550        44,857,910   

Investing activities:

      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (121,289,965 )     (57,660,462 )     (252,704,147 )

Increase/(decrease) in restricted cash

     11,620,111        8,745,616        (11,536,224

Prepayment to related party for purchase of equipment

            (903,616       

Interest free loan to related parities

                   (9,898,458
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (109,669,854 )     (49,818,462 )     (274,138,829 )

Financing activities:

      

Cash received from related parties

                   75,294,720   

Cash paid to related parities

                   (75,294,720

Proceeds from bank borrowings

     98,237,390        10,602,340        186,558,358   

Proceeds from other borrowings

     6,230,000        3,775,948          

Repayment of bank borrowings

     (10,394,310     (40,271,995 )     (71,079,431

Repayment of other borrowings

            (8,265,966 )     (2,697,397 )

Advance from related party

     41,519,269        178,874          

Cash proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

     55,000,000                 

Issuance expenses paid for the Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

     (100,000 )              

Cash proceeds from issuance of ordinary share, net off commission

            81,282,000          

Issuance cost for ordinary shares

            (1,744,952 )       

Capital contribution from ordinary shareholders

     10,000                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     190,502,349        45,556,249        112,781,530   

Effect of exchange rate changes

     7,412        860,025        5,560,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     78,110,369        122,221,362        (110,938,700

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

     3,304,067        81,414,436        203,635,798   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

   $ 81,414,436      $ 203,635,798      $ 92,697,098   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2009      2010      2011  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

        

Interest paid

   $ 3,731,624       $ 5,240,147       $ 10,991,064   

Income taxes paid

   $ 1,818,208       $ 625,130       $ 18,861,460   

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing activities:

        

Purchases of property, plant and equipment included in payable

   $ 53,223,998       $ 16,701,144       $ 41,302,426   

Purchase of property, plant and equipment included in amount due to related parties

   $       $       $ 822,840   

Balance netting-off agreements with different subsidiaries of Daqo Group

   $       $       $ 11,729,514   

Supplemental schedule of non-cash financing activities:

        

Daqo New Material’s conversion of amount due to investor to owner’s equity

   $ 79,884,026       $       $   

Conversion of Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares into ordinary shares

   $       $ 58,902,740       $   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

 

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Daqo New Energy Corp. (the “Company”), its wholly owned subsidiaries, Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd. (“Chongqing Daqo”), Nanjing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd. (“Nanjing Daqo”), Xinjiang Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd (“Xinjiang Daqo”), Daqo Solar Energy North America (“Daqo America”) and Daqo New Energy Holdings (Canada) Ltd.(“Daqo Canada”) and its consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”) Daqo New Material Co., Ltd. (“Daqo New Material”) (collectively, the “Group”).

 

The Company was incorporated on November 22, 2007 in the Cayman Islands. Chongqing Daqo, Nanjing Daqo and Xinjiang Daqo were incorporated by the Company on January 14, 2008, December 20, 2007 and February 22, 2011, respectively, in the Peoples’ Republic of China (“PRC”). Daqo America was incorporated by the Company in January 2009, in California, USA. Daqo Canada was incorporated by the Company in April, 2011, in Hamilton, Ontario, Canada.

 

Daqo New Material and the Company were under common control by Daqo New Material’s ultimate shareholders prior to the issuance of Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Shares. Daqo New Material was established by Daqo Group Co., Ltd. (“Daqo Group”), an affiliate of the Company, on November 16, 2006 for the primary purpose of developing a photovoltaic business. Daqo New Material’s activities included acquiring land use rights and constructing certain polysilicon production infrastructure, including buildings and production machinery and equipment. Chongqing Daqo acquired additional machinery and equipment that are used in connection with Daqo New Material’s land and production infrastructure.

 

Subsequent to its establishment, Chongqing Daqo entered into a series of lease agreements with Daqo New Material to rent all of Daqo New Material’s land, production infrastructure and machinery and equipment for the Group’s polysilicon production. The lease periods are from July 1, 2008 to December 31, 2013, with monthly lease payments at a fixed amount of RMB10.0 million ($1.4 million) in 2008, RMB 6.1 million ($0.9 million) from January 2009 to October 2009 and RMB 9.1 million($1.4 million) since November 2009. The lease agreement also provided that if Daqo New Material transferred the ownership of the leased assets to any third party, the lease agreement would remain effective and enforceable against the new owner. One month before the expiry of the lease period, Chongqing Daqo has the option to renew the lease on the same terms and conditions for additional five-year periods. Furthermore, Chongqing Daqo has the option to purchase, or to designate any person to purchase, the leased assets at the then fair value at any time during the lease period or within one year following the lease period, if permitted by the PRC laws and regulations. If Daqo New Material desires to transfer the ownership of the leased assets to a third party, Chongqing Daqo has the right of first refusal to acquire the leased assets under the same conditions. If the leased assets are transferred to a third party, the lease agreement will remain effective and enforceable against the new owner.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

Because the aggregate value of the monthly rental payments that Chongqing Daqo is contractually obligated to make to Daqo New Material represents the majority of the value of Daqo New Material’s assets, Chongqing Daqo has the majority of investment risk in Daqo New Material. Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), these contractual obligations represent an implicit guarantee between related parties, and Daqo New Material is considered to be Chongqing Daqo’s variable interest entity. Furthermore, the operating activities of Daqo New Material are most closely associated with Chongqing Daqo and the management of Chongqing Daqo also acts as the management of Daqo New Material. Based on these factors, Chongqing Daqo has the power to control Daqo New Material and is considered the primary beneficiary of Daqo New Material. As a result, Daqo New Material’s financial results are consolidated into the Group’s consolidated financial statements since July 1, 2008. Daqo New Material has been deemed to be the Chongqing Daqo’s predecessor business from November 16, 2006 (inception) through June 30, 2008. The assets and liabilities of Daqo New Material are consolidated at historical cost given they were held by an entity under common control and common ownership. Daqo Group’s total equity interests in Daqo New Material are presented as a noncontrolling interest. In 2009, $79,607,043 payable to Daqo Group was converted to equity interests of Daqo New Material. Accordingly, the amount converted is presented as a capital contribution by non-controlling interest owner in the statement of changes in equity.

 

In the periods presented, the Company manufactured and sold polysilicon and wafers through Chongqing Daqo, and sold modules through Nanjing Daqo. Xinjiang Daqo is the entity constructing the polysilicon phase II project. Daqo America was set up as a marketing office to promote the Group’s products in North America. Daqo Canada was set up to build and operate a solar module production facility in Canada, however, the solar module production plan was suspended indefinitely.

 

2. SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

(a) Basis of presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. Under that assumption, it is expected that assets will be realized and liabilities will be satisfied in the normal course of business.

 

Beginning in October 2011, the average selling price of polysilicon, wafers and solar module experienced a significant decrease, to a level below the Company’s cost, primarily as a result of oversupply in the industry, and the adverse effects of changes in government subsidy policies in Europe. As a result, the Company experienced a net loss in the fourth quarter of 2011 and a working capital deficit of US$38.4 million as of December 31, 2011, which raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. However, management of the Company regards the use of the going concern assumption as appropriate based on: 1) the Company has renewed $31.8 million (RMB 200 million) short-term loans with local banks and obtained additional $6.3 million (RMB 40 million) in short-term working capital loans in subsequent to December 31, 2011; 2) the Company has unused committed and available bank standby credit facilities at year end; and 3) the major shareholders of the Company have agreed to provide adequate funds in the next twelve months, to the extent required, in order to meet the Company’s obligations. As a result of these financial resources and based on the business forecast, the Company will be able to realize its assets and satisfy its obligations as they come due and accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern.

 

(b) Basis of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Group. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated on consolidation.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

(c) Use of estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The company bases its estimates on historical experience and various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Management has made significant estimates in a variety of areas, including but not limited to allowance for doubtful accounts, inventories valuation, useful lives and residual values of long-lived assets, impairment for long lived assets, consolidation of variable interest entity, valuation allowances for deferred tax assets, interest capitalization, warranty accrual and certain assumption used in the computation of share-based compensation and related forfeiture rates.

 

(d) Concentration of credit risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Group to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivables.

 

The Group places its cash and cash equivalents in various financial institutions in the PRC. The Group believes that no significant credit risk exists as these banks are principally government-owned financial institutions with high credit ratings and quality.

 

Accounts receivable represent those receivables derived in the ordinary course of business. The Group conducts credit evaluations of customers to whom credit terms are extended. The Group establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts mainly based on aging of the receivables and other factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers. The allowance for doubtful accounts is $nil and $1,202,940 as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, based on the aging of the receivables and the Company’s assessment of the customers’ credit risk.

 

The following customers accounted for 10% or more of accounts receivable:

 

     December 31,  

Accounts receivable

   2010     2011  

Customer A

   $     $ 2,655,592   

Customer D

   $ 1,884,187      $ 2,820,117  

Customer H

   $ 6,356,029      $   *

Customer E

   $      $ 5,947,325   

Customer F

   $      $ 2,823,130   

Customer G

   $     $ 2,707,907   

 

*   Represents less than 10%

 

Sales of polysilicon to the Group’s largest customers whose sales over 10% of revenue accounted for approximately 54%, 26% and 46% of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The Group was substantially dependent upon the continued participation of these customers in order to maintain and continue growing its total revenues. Significantly reducing the Group’s dependence on these customers is likely to take time and there can be no guarantee that the Group will succeed in reducing that dependence.

 

(e) Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and demand deposits, which are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use, and which have maturities of three months or less when purchased.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

(f) Restricted cash

 

Restricted cash amounted to $64,097 and $11,600,321 as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and are deposited in bank accounts as deposits for short-term letters of credit and notes issued by several banks for purchases of raw materials, plant and equipment. These deposits carry fixed interest rates and will be released when the related letters of credit or notes are settled by the Group. The Group considers the restricted cash balances as equivalent to an investment whose return of principal requires the satisfaction of conditions (i.e., settlement of letters of credit or notes) rather than a withdrawal demand. Therefore, deposits and withdrawals of principal balances in restricted cash accounts represent the creation or return of investment and, accordingly, the Group has presented such deposits and withdrawals as investing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

(g) Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at lower of cost or market. Costs are determined using weighted average costs. Costs comprise direct materials, direct labor and overhead costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. The Group writes down the cost of excess inventories to the estimated market value based on historical and forecasted demand. Estimated market value is measured as the estimated selling price of each class of inventory in the ordinary course of business less estimated costs of completion and disposal. The charges to inventory for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 was $nil, $nil and $14,252,701.

 

The Group has outsourced portions of its manufacturing process, including cutting ingots into wafers, and converting wafers into solar cells, to various third-party manufacturers. These outsourcing arrangements may or may not include transfer of title of the raw material inventory (ingots, wafers or cells) to the third-party manufacturers.

 

For those outsourcing arrangements in which title does not transfer, the Group maintains the inventory in the balance sheet as raw materials inventory while it is in physical possession of the third-party manufacturers. Upon receipt of the processed inventory from the third-party manufacturers, it is reclassified to work-in-progress inventory with the processing fee capitalized as cost of inventory.

 

For those outsourcing arrangements in which title (including risk of loss) does transfer to the third-party manufacturer, the Group is contractually obligated to repurchase the processed inventory. To accomplish this, it enters into raw material sales agreements and processed inventory purchase agreements simultaneously with the third-party manufacturer. In such instances, where they are, in substance tolling arrangements, the Group retains the inventory in the consolidated balance sheets while it is in the physical possession of the third-party manufacturer. The cash received from the third-party manufacturer is recorded as a current liability on the balance sheet rather than revenue or deferred revenue. Upon receipt of the processed inventory, it is reclassified from raw materials to work-in-progress inventory and the processing fee paid to the third-party manufacturer is added to inventory cost. Cash payments for outsourcing arrangements which require prepayment for repurchase of the processed inventory are classified as current assets on the balance sheet. If there is no legal right of offset established by these arrangements, the associated assets and liabilities are presented separately on the balance sheet until the processed inventory is returned to the Group.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

(h) Property, plant and equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recognized on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Buildings and plant      20 years   
Machinery and equipment      10 years   
Furniture, fixtures and equipment      3-5 years   
Motor vehicles      6 years   

 

Costs incurred on construction are capitalized and transferred to property, plant and equipment upon completion, at which time depreciation commences.

 

Interest expense incurred for construction of property, plant, and equipment is capitalized as part of the cost of such assets. Interest expense capitalized for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 was $3,535,294, $233,640 and $3,429,496, respectively.

 

(i) Prepaid land use rights

 

All land in the PRC is owned by the PRC government. The PRC government, according to PRC law, may sell the land use rights for a specified period of time. The Group’s land use rights in the PRC are stated at cost less recognized lease expenses. Lease expense is recognized over the term of the agreement on a straight-line basis. The Group recorded lease expenses of $137,506, $150,853 and $166,355 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. In August 2011, Daqo Xinjiang acquired land use rights with a 50 year term for $25,218,823.

 

(j) Impairment of long-lived assets

 

The Group evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. Factors that the Group considers in deciding when to perform an impairment review include, but are not limited to significant under-performance of a business or product line in relation to expectations, significant negative industry or economic trends, and significant changes or planed changes in the use of the assets. An impairment analysis is performed at the lowest level of identifiable independent cash flows for an asset or asset group. The Group makes subjective judgments in determining the independent cash flows that can be related to a specific asset group based on the asset usage model and manufacturing capabilities. The Group measures the recoverability of assets that will continue to be used in the operations by comparing the carrying value of the asset group to the estimate of the related total future undiscounted cash flows. If an asset group’s carrying value is not recoverable through the related undiscounted cash flows, the impairment loss is measured by comparing the difference between the asset group’s carrying value and its fair value. The Group determines the fair value of an asset or asset group utilizing estimated future discounted cash flows and incorporates assumptions that it believes marketplace participants would utilize. The impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 were $nil, $nil and $38,512,376, respectively. The impairment loss incurred in fiscal year 2011 was related to the impairment of long-lived assets for the production of solar modules and wafers, and was triggered primarily by the significant decrease in average selling prices that was experienced in the fourth quarter of 2011.

 

(k) Revenue recognition

 

The Group recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, delivery of the product has occurred, title and risk of loss have transferred to the customers and collectability of the receivable is reasonably assured. The majority of the sales contracts transfer title and risk of loss to customers upon receipt. Sales agreements for polysilicon typically do not contain product warranties except for return and replacement of defective products within a period generally ranging from 3 to 30 days from delivery. Sales agreements for polysilicon typically do not contain post-shipment obligations or other return or credit provisions. The Group may extend credit terms after assessing a number of factors to determine the customers’ credit worthiness.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

The Group sold approximately $4,968,702, $24,764,173 and $36,916,531 in photovoltaic wafers, cells and modules in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Revenues were recognized upon delivery of the goods when risk was transferred.

 

Customers frequently pay for products prior to the delivery of the products. Advance payments are recorded as advances from customers.

 

(l) Cost of revenues

 

Cost of revenues consists of production related costs including costs of silicon raw materials, electricity and other utilities, consumables, direct labor, overhead costs, depreciation of property, plant and equipment, and manufacturing waste treatment processing fees. Trial production costs are expensed as incurred.

 

(m) Shipping and handling

 

Costs to ship products to customers are recorded as selling expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Costs to ship products to customers were $494,477, $1,030,695 and $1,215,110 respectively for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011.

 

(n) Research and development expenses

 

Research and development expenses include materials and utilities consumed in research and development activities, payroll and related costs and depreciation of property and equipment associated with the research and development activities, which are expensed when incurred.

 

(o) Government subsidies

 

The Group receives unrestricted cash subsidies from local government agencies. The government agencies use their discretion to determine the amount of the subsidies with reference to land use right fees, value-added tax and income taxes paid, bank loan interest expenses paid or electricity consumed by the Group, however, these subsidies do not represent tax refunds or reimbursements of expenditures. The subsidies are unrestricted as to use and can be utilized by the Group in any manner it deems appropriate. The Group has utilized, and expects to continue to utilize, these subsidies to fund general operating expenses. The Group records unrestricted cash government subsidies as other operating income in the consolidated statements of operations. Unrestricted cash government subsidies received for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 were $6,592,290, $3,382,819 and $11,484,768 respectively. Government grants related to assets are recorded as long term liabilities and are recognized as an offset to depreciation expense on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the associated asset. The Company received government grants related to assets of $nil, $nil and $25,895,226 during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and recognized $nil, $nil and $42,047 as an offset to depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The Company had deferred government grants related to assets of $nil, $nil and $25,853,179 as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

(p) Income taxes

 

Deferred income taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amount in the consolidated financial statements, net operating loss carry-forwards and credits by applying enacted tax rates applicable to future years. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Current income taxes are provided in accordance with the laws of the relevant taxing authorities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted rates expected to apply to taxable income in which temporary differences are expected to be realized or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates is recognized in the statement of operations in the period of the enactment of the change. The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as current and non-current based on the characteristics of the underlying assets and liabilities, or the expected timing of their use when they do not relate to a specific asset or liability.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

(q) Share-based compensation

 

The Group recognizes share-based compensation in the statement of operations based on the fair value of equity awards on the date of the grant, with compensation expense recognized over the period in which the grantee is required to provide service to the Group in exchange for the equity award. The Group has made an estimate of expected forfeiture and is recognizing compensation costs only for those equity awards expected to vest. The share-based compensation expenses have been categorized as either selling, general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses and cost of sales, depending on the job functions of the grantees. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Group recognized share-based compensation expense of $258,583, $1,614,755 and $2,206,025, respectively, which was classified as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2009      2010      2011  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 244,083       $ 1,513,137       $ 2,068,115   

Research and development expenses

     14,500         96,827         75,508   

Cost of sales

             4,791         62,402   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 258,583       $ 1,614,755       $ 2,206,025   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(r) Product warranties

 

Historically the Group has provided a limited warranty to the original purchases of its solar modules for two or five years, in relation to defects in materials and workmanship, and 25 years in relation to minimum power output. Since June 2011, the Group extended the warranty period in relation to defects in materials and workmanship from five to twelve years. The Group accrues warranty costs when recognizing revenue and recognizes such costs as a component of cost of sales. Warranty costs primarily consist of replacement costs for parts and materials and labor costs for maintenance personnel. Due to its limited solar module manufacturing history, the Group has not experienced any warranty claims. Based on its best estimates of both future costs and the probability of incurring warranty claims, the Group currently accrues for product warranties at 1% of solar module sales. The Group derives its estimates from a number of factors, including (1) an assessment of competitors’ accrual and claim history and (2) results from academic research, including industry—standard accelerated testing, and other assumptions that the Group believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group acknowledges that such estimates are subjective and will continue to analyze the performance of its products compared to its competitors and academic research results to determine whether the accrual is adequate.

 

(s) Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share are computed by dividing the net income attributable to ordinary shares by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year using the two-class method. Under the two-class method, net income is allocated between ordinary shares and other participating securities based on their participating rights. Upon the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering on October 6, 2010, each Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares was automatically converted into ordinary shares. The two-class method of computing earnings per share ceased to apply on the conversion date.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to ordinary shareholders as adjusted for the effect of dilutive ordinary equivalent shares, if any, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive ordinary share equivalents outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the more dilutive of (a) the two-class method or (b) the if-converted method. Ordinary share equivalents consist of the ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of the Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (using the if-converted method) and ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding share options (using the treasury stock method). For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding share options of nil, 92,456 and nil shares are included in the calculation of dilutive earnings per share.

 

(t) Foreign currency translation

 

The reporting currency of the Group is the United States dollar (“U.S. dollar”). The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in other currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollar at the rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet dates. Transactions dominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar during the year are converted into U.S. dollar at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing when the transactions occur. Transaction gains and losses are recorded in the statements of operations.

 

The financial records of the Company’s PRC subsidiaries and VIE are maintained in Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”), which is their functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates. Revenues, expenses, gains and losses are translated at average rate of exchange prevailing during the periods presented. Translation adjustments are reported as cumulative translation adjustments and are shown as a separate component of other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity and comprehensive income.

 

The RMB is not a freely convertible currency. The State Administration for Foreign Exchange of People’s Republic of China, under the authority of the People’s Bank of China, controls the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies. The value of the RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China foreign exchange trading system market. The Group’s aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash denominated in RMB amounted to $158,898,226 and $84,853,361 as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

(u) Comprehensive income

 

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity except those resulting from investments by shareholders and distributions to shareholders and is comprised of net income and foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

(v) Fair value of financial instruments

 

The Company estimates fair value of financial assets and liabilities as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (also referred to as an exit price). The fair value measurement guidance establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that gives the highest priority to observable inputs and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value shall maximize the use of observable inputs.

 

   

Level 1—Valuation techniques in which all significant inputs are unadjusted quoted prices from active markets for assets or liabilities that are identical to the assets or liabilities being measured.

 

   

Level 2—Valuation techniques in which significant inputs include quoted prices from active markets for assets or liabilities that are similar to the assets or liabilities being measured and/or quoted prices for assets or liabilities that are identical or similar to the assets or liabilities being measured from markets that are not active. Also, model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets are Level 2 valuation techniques.

 

   

Level 3—Valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable. Unobservable inputs are valuation technique inputs that reflect the Group’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use to price an asset or liability.

 

When available, the Group measures the fair value of financial instruments based on quoted market prices in active markets, valuation techniques that use observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data. Pricing information the Group obtains from third parties is internally validated for reasonableness prior to use in the consolidated financial statements. When observable market prices are not readily available, the Group generally estimates fair value using valuation techniques that rely on alternate market data or inputs that are generally less readily observable from objective sources and are estimated based on pertinent information available at the time of the applicable reporting periods. In certain cases, fair values are not subject to precise quantification or verification and may fluctuate as economic and market factors vary and the Group’s evaluation of those factors changes. Although the Group uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of these financial instruments, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique. In these cases, a minor change in an assumption could result in a significant change in its estimate of fair value, thereby increasing or decreasing the amounts of the Group’s consolidated assets, liabilities, shareholders’ equity and net income or loss.

 

The Group’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, advances to suppliers, other current assets, amount due from related parties, accounts payable, advances from customers, other current liabilities, payables for purchase of property, plant and equipment, amounts due to related parties and short-term and long-term borrowings. The carrying amounts of these short-term financial instruments approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

 

The fair value of the Company’s non-current portion of payables for purchase of property, plant and equipment and long-term bank borrowings as of December 31, 2011 is estimated by discounted future cash flow technique using an interest rate corresponding to debt with similar maturities and risks on the measurement date.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

(w) Start-up costs

 

The Group expenses all costs incurred in connection with start-up activities, including preproduction costs and organization costs.

 

(x) Variable Interest Entity

 

A VIE is an entity in which equity investors generally do not have the characteristics of a “controlling financial interest” or there is not sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support. A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties.

 

(y) Noncontrolling interest

 

The noncontrolling interest represents Daqo Group’s equity interest in the VIE. The Group classified the ownership interest in the consolidated entity held by a party other than the Company to noncontrolling interest in the consolidated financial statements. It also reported the consolidated net income at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interest on the face of the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

 

(z) Recent accounting pronouncements

 

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The ASU is the result of joint efforts by the FASB and International Accounting Standard Board (“IASB”) to develop a single, converged fair value framework—that is, converged guidance on how (not when) to measure fair value and on what disclosures to provide about fair value measurements. While the ASU is largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles in U.S. GAAP, it expands ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement’s, existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and makes other amendments. Many of these amendments were made to eliminate unnecessary wording differences between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”). However, some could change how the fair value measurement guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820 is applied. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, for public entities. The Group does not believe that the adoption of this ASU will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income. The ASU revises the manner in which entities present comprehensive income in their financial statements. The new guidance removes the presentation options in ASC 220, Comprehensive Income, and requires entities to report components of comprehensive income in either (1) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (2) two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05. This ASU defers the requirement in ASU 2011-05 that entities present reclassification adjustments for each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) in both net income and other comprehensive income on the face of the financial statements. ASU 2011-12 requires entities to continue to present amounts reclassified out of AOCI on the face of the financial statements or disclose those amounts in the notes to the financial statements. The effective date of ASU 2011-12 is consistent with ASU 2011-05, which is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011 for public entities. The Group does not believe that adoption of these ASUs will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

On December 16, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, which contains new disclosure requirements regarding the nature of an entity’s rights of setoff and related arrangements associated with its financial instruments and derivative instruments. The new disclosures are designed to make financial statements that are prepared under US GAAP more comparable to those prepared under IFRSs. To facilitate comparison between financial statements prepared under US GAAP and IFRSs, the new disclosures will give financial statement users information about both gross and net exposures. The new disclosure requirements are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods therein; retrospective application is required. The Group does not believe that the adoption of this ASU will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

3. PREPAID EXPENSE AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

Prepaid expense and other current assets consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

Spare parts

   $ 2,564,394       $ 3,166,462   

Prepaid Value added tax (“VAT”)

             5,399,839   

VAT Refundable

     1,843,131         1,002,186   

Prepaid insurance fee

     471,021         1,121,769   

Others

     116,629         461,886   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,995,175       $ 11,152,142   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

4. INVENTORIES

 

Inventories consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

Raw materials

   $ 2,256,367       $ 2,405,734   

Work-in-process

     4,924,174         4,598,613   

Finished goods

     4,059,221         17,171,762   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories

   $ 11,239,762       $ 24,176,109   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Inventory write-down was $nil, $nil and $14,252,701 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

Property, plant and equipment, net, consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Cost

    

Buildings and plant

   $ 206,078,751      $ 222,690,125   

Machinery and equipment

     217,964,792        261,834,469   

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     2,973,366        4,119,045   

Motor vehicles

     364,241        591,714   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (57,319,503 )     (96,375,060 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 370,061,647      $ 392,860,293   

Construction in process

     29,496,406        243,614,398   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 399,558,053      $ 636,474,691   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $16,088,049, $30,751,063 and $35,479,645 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

Construction in process primarily represents the construction of Phase 2 Polysilicon Project in Shihezi, Xinjiang.

 

Due to the challenging solar market conditions, the Company recognized an impairment of long-lived assets of $38,512,376 for its wafer and solar module business in 2011. The impairment of long-lived assets of wafer and module was to reflect the less than expected profit-generating ability of assets for the production of wafer and module due to a sharp decline in the spot market price of wafer and module.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

6. BORROWINGS

 

The Group’s bank borrowings consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

Short-term bank borrowings

   $ 9,466,375       $ 52,334,370   

Long-term bank borrowings, current portion

     59,494,273         59,470,875   

Other short-term borrowing

     2,639,984           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     71,600,632         111,805,245   

Long-term bank borrowings, non-current portion

     83,001,176         165,646,211   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 154,601,808       $ 277,451,456   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

The Group’s short-term bank borrowing consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

Short-term borrowing guaranteed by Daqo Group

   $ 9,466,375       $ 9,515,340   

Short-term borrowing guaranteed by Daqo Group and Mr. Guangfu Xu and
Mr. Xiang Xu

             42,819,030   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,466,375       $ 52,334,370   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Company has short-term bank facilities of $nil and $17,444,790 with various banks were available as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

The interest rate on the short-term bank borrowing was 5.81% and 6.6% as of December 31, 2010 and 2011. The other short term borrowing was borrowed from an independent third party, was interest free and repaid in September 2011.

 

Long-term borrowings

 

The major bank borrows are as follows:

 

On October 8, 2008, Daqo New Material entered into a seven-year long term bank borrowing agreement with China Construction Bank. Such borrowing is restricted to the purchase of fixed assets and has a maximum borrowing amount $63.4 million (RMB400 million), bearing standard five-year long term interest rate issued by People’s Bank of China. The borrowing is guaranteed by Daqo Group. As of December 31, 2011, Daqo New Material had drawn down $63.4 million (RMB400 million), repaid $28.5 million (RMB180 million) and had no facility available for future draw down. There are no financial covenants associated with the facility.

 

On January 21, 2009, Chongqing Daqo entered into a six-year long term facility agreement with China Construction Bank. Such borrowing is restricted to the purchase of fixed assets and has a maximum borrowing amount $63.4 million (RMB400 million), bearing standard five-year long term interest rate issued by People’s Bank of China. The borrowing is guaranteed by Daqo Group. As of December 31, 2011, Chongqing Daqo had drawn down $63.4 million (RMB400 million), repaid $28.9 million (RMB182 million) and had no facility available for future draw down. There are no financial covenants associated with the facility.

 

On September 28, 2011, Chongqing Daqo entered into a four-year credit facility agreement with Huaxia Bank with maximum amount of $63.4 million (RMB400 million). Chongqing Daqo drew down $60.2 million (RMB380 million), including: $20.6 million (RMB130 million) with fixed interest rate of 6.65%, which is designated for working capital and $39.6 million (RMB250 million) with fixed interest rate of 6.9% which is restricted to the purchase of fixed assets. Chongqing Daqo repaid $0.6 million in 2011 and had $3.2 million (RMB20 million) facility available for future draw down as of December 31, 2011. This credit facility is guaranteed by Daqo Group and also collateralized by Chongqing Daqo’s one land use right, which have a book value of $2.1 million (RMB13 million). The facility contains a covenant which requires the Company maintain a certain debt to asset ratio and Chongqing Daqo was in compliance with the covenant as of December 31, 2011.

 

On September 30, 2011, Xinjiang Daqo entered into a six-year bank borrowing agreement with Bank of China. Such borrowing is restricted to the purchase of fixed assets and has a maximum borrowing amount of $155.4 million (RMB980 million) and bears interest at standard five-year long term interest rate issued by People’s Bank of China plus 5%. The borrowing contains a debt to asset ratio financial covenant. The borrowing is guaranteed by Daqo Group, Daqo New Material, two affiliated companies under Daqo Group and Mr. Guangfu Xu. As of December 31, 2011, Xinjiang Daqo had drawn down $39.6 million (RMB250 million) and had $115.8 million (RMB730 million) facility available for future draw down. The loan was in compliance with the covenants as of December 31, 2011.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

On October 26, 2011, Chongqing Daqo entered into a four-year credit facility agreement with Chongqing Rural Commercial Bank. Such borrowing is restricted to the purchase of fixed assets and has a maximum borrowing amount $38.9 million (RMB 245.5 million) and bears interest at three to five-year long term interest rate issued by People’s Bank of China plus 10%. The borrowing is guaranteed by Daqo Group, Mr Guangfu Xu and Mr Xiang Xu. As of December 31, 2011, Chongqing Daqo had drawn down $38.9 million (RMB 245.5 million). There are no financial covenants associated with the facility.

 

The weighted average interest rate as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 for the Group’s long-term bank borrowings was 5.86% and 6.93%, respectively.

 

The principal maturities of these long-term bank borrowings as of December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

December 31,

   Amount  

2012

   $ 59,470,875   

2013

     70,730,694   

2014

     63,990,662   

2015

     30,924,855   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 225,117,086   
  

 

 

 

 

7. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

VAT payable

   $ 8,490,785       $   

Accrued payroll and welfare

     2,851,847         3,822,426   

Accrued professional fees

     916,531         928,957   

Guarantee Deposit

     3,665,827         131,473   

Other tax payable

     1,271,420         1,196,931   

Interest payable

     256,070         530,502   

Government subsidy

     792,945         757,310   

Others

     1,182,844         1,796,923   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,428,269       $ 9,164,522   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8. ADVANCES FROM CUSTOMERS

 

Advances from customers represent prepayments from customers and are recognized as revenue in accordance with the Group’s revenue recognition policy.

 

Advances from customers consist of the following and is analyzed as long and short portion respectively:

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

Customer B

   $       $ 7,364,873   

Customer G

     17,345,263         16,119,606   

Customer D

     2,908,070         7,026,172   

Customer A

     4,228,955         2,211,201   

Customer H

     12,768,806         2,156,858   

Others

     8,353,412         3,689,634   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,604,506       $ 38,568,344   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Current portion of Advance from customers

   $ 45,604,506       $ 26,060,543   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long term advance from customers

   $       $ 12,507,801   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

The following table presents the financial instruments for which fair value does not approximate carrying value as of December 31, 2010 and 2011:

 

     As of December 31, 2010      As of December 31, 2011  
     Carrying Value      Fair Value      Carrying
Value
     Fair Value  

Long-term bank borrowing

   $ 83,001,176       $ 83,001,176       $ 165,646,211       $ 151,251,136   

Payables for purchase of property, plant and equipment

                     4,157,836         3,701,431   

 

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

 

The following table displays assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis after initial recognition; the Company did not have any assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.

 

     Year ended December 31, 2011  

Description

   Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
     Total Losses  

Long-lived assets held and used

   $ 60,078,085       $       $       $ 60,078,085      $ 38,512,376   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

In 2011, long-lived assets held and used with a carrying amount of $99.6million were written down to their fair value of $60.1million, resulting in an impairment charge of $38.5million. The fair value is estimated using a discounted cash flow model under the income approach. The discounted cash flow method involves forecasting the future cash flows and then discounting them back to a present value at an appropriate discount rate. The discount rate is estimated based on a weighted average cost of capital method, which measures a Company’s cost of debt and equity financing weighted by the percentage of debt and equity in a Company’s target capital structure as determined through reference to the identified guideline companies. The cost of equity was derived from the CAPM and the cost of debt was benchmarked to the People’s Bank of China’s long term borrowing rate in China.

 

10. MAINLAND CHINA CONTRIBUTION PLAN AND PROFIT APPROPRIATION

 

(a) China Contribution Plan

 

Full time employees of the Group in the PRC participate in a government-mandated, multi-employer, defined contribution plan pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, unemployment insurance, employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to employees. PRC labor regulations require the Group to accrue for these benefits based on a certain percentage of the employees’ salaries. Contributions to defined contribution plans are expensed as incurred. During three years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Group recognized $920,924, $1,117,187 and $2,189,273 respectively.

 

(b) Statutory Reserves

 

Foreign invested enterprises in PRC are required under PRC laws to provide for certain statutory reserves, such as a general reserve, an enterprise expansion fund and a staff welfare and bonus fund. These entities are required to allocate at least 10% of their after tax profits as reported in their PRC statutory financial statements to the general reserve and have the right to discontinue allocations to the general reserve if the balance of such reserve have reached 50% of their registered capital. These statutory reserves are not available for distribution to the owners (except in liquidation) and may not be transferred in the form of loans, advances or cash dividends. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, $13,332,406, $16,803,191 was respectively appropriated from the retained earnings of Chongqing Daqo. As a result of these PRC laws and regulations, the Company’s PRC subsidiaries are restricted in their abilities to transfer the registered capital and statutory reserves to the Company in the form of dividends, loans or advances and the restricted portion amounted to $$102,932,406 and $140,003,191 as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

11. INCOME TAXES

 

Cayman Islands Tax

 

The Company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands and is not subject to tax in this jurisdiction.

 

PRC Tax

 

The Company’s subsidiaries are registered in the PRC as foreign invested enterprises. Under the Laws of the People’s Republic of China on Enterprise Income Tax (the “EIT Law”) which are effective January 1, 2008, the statutory enterprise income tax rate is 25%.

 

Chongqing Daqo is a foreign invested enterprise located in Chongqing. In accordance with a PRC tax regulation which encourages investment in China’s southwest region, Chongqing Daqo is entitled to a preferential tax rate of 15% from its establishment through 2010. On December 9, 2009, Chongqing Daqo obtained a High and New Technology Enterprise (“HTNE”) certificate for a valid period of 3 years till 2011. In 2011, Chongqing Daqo was entitled to a preferential tax rate of 15% for the year ended December 31, 2011 because of its HTNE status.

 

Daqo New Material is a domestic enterprise registered in Chongqing and is subject to an income tax rate of 25% for each of the three years ended December 31, 2011.

 

Nanjing Daqo is a foreign-invested enterprise established on December 20, 2007 located in Nanjing. The company started to carry out its operation from July, 2010, but was still in a loss position as of December 31, 2011. It is subject to an income tax rate of 25% for each of the three years ended December 31, 2011.

 

Xinjiang Daqo is a foreign-invested enterprise established on February, 2011 located in Shihezi Economic Development Area in Xinjiang Autonomous Region. The fixed assets of this entity are still under construction and the entity will be subject to an income tax rate of 25% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

United States

 

Daqo America is subject to United States income tax at a combined federal and state tax rate of 40% in 2009, 2010 and 2011.

 

Canada

 

Daqo Canada is subject to Canada corporate income tax at a federal general tax rate of 15% and a provincial tax rate of 5.06% in 2011.

 

Under the current EIT Law and implementation regulations issued by the PRC State Council, an income tax rate of 10% is applicable to interest and dividends payable to investors that are “non-resident enterprises”, which do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, or which have such establishment or place of business but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business, to the extent such interest or dividends have their sources within the PRC. The Company certified that the undistributed earnings of the Group’s PRC subsidiaries of $151.2 million as of December 31, 2011 will be permanently reinvested, therefore, no provision for PRC dividend withholding tax has been provided thereon.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

The Group made its assessment of the level of authority for each tax position (including the potential application of interests and penalties) based on the tax positions’ technical merits, and measured the unrecognized benefits associated with the tax positions. The Group did not have any unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2010 and 2011. The Group does not anticipate that unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months.

 

According to PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or withholding agent. The statute of limitations will be extended five years under special circumstances, which are not clearly defined (but an underpayment of tax liability exceeding RMB0.1 million is specifically listed as a special circumstance). In the case of a related party transaction, the statute of limitations is ten years. There is no statute of limitations in the case of tax evasion. From inception to 2011, the Group’s PRC subsidiaries are subject to examination of the PRC tax authorities. The Group classifies interest and penalties associated with taxes as income tax expense. Such charges were immaterial in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011.

 

Income tax expenses comprise:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Current Tax

   $ 818,388      $ 13,056,624      $ 20,647,400   

Deferred Tax Benefit

     (578,110 )     (219,489 )     (19,933,128
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 240,278      $ 12,837,135      $ 714,272   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The principal components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

Net operating loss carried forward

   $ 1,020,560       $ 909,501   

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     599,939         938,768   

Accrued warranty cost

     34,960         111,111   

Inventory write-down

             3,651,428   

Bad debt provision

             308,183   

Government grants related to assets

             6,463,295   

Long-lived asset impairment

             9,866,564   

Others

     32,701           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,688,160       $ 22,248,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets are analyzed as:

     

Current

   $ 770,126       $ 4,348,146   

Non-current

     918,034         17,900,704   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities are analyzed as:

     

Current

   $       $   

Non-current

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

The Group uses the asset and liability method to record related deferred tax assets and liabilities. In assessing the reliability of deferred tax assets, the Group considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Based on the level of projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, the Group believes it is more likely than not that the Group will realize the benefits of these deductible differences as at December 31, 2010 and 2011. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carry-forward period are reduced. Nanjing Daqo had net operating losses carried forward of approximately $909,501, which will expire if not used between 2014 and 2016.

 

The effective income tax rate of the Group is different from the expected PRC statutory rate as a result of the following items:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

PRC Enterprise Income Tax

     25 %     25 %     25

Preferential income tax rate of a subsidiary

     (10 )%     (11 )%     (12 )% 

Effect of different reversal rate

                   (14 )% 

Additional tax deductions

     (14 )%     (1 )%       

Non-deductible expenses

            3     1

Different tax rate in other jurisdictions

                   2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     1 %     16 %     2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The aggregate amount and per share effect of the tax holiday are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2009      2010      2011  
     $         $         $   

The aggregate dollar effect (in thousands)

     3,076         8,689         4,388   

Per share effect-basic

     0.03         0.06         0.02   

Per share effect-diluted

     0.03         0.06         0.02   

 

12. SERIES A CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES

 

On November 11, 2009, the Company issued 29,714,103 shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) for cash proceeds of $54.9 million, net of issuance cost of $100,000, to new investors. Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares were negotiated with independent third party investors, and recorded at the fair values. The accretion to the redemption value was reflected as a reduction to net income to arrive at net income available to the ordinary shareholders in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and amounted to $702,740 and 3,300,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering on October 7, 2010, all of the issued and outstanding Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares were automatically converted into 29,714,103 ordinary shares without any price adjustment.

 

Given the nature of certain key terms of the Preferred Shares as listed below, the Company had classified the Preferred Shares as mezzanine equity as of December 31,2009.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

Conversion

 

Each Preferred Shares is entitled to convert any or all of its preferred shares into fully paid and no assessable ordinary shares at the option of the holders or automatically upon a Qualified IPO or upon the request of a majority of holders of Preferred Shares. The conversion ratio is 1:1, subject to adjustments such as share splits and combinations, sale of shares below the conversion price and other dilutive events. Upon conversion, all declared and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Shares shall be paid in cash.

 

Each Preferred Share shall automatically be converted into ordinary shares at the then effective conversion price immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of ordinary shares to the public with gross cash proceeds to the Company in respect of all such ordinary shares so offered of at least $80 million and reflects a pre-money market valuation (based on the price per share offered to the public in the offering) of the Company of at least $275 million and results in such securities being listed on a Qualified Exchange (“a Qualified IPO”), or otherwise is approved by the Board, including the affirmative votes of both Series A Directors.

 

The Company has determined that there was no beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) attributable to the Series A Shares as the effective conversion price was greater than the fair value of the ordinary shares on the commitment date. The Company will reevaluate whether a BCF is required to be recorded upon the modification to the effective conversion price of the Series A Shares, if any.

 

Redemption

 

Upon the earliest of material breach of share purchase agreement or second anniversary of the original issue, the Company shall redeem any Preferred Shares designated by the holders thereof for redemption by paying in cash an amount equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the issuance price (ii) an amount equal to interest on the issuance price for the period between the issuance date and the redemption date at an interest rate of 8% per annum, compounded annually, and (iii) all declared but unpaid dividends thereon up until the date of redemption, in each case above proportionally adjusted for any share splits, share dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or similar transactions.

 

Voting

 

Each Preferred Share has voting rights equivalent to the number of ordinary shares to which it is convertible at the reporting date.

 

Dividends

 

No dividends shall be declared or paid on any Ordinary Shares, unless and until a dividend in like amount is declared and paid on each outstanding Series A Preferred Share (on an as-if converted basis). The holders of outstanding Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, on an annual basis, preferential, non-cumulative dividends at the dividend rate of 8% of the Original Series A Issue Price, prior and in preference to any dividend on any Ordinary Shares; provided that such dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board. In addition, the holders of Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive on a pari passu basis, when, as and if declared at the sole discretion of the Board, but only out of funds that are legally available for, cash dividends at the rate or in the amount as the Board considers appropriate.

 

Liquidation preference

 

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be entitled receive an amount equal to the then effective issuance price plus all dividends declared and unpaid (as adjusted). If assets are insufficient, then assets will be distributed among the holders of Preferred Shares in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled. If assets remain, then remaining assets are distributed among the holders of outstanding Preferred Shares and ordinary shares based on the number of ordinary shares, on an as-if-converted basis.

 

The reconciliation of the Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Shares is as follows:

 

$55,602,740 $55,602,740 $55,602,740
     Year ended December 31,    

 

 
     2009      2010     2011  

Mezzanine equity—Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares beginning balance

   $       $ 55,602,740      $   

Issuance of Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

     54,900,000                  

Deemed dividend on Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

     702,740         3,300,000          

Conversion into ordinary shares

             (58,902,740 )       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mezzanine equity—Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares ending balance

   $ 55,602,740       $      $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

13. SHARE BASED COMPENSATION

 

On August 5, 2009, the Company adopted the 2009 Share Incentive Plan (the “Option Plan”) to attract and retain the best available personnel, provide additional incentives to employees, directors and consultants, and promote the success of the Company’s business. As of December 31, 2009, share options to purchase of no more than 15,000,000 ordinary shares are authorized under the Option Plan.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Company granted 5,350,000, 2,310,000, and nil share options respectively to its officers, directors and employees, respectively.

 

On October 31, 2009, the Company grants options to acquire 5,350,000 ordinary shares to certain officers, directors and employees pursuant to the Option Plan. Twenty-five percent (25%) of the ordinary shares subject to the Option Plan will vest one year following the grant date, and the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the ordinary shares subject to the option will vest in thirty-six equal installments over the next three years. These options were granted in anticipation of services to be provided during the respective service periods. The exercise price is $1.38. And 9,650,000 shares are available for future granting as of December 31, 2009.

 

The Company adopted Black-Scholes option pricing model to evaluate the fair value of the stock option based on the fair value of the ordinary shares for the above grant date with reference to the fair value of the ordinary shares of $1.80 dated October 31, 2009 determined by the Group. The fair value of the underlying ordinary shares was determined by the Group using generally accepted valuation methodologies, including the discounted cash flow approach, which incorporates certain assumptions including the financial results and growth trends of the Group, to derive total equity value of the Group.

 

The following assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2009  

Options granted

   Average
risk-free
rate of
return
    Weighted
average
expected
term
     Volatility
rate
    Dividend
yield
 
October 31, 2009      3.35 %     6.06         60.1 %     0 %

 

The risk-free rate of return is based on the US Treasury bond yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the option. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The 60.1% expected volatility is based on the average volatility of comparable companies with the time period commensurate with the expected time period of the options.

 

On October 6, 2010, the Company granted options to acquire 120,000 ordinary shares to independent directors pursuant to the Option Plan. Thirty percent (30%) of the ordinary shares subject to the Option Plan will vest one year following the grant date, thirty percent (30%) of the option will be vest on the second year of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining forty percent (40%) of the ordinary shares subject to the option will vest in the third anniversary of the vesting commencement date. These options were granted in anticipation of services to be provided during the respective service periods. The exercise price is $1.90.

 

On December 3, 2010, the Company granted options to acquire 2,190,000 ordinary shares to certain officers, directors and employees pursuant to the Option Plan. The ordinary shares subject to the Option Plan will vest in four equal annual installments, with the first installment vesting one year after grant date. These options were granted in anticipation of services to be provided during the respective service periods. The exercise price is $2.35. And 7,340,000 shares are available for future granting as of December 31, 2010.

 

The Company adopted Binomial option pricing model to evaluate the fair value of the stock option with reference to the closing price of the Company as of the respective grant dates.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

The following assumptions were used in the Binomial option pricing model:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2010

Options granted

   Average
risk-free
rate of
return
  Exercise
multiple
   Volatility
rate
  Dividend
yield
  Post-
vesting
forfeiture

rate

October 6, 2010

   3.5%   3 times    50.0%   0%   3%

December 3, 2010

   3.5%   2.2~3 times    50.0%   0%   3~9%

 

The risk-free rate of return is based on the yield curve of China USD sovereign bond commensurate with the same maturity at the respective grant dates. The exercise multiple is estimated by reference to the proprietary research and empirical studies. The 50.0% expected volatility is based on the average of historical daily annualized share price volatility of 6 comparable companies over a normalized period that commensurate with the option life of 10 years excluding the volatile share price caused by financial crisis during September 1, 2008 to March 31, 2009. The post-vesting forfeiture rate is based on the historical data and management’s best estimation.

 

A summary of the aggregate option activity and information regarding options outstanding as of December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contract Life
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Options outstanding on January 1, 2011

     7,645,000      $ 1.66         

Forfeited

     (840,000 )   $ 2.00         
  

 

 

         

Options outstanding on December 31, 2011

     6,805,000      $ 1.62         8.1       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested or expected to vest on December 31, 2011

     6,752,350      $ 1.62         8.1       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable on December 31, 2011

     3,321,417      $ 1.51         8.0       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The share-based compensation charge related to the share options of approximately $258,583, $1,614,755 and $2,206,025 was recognized by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 was $1.16 and $1.29, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2011, there was $4,932,460 in total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.12 years.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES

 

(1)   The relationships between the Group and related party are as follows:

 

Name of the related party

  

Relationship

Daqo Group    An affiliated company representing the parent company of Daqo New Material holding 100% equity ownership of Daqo New Material. Daqo Group and the Company are controlled by same group of shareholders.
Zhengjiang Daqo Solar Co. Ltd(“Zhenjiang Daqo) *    An affiliated company which is 100% held by Daqo Group
Daqo Solar Co. Ltd (“Daqo Solar”) **    An affiliated company which is 100% held by Daqo Group

 

*   Zhenjiang Daqo is primarily engaged in solar cell manufacturing.
**   Daqo Solar is currently dormant, but was initially established to engage in wafer production, and succeeded by the Company.

 

(2)   Related party balances:

 

The balance with Daqo Group and its subsidiaries was as follows:

 

The balances due from related parties include prepayments to Zhenjiang Daqo for purchase of cells and receivable from Zhenjiang Daqo for sale of wafer. The balances due from Daqo Group represent loans for short-term financing. Such balances are unsecured, interest-free, and are payable on demand. The balances are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  
Amount due from related party      

Daqo Solar

   $ 886,055       $   

Daqo Group

             2,294,988   

Zhenjiang Daqo

             7,462,697   

Other subsidiaries of Daqo Group

     17,561         129,625   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 903,616       $ 9,887,310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2011, Daqo Group has repaid all the amounts due to Chongqing Daqo, and Zhengjiang Daqo has repaid $679,191 to Chongqing Daqo.

 

Amount due to related parties include payables for equipment and material procurement from Daqo Group and other subsidiaries under Daqo group and interest expense payable to Daqo Solar. The balances are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  
Amount due to related party      

Daqo Group

   $ 44,414       $   

Daqo Solar

     20,084         1,552,126   

Others

     332,743         1,607,230   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 397,241       $ 3,159,356   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

 

(3)   The transactions with Daqo Group and its subsidiaries were as follows:

 

     Transaction    Year Ended December 31,  

Name of Related parties

  

Nature

   2009      2010      2011  

Daqo Group

   Sales    $       $       $ 1,971   
   Purchase-Fixed asset                      15,787,658   
   Financing-cash in                      3,095,120   
   Financing-cash out                      3,095,120   
   Capital conversion      79,884,026                   

Zhenjiang Daqo

   Sales of wafers                      6,958,317   
   Purchase of cells                      3,314,115   
   Processing fee                      1,209,769   

Daqo Solar

   Purchase-Fixed asset              12,942,750         20,562,272   
   Financing-cash in                      72,199,600   
   Financing-cash out                      72,199,600   
   Interest charged                      1,552,126   
   Short-term interest free loan extended to Daqo Solar                      9,898,458   

Others subsidiaries under Daqo Group

   Sales                      427,302   
   Purchase-Fixed asset              989,235         2,027,001   
   Purchase-Raw material            300,574   
   Rental expense              32,136         612,856   
   Service expense                      71,426   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   Sales    $       $       $ 7,387,590   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Purchase-Fixed asset    $       $ 13,931,985       $ 38,376,931   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Purchase-Raw material    $       $       $ 3,614,689   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Processing fee    $       $       $ 1,209,769   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Rental expense    $       $ 32,136       $ 612,856   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Service expense    $       $       $ 71,426   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Interest expense    $       $       $ 1,552,126   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Cash received    $       $       $ 75,294,720   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Cash paid    $       $       $ 85,193,178   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Capital conversion    $ 79,884,026       $       $   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

 

Related party transactions with Daqo Group

 

In September, 2009, the Daqo Group converted $79,884,026 due from Daqo New Material, into equity. This amount was recorded by the Company as a noncontrolling interest.

 

In 2011, the Group purchased auxiliary electricity transmission and system equipment totaling $15.8 million from Daqo Group. Daqo Group and its subsidiaries are mainly engaged in High-Low-voltage Electrical System, Components, Environmental Protection, and High-speed Railway Equipment.

 

In 2011, the Company received an interest fee loan of $3,095,120 from Daqo Group, which was fully repaid during the year.

 

Related party transactions with Zhenjiang Daqo

 

In 2011, the Company sold $6,958,317 wafers, and purchased cells of $3,314,115, and paid processing fees of $1,209,769 to Zhenjiang Daqo for tolling arrangements of cells.

 

Related party transactions with Daqo Solar

 

In July 2010, the Company entered into an equipment purchase contract with Daqo Group to assign Daqo Solar to import $32.8 million of equipment on behalf of the Company. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, equipment of $12.9 million and $20.6 million has been received by the Group, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the contract has been fully executed.

 

In 2011, the Company received loans of $72,199,600 from Daqo Solar, which were fully repaid during the year and accrued interest of $1,552,126. As of December 31, 2011, the Company provided an interest free loan of $9,898,458 to Daqo Solar.

 

Related party transactions with other subsidiaries of Daqo Group

 

In 2010, the Group purchased auxiliary electricity transmission and system equipment of $1.0 million from other Daqo Group subsidiaries. In 2011, the Group purchased auxiliary electricity transmission and system equipment of $2.0 million from Daqo Group subsidiaries. The Group also sold modules of $427,302 to, purchased raw materials of $300,574 from and paid service fees of $71,426 to other subsidiaries of Daqo Group.

 

Year-end balance netting-off

 

On December 31, 2011, the Company, Daqo Group and Daqo Solar signed a balance netting agreement, pursuant to which a legal right of offset was established. Under this agreement, the amount due to Daqo Group and the amount due from Daqo Solar of $11,729,514 have been netted in the Company’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, resulting in an amount due from Daqo Group of $2,294,988 and an amount due to Daqo Solar of $1,552,126 .

 

F-33


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

 

15. EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

The calculation of earnings per share is as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2009      2010      2011  

Net income attributable to Daqo New Energy Corp.

   $ 30,132,262       $ 65,271,257       $ 33,323,952   

Numerator used in basic and diluted earnings per share:

        

Net income attributable to Daqo New Energy Corp. ordinary shareholders—basic

   $ 28,931,091       $ 54,691,886       $ 33,323,952   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to preferred shareholders for participating rights to dividends—basic

   $ 1,201,171       $ 10,579,371       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Daqo New Energy Corp. ordinary shareholders—diluted

   $ 30,132,262       $ 65,271,257       $ 33,323,952   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator used in basic and diluted earnings per share:

        

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding used in computing earnings per share—basic

     100,000,000         117,839,487         175,714,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average ordinary shares as if converted by Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares—basic

     4,151,834         22,794,380           

Share options

             92,456           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding used in computing earnings per share—diluted

     104,151,834         140,726,323         175,714,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP. PER ORDINARY SHARE—Basic

   $ 0.29       $ 0.46       $ 0.19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP. PER ORDINARY SHARE—Diluted

   $ 0.29       $ 0.46       $ 0.19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Outstanding 5,350,000, 2,295,000 and 6,805,000 employee options were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as their effects would have been anti-dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

16. COMMITMENTS

 

Capital commitments

 

As of December 31, 2011, commitments outstanding for the purchase of property, plant and equipment approximated $94,467,740.

 

Lease commitments

 

The Group has operating lease commitments principally for its plant and office of Nanjing Daqo. The lease expense was $nil, $32,136 and $612,856 for the year ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31

  

2012

   $ 487,058   

2013

     487,058   

2014

     487,058   

2015

     487,058   

2016 and later

     852,351   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,800,583   
  

 

 

 

 

17. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITY

 

The equity interests in Daqo New Material, the VIE, are funded by Daqo Group. Daqo New Material was structured to acquire land use rights and to erect certain facilities for the future use of the Group.

 

The lease agreement with the VIE is structured such that Chongqing Daqo protect Daqo Group from potential losses from Daqo New Material. As a result of this agreement, Chongqing Daqo is the primary beneficiary of Daqo New Material. Lease income and expenses and associated receivables and payables are eliminated upon consolidation as intercompany transactions. Net income of the VIE is reflected as an adjustment to noncontrolling interest. The Company relies on the lease agreements with Daqo New Material for material property, plant and equipment necessary for production. If Daqo New Material fails to perform or terminates the lease agreement for any reason, including, for example, due to its breach of the agreement or the unavailability of any required governmental approvals, or if it refuses to extend or renew the lease agreement when the agreement expires, and the Company cannot find an immediately available alternative source for leasing similar property, plant and equipment, then the Company’s ability to carry on the operations will be impaired. If Daqo New Material fails to perform its obligations, the Company may need to initiate legal procedures to enforce the agreement.

 

The VIE is principally engaged in leasing all its assets for use in the Group’s operations. Total assets, liabilities, net revenues, operating costs and expenses and net income of the VIE are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2010      2011  

Cash

   $ 23,149,850       $ 1,006,246   

Property, plant and equipment

   $ 171,998,285       $ 170,199,299   

Prepaid land use rights

   $ 6,544,471       $ 6,703,454   

Total Assets

   $ 203,931,862       $ 193,774,946   

Payable for property, plant and equipment

   $ 1,739,404       $   

Long-term borrowings, including current portion

   $ 68,157,900       $ 52,334,370   

Total Liabilities

   $ 71,004,182       $ 52,926,950   

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2009     2010      2011  

Revenues

   $ 11,623,287      $ 16,637,925       $ 16,852,928   

Operating costs and expenses

   $ 12,522,251      $ 16,043,237       $ 15,262,768   

Net income (loss)

   $ (898,964   $ 594,688       $ 1,590,160   

 

F-35


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

18. SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The Group’s chief operating decision maker has been identified as the chief executive officer, who reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. Following the further expansion of module business and entering into the wafer business in 2011, the Group operated and viewed its performance in three segments, the following tables summarized the Company’s revenue and cost generated from different revenue streams. The prior year segment information has been restated to be consistent with the current year reportable segments. Substantially all of its revenues are derived in the PRC. The Group’s long-lived assets and operations are substantially all located in the PRC.

 

The following table summarized the Group’s revenue by segment:

 

Year ended December 31, 2009

   Polysilicon      Module     Wafer     Elimination     Total  

Revenue - External

   $ 111,193,477       $      $      $      $ 111,193,477   

Cost

     69,251,610                              69,251,610   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 41,941,867       $      $      $      $ 41,941,867   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

   Polysilicon      Module     Wafer     Elimination     Total  

Revenue - External

   $ 217,921,352       $ 13,983,833      $ 10,780,339      $      $ 242,685,524   

Revenue - Intersegment

                    24,113,136        (24,113,136       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     217,921,352         13,983,833        34,893,475        (24,113,136     242,685,524   

Cost

     113,910,595         14,330,881        27,546,044        (19,303,593     136,483,927   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

   $ 104,010,757       $ (347,048   $ 7,347,431      $ (4,809,543   $ 106,201,597   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

   Polysilicon      Module     Wafer     Elimination     Total  

Revenue - External

   $ 218,915,487       $ 29,082,384      $ 7,834,147      $        $ 255,832,018   

Revenue - Intersegment

     3,629,075                3,487,443        (7,116,518       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     222,544,562         29,082,384        11,321,590        (7,116,518     255,832,018   

Total Cost

     127,894,535         31,099,348        17,548,029        (6,818,938     169,722,974   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

   $ 94,650,027       $ (2,016,964   $ (6,226,439   $ (297,580   $ 86,109,044   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The following customers accounted for 10% or more of revenues:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Customer A

   $ 31,431,284      $ 33,763,866      $ 28,219,079   

Customer I

   $ 14,754,184      $      $   

Customer K

   $ 13,413,152     $      $  

Customer D

   $     $ 30,273,322      $ 27,214,590   

Customer F

   $     $     $ 33,140,475   

Customer C

   $      $     $ 28,570,338   

 

*   Represents less than 10%

 

F-36


Table of Contents

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

 

19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

  (a)   On January 9, 2012, the Company modified the exercise price for a total number of 6,520,000 options granted in 2009 and 2010 to $0.42, in order to provide appropriate incentives to the relevant employees and executive officers of the Company. The fair value of the options under revised terms for two batches granted on October 31, 2009 and October 6, 2010, is $0.22 and $0.23, respectively. The Company is assessing the financial impact of the modification of the exercise price.

 

  (b)   On January 9, 2012, the Company granted options to acquire 300,000 ordinary shares to independent directors pursuant to the Option Plan. Thirty percent (30%) of the ordinary shares subject to the Option Plan will vest one year following the grant date, thirty percent (30%) of the options will vest on the second year of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining forty percent (40%) of the ordinary shares subject to the options will vest in the third anniversary of the vesting commencement date. These options were granted in anticipation of services to be provided during the respective service periods. The exercise price is $0.42.

 

At the same time, the Company granted options to acquire 890,000 ordinary shares to certain officers and employees pursuant to the Option Plan. Twenty-five percent (25%) of the ordinary shares subject to the Option Plan will vest one year following the grant date, and the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the ordinary shares subject to the option will vest in thirty-six equal installments over the next three years. These options were granted in anticipation of services to be provided during the respective service periods. The exercise price is $0.42.

 

  (c)   On March 8, 2012, Chongqing Daqo renewed a one-year short-term loan with China Everbright Bank. The borrowing is restricted to the purchase of fixed assets, land use right, payment for electricity fees and rental expenses of the manufacturing plant. The borrowing amount is $15.9 million (RMB 100 million) and the interest rate is fixed at 7.216%. The borrowing is guaranteed by Daqo Group, Mr Guangfu Xu and Mr Xiang Xu.

 

  (d)   On April 20, 2012, Chongqing Daqo renewed a one-year short-term loan with China Construction Bank. The borrowing is for general working capital purposes. The borrowing amount is $15.9 million (RMB 100 million) and the interest rate is fixed at 6.56%. The borrowing is guaranteed by Daqo Group, Mr Guangfu Xu and Mr Xiang Xu.

 

  (e)   On April 20, 2012, Chongqing Daqo signed a one-year short-term loan with China Everbright Bank, which is for working capital purposes. The borrowing amount is $6.3 million (RMB 40 million) and interest rate is fixed at 7.216%. The loan is guaranteed by Daqo Group, Mr Guangfu Xu and Mr Xiang Xu.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

BALANCE SHEET

 

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 42,377,021       $ 3,291,387   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     420,499         562,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     42,797,520         3,853,887   

Investments in subsidiaries, net

     221,647,552         307,534,867   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 264,445,072       $ 311,388,754   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES

     

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 916,531       $   

Amount due to related party

             210,523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     916,531         210,523   

Amount due to related party

     47,542           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     964,073         210,523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

EQUITY

     

Ordinary shares ($0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2010 and 2011; 175,714,103 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2011)

     17,571         17,571   

Additional paid in capital

     140,305,556         142,511,581   

Retained earnings

     116,881,004         150,204,956   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     6,276,868         18,444,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     263,480,999         311,178,231   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   $ 264,445,072       $ 311,388,754   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

OPERATING EXPENSES

      

General and administrative

   $ (414,210   $ (3,791,827 )   $ (2,355,174 )

Research and development

     (14,500     (96,827 )     (75,508
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (428,710     (3,888,654 )     (2,430,682 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS FROM OPERATION

     (428,710     (3,888,654 )     (2,430,682 )

Interest expenses

     (70,715 )              

Interest income

                   24,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS BEFORE SHARE OF RESULTS OF SUBSIDIARIES

     (499,425 )     (3,888,654 )     (2,405,830 )

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     31,334,427        72,459,911        35,729,782   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME

   $ 30,835,002      $ 68,571,257      $ 33,323,952   

Deemed dividend on Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

     (702,740 )     (3,300,000 )       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Daqo New Energy Corporation ordinary shareholders

   $ 30,132,262      $ 65,271,257      $ 33,323,952   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     53,151        5,659,570        12,167,255   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

     53,151        5,659,570        12,167,255   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 30,888,153      $ 74,230,827      $ 45,491,207   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

     Ordinary shares      Subscription
receivable
    Additional
paid in capital
     Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
     Total      Comprehensive
income
 
     Number      $                                          

Balance at January 1, 2009

     100,000,000       $ 10,000       $ (10,000  )   $       $ 21,477,485      $ 564,147       $ 22,041,632      

Net income

                                    30,835,002                30,835,002       $ 30,835,002   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                           53,151         53,151         53,151   

Share-based compensation

                            258,583                        258,583      

Deemed dividend on Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

                                    (702,740 )             (702,740 )   

Capital contribution from ordinary shareholders

                     10,000                               10,000      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     100,000,000         10,000                258,583         51,609,747        617,298         52,495,628         30,888,153   
                     

 

 

 

Net income

                                    68,571,257                68,571,257         68,571,257   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                           5,659,570         5,659,570         5,659,570   

Deemed dividend on Series A convertible

                            1,614,756                        1,614,756      

redeemable preferred shares

                                    (3,300,000 )             (3,300,000 )   

Conversion of series A convertible redeemable preferred shares into ordinary shares

     29,714,103         2,971                58,899,769                        58,902,740      

Issuance of ordinary shares upon in the initial public offering (net of commission and issuance cost of $7,862,952)

     46,000,000         4,600                79,532,448                        79,537,048      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     175,714,103         17,571                140,305,556         116,881,004        6,276,868         263,480,999         74,230,827   
                     

 

 

 

Net income

                                    33,323,952                33,323,952         33,323,952   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                           12,167,255         12,167,255         12,167,255   

Share-based compensation

                            2,206,025                        2,206,025      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     175,714,103       $ 17,571       $      $ 142,511,581       $ 150,204,956      $ 18,444,123       $ 311,178,231       $ 45,491,207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In U.S. dollars)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net income

   $ 30,835,002      $ 68,571,257      $ 33,323,952   

Share of results of subsidiaries

     (31,334,427 )     (72,459,911 )     (35,729,782

Share-based compensation

     258,583        1,614,756        2,206,025   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1,843,779     1,603,280        (142,001

Changes in other current liabilities

     2,001,279        (1,084,748 )     (916,531 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (83,342 )     (1,755,366 )     (1,258,337
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Capital contributed to subsidiaries

     (49,990,000 )     (33,199,062 )     (37,990,278 )

Receivable from investees

                   162,981   

Advance paid to investees

     (180,000 )              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used in investing activities

     (50,170,000 )     (33,199,062 )     (37,827,297 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from the issuance of Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

     55,000,000                 

Issuance expenses paid for the Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

     (100,000 )              

Repayment of bank borrowings

     (6,000,000 )              

Proceeds from other borrowing

     6,230,000                 

Repayment of other long-term borrowings

            (7,130,000       

Cash proceeds from issuance of ordinary share

            80,982,000          

Issuance cost of ordinary shares

            (1,444,953       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by financing activities

     55,130,000        72,407,047          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     4,876,658        37,452,619        (39,085,634

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     47,744        4,924,402        42,377,021   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

   $ 4,924,402      $ 42,377,021      $ 3,291,387   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of non-cash financing activities:

      

Conversion of Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

   $      $ 58,902,740      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

DAQO NEW ENERGY CORP.

Notes to Schedule I

 

1.   Schedule I has been provided pursuant to the requirements of Rule 12-04(a) and 5-04(c) of Regulation S-X, which require condensed financial information as to the financial position, changes in financial position and results of operations of a parent company as of the same dates and for the same periods for which audited consolidated financial statements have been presented when the restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiaries exceed 25 percent of consolidated net assets as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.

 

2.   The condensed financial information of Daqo New Energy Corp has been prepared using the same accounting policies as set out in the accompanying consolidated financial statements except that the equity method has been used to account for investments in its subsidiaries.

 

3.   Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted. The footnote disclosures contain supplemental information relating to the operations of the Company and, as such, these statements should be read in conjunction with the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company.

 

4.   As of December 31, 2011, there were no material contingencies, significant provisions of long-term obligations, mandatory dividend or redemption requirements of redeemable stocks or guarantees of the Company, except for those which have been separately disclosed in the Consolidated Financial Statement, if any.

 

*    *    *    *    *    *

 

F-42

Exhibit 4.22

English Translation

Loan Contract for Fixed Assets

No.: JDC2011003

Borrower : Xinjiang Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd

Business License No.: 650000410003977

Legal Representative/Person in Charge: Guangfu Xu

Domicile: No. 2-13, 37 Bei Si Rd (E), 56 Residential Quarters, Shihezi Economic Development Zone, Xinjiang

Post code: 832000

Account-opening financial institution and A/C: Bank of China, Bei Er Rd Sub-branch, 108217634297

Tel: 0993-2706022 , Fax: 0993-2706022

Lender : Bank of China Limited , Shihezi Branch

Legal Representative/Person in Charge: Shuodong Wang

Domicile: 163 Bei Si Rd, Shihezi city, Xinjiang

Post code: 832000

Tel: 0993-2013635 , Fax: 0993-2083605

The Borrower and the Lender agree to enter into this Contract after equitable negotiations on the Lender’s issuance of the fixed assets loan to the Borrower.

Article 1: Amount of the Loan

Currency: Renminbi

 

Amount of the loan:    (in words): nine hundred and eighty million ;
   (in numbers): ¥980,000,000 .

Article 2: Term of the Loan

Term of the loan: seventy-two months, commencing from the actual loan withdrawal date; in case of withdrawal by installments, then the term shall commence from the first actual withdrawal date.

The Borrower shall withdraw the loan in strict accordance with the agreed withdrawal date; even if the actual withdrawal occurs later than the agreed withdrawal date, the Borrower shall still repay the loan on the repayment date agreed herein.

Article 3: Purpose of the Loan

Purpose of the loan: for the construction of 250MW silicon chip and ancillary project .

Without the Lender’s written consent, the Borrower shall not change the purpose of the loan, including, but without limitation, the Borrower shall not use the loan for investment of stocks and other securities or any projects prohibited by any laws, regulations, supervisory rules or state policies or any projects not duly approved, or any projects or purposes for which a bank loan is prohibited to be used.

 

1


Article 4: Interest Rate of the Loan, the Calculation and Settlement of the Interest

 

1 Interest Rate of the Loan

The loan interest rate shall adopt [(2)] manner as follows:

 

(1) Fixed interest rate, at an annual rate of          /          %. The interest rate will remained unchanged throughout the term of the loan.

 

(2) Floating interest rate, the calculation of which will start from the actual withdrawal date (the first actual withdrawal date in case of withdrawal in installments). The interest rate will be re-priced every 3 -month floating period, and such re-pricing date shall be the first day of the next floating period, which is the same day of the re-pricing month as the interest calculation commencement day; if there is no such same day in such month, the re-pricing day shall be the last day of such month.

With respect to each withdrawal:

Floating rate of RMB-denominated loan:

 

  A The interest rate of the initial period (from the actual withdrawal day to the expiry day of the current floating period) shall be 5% above the benchmark interest rate of five-year-above loan published by PBOC on the actual withdrawal day;

 

  B On the re-pricing day, the interest rate shall, together with other withdrawal, be re-priced at 5% above the benchmark interest rate of five-year-above loan published by PBOC on the re-pricing day; such re-priced interest rate shall be used as the applicable rate of the corresponding floating period.

 

2 Interest Calculation

The interest shall start to be calculated from the actual withdrawal day, and on the basis of the actual withdrawal amount and number of days when the loan funds are occupied

Formula for interest calculation: interest=principal*actual number of days*daily interest.

The basis for the calculation of daily interest shall be 360 days a year with the formula: daily interest=annual interest/360.

 

3 Means of Interest Settlement

The Borrower will settle the interest in the following [(1)] manner:

 

(1)

quarterly settlement: 20 th of the last month of each quarter as interest settlement day, 21 st as the interest payment day.

 

(2)

monthly settlement: 20 th of each month as interest settlement day, 21 st as the interest payment day.

If the last-period repayment day of the principal does not fall on a interest payment day, then such last-period repayment day of the principal shall become the interest payment day, on which the Borrower shall pay off the payable interest in full.

 

4 Punitive Interest

 

(1) In case the Borrower fails to repay the loan on schedule or fails to use the loan for the purpose agreed herein, an punitive interest will be charged at the punitive interest rate provided in this Article for the overdue part or the part of the loan that fails to be used for the purpose intended herein, from the day when the repayment starts to be overdue or the day when the purpose fails to be observed up till the principal and interest have both been repaid in full.

 

2


In case the overdue repayment and the failure to use the loan for the intended purpose occur at same time, the higher of the punitive interest rate shall prevail.

 

(2) In case the Borrower fails to pay the interest and punitive interest on schedule, a compound interest will be charged based on the punitive interest rate and settled in the manner agreed in the above Paragraph 3 of this Article.

 

(3) Punitive interest rate

Punitive interest rate for the floating interest rate loan

The punitive interest rate is to be floated at a floating period and in the manner agreed in Paragraph 1 of this Article. The punitive interest rate of overdue repayment is an additional 50% based on the applicable floating interest rate, and the punitive interest rate for failure to use the loan for the intended purpose shall be an additional 100% based on the applicable floating interest rate.

Article 5: Conditions for Loan Withdrawal

The Borrower must satisfy the following conditions for its withdrawal of the loan:

 

1 This Contract and its exhibits shall have come into effect;

 

2 The Borrower shall have provided the lender in advance with the Borrower’s documents, notes and receipts, stamp, list of personnel, signature samples in connection with the formation and performance of this Contract, and have properly filled out the relevant vouchers and proofs;

 

3 The Borrower shall have opened the necessary accounts for the performance of this Contract as required by the Lender;

 

4 The Borrower shall have submitted to the Lender the written withdrawal request and the relevant documents proving the purpose of the loan and have handled the relevant withdrawal procedures 15 bank business days before the withdrawal:

The proving materials to be submitted by the Borrower shall include:          /          .

The abovementioned proving materials shall satisfy the following requirements:          /          .

 

5 The Borrower shall have submitted to the Lender the resolution and power of attorney rendered by its Board of Directors or other competent authorities to approve the execution and performance of this Contract;

 

6 The capital funds of the same proportion as the loan planned shall have been fully in place, and the actual progress of the project matches the amount already invested;

 

7 For the fixed assets investment projects of large investment amounts, high professional and technical requirements and with installment payments according to the project progress, the Lender may require the Borrower to provide a written document confirming the project progress and quality that incorporates the signatures of supervision, assessment, quality inspection and other third parties as well.

 

3


8 The Borrower shall have provide a guarantee as required by the Lender, and the guarantee contract shall have taken into effect and completed the statutory approvals, registrations or record filing procedures; and

 

9 Other conditions for loan withdrawal as required by the laws and agreed between the Parties:          /          .

Should the above conditions fail to be satisfied, the Lender may refuse the withdrawal request of the Borrower, unless the Lender agrees to release the loan.

Article 6: Withdrawal Time and Manner

 

1 The Borrower shall withdraw the loan at the time and in the manner specified in the following [(4)] :

 

(1) Withdrawal in one lump sum on the date of          /          ;

 

(2) Complete the withdrawal of the loan within          /          from          /         .

 

(3) Withdrawal in installments according to the following schedule:

 

Time of withdrawal    Amount of withdrawal
/    /
/    /

 

(4) The Borrower may withdraw the loan funds after the Lender consents to the requests by the Borrower for withdrawal in installments according to the project schedule, but the Borrower shall complete the withdrawal no later than July 30 , 2012 .

 

2 For the part that fails to be withdrawn after the said deadline, the Lender may refuse the withdrawal request filed by the Borrower.

In case the Lender agrees to release the loan funds, it shall have the right to charge a commitment fee at the rate of 0.2% of the part for delayed withdrawal; for the part the Lender refuses the release, Lender will also be entitled to charge a commitment fee at the rate of 0.2% of such part.

Article 7: Payment of Loan Funds

 

1 Loan Funds Release Account

The Borrower opens the following account at the Lender as the loan funds release accounts, through which the loan funds will be released and paid. This account is a specific account solely for the release and payment of the loan, and shall not be used for the collection and payment of any other amounts.

Account name: Xinjiang Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd

A/C: 108220951196

 

2 Means of Loan Funds Payment

 

(1) The loan funds shall be paid in a manner stipulated in accordance with laws, regulations, supervisory rules and the provisions of this Contract. The specific means of payment for each single withdrawal of loan shall be confirmed in each withdrawal request; in case the Lender deems a means of payment selected in a withdrawal request not up to the requirements, it may change such means of payment or cease the release and payment of the loan funds.

 

4


(2) Lender’s entrusted payment: the Lender will pay the loan funds to the Borrower’s counterparties of transactions which are in conformity with the purpose agreed herein according to the Borrower’s withdrawal request and payment entrustment.

 

  A In accordance with the relevant rules of China Banking Regulatory Commission (CBRC) and the internal management regulations of the Lender, the Lender’s entrustment payment shall be adopted as the prevailing means of payment for the single payment at an amount exceeding 5% of the total project investment (ie. RMB 99.6 million ) or RMB 5 million (foreign currency to be converted at the exchange rate on the actual withdrawal day, the same shall apply hereinafter). Under the controllable risks, any single payment at an amount smaller than RMB 500,000 may adopt the Borrower’s discretionary payment as the means of payment.

 

  B Other circumstances where the Borrower and the Lender agree to adopt the Lender’s entrusted payment as means of payment:          /              .

 

(3) Borrower’s discretionary payment: after the Lender releases the loan funds to the Borrower’s account at the withdrawal request of the Borrower, Party B will pay such fund by itself to its counterparties of transactions which are in conformity with the purpose agreed herein. Under the circumstances other than those stated hereinabove where the Lender’s entrusted payment shall be adopted, the Borrower’s discretionary payment shall be adopted as the means of payment.

 

(4) Change of Means of Payment: after the withdrawal request is submitted, if changes occur to the external payment of the Borrower that originally uses Borrower’s discretionary payment, which render the conditions specified in Item (2) Paragraph 2 of this Article to have been satisfied, the means of payment shall be changed accordingly. In case of change in means of payment or change in the amount of payment, payee, purpose of the loan and such other information for a payment under Lender’s entrusted payment, the Borrower shall provide the Lender with a statement of change request and re-submit the relevant withdrawal request and relevant transaction materials proving the purpose of the loan funds.

 

3 Detailed Requirements for Entrusted Payment of Loan Funds

 

(1) Payment entrustment. In case the conditions for Lender’s entrusted payment are met, the Borrower shall include a clear payment entrustment in the withdrawal request to authorize and entrust the Lender to pay the loan funds directly to the account of the Borrower’s designated counterparties of transactions which are in conformity with the purpose agreed herein after the loan funds are released to the designated Borrower’s account, and shall provide such necessary payment information as the names of the transaction counterparties as recipient, account of such counterparties and amount of payment.

 

(2) Provision of transaction materials. In case the conditions for Lender’s entrusted payment are met, the Borrower shall, at each time of withdrawal, provide the Lender with its loan funds release account, details of the counterparties’ account as well as the materials proving that the relevant withdrawal is in conformity with the purpose intended herein. The Borrower shall guarantee that all the documents provided to the Lender are true, complete and valid. In case the Lender’s obligation of entrusted payment is unable to be fulfilled in time due to the untrue, inaccurate and incomplete transaction documents provided by the Borrower, the Lender will not assume any liability, and the Borrower’s repayment obligation already accrued hereunder shall not be prejudiced.

 

5


(3) Performance of the Borrower’s Obligation of Entrusted Payment

 

  A Under the mode of Lender’s entrusted payment, after the Borrower submits the payment entrustment and the relevant transaction documents, the Lender will, upon examining and approving the request, pay the loan funds to the Borrower’s transaction counterparties through the Borrower’s account.

 

  B If the Lender finds after examination that the purpose-proving materials and such other relevant transaction documents provided by the Borrower are not in compliance with the provisions hereof or have other defects, it may require the Borrower to supplement, replace, explain or re-submit the relevant materials, and may refuse to release and pay the relevant loan funds before the Borrower manages to submit the relevant transaction documents deemed as qualified and satisfactory by the Lender.

 

  C If the account-opening bank of the Borrower’s transaction counterparty refunds the loan funds back, which leads to the Lender’s failure to pay the loan funds to such counterparty according to the Borrower’s payment entrustment in time, the Lender will not assume any liability, and the Borrower’s repayment obligation already accrued hereunder shall not be prejudiced. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender to freeze the amounts refunded by such account-opening bank. In this case, the Borrower shall re-submit the payment entrustment and such relevant transaction documents as purpose-proving documents.

 

(4) The Borrower shall not evade to adopt the mode of the Lender’s entrusted payment by breaking the entire loan into several sections.

Article 8: Loan Repayment

 

1 Except otherwise agreed between the Parties, the Borrower must repay the loan hereunder according to the [(2)] schedule as follows:

 

(1) The entire loan hereunder shall be repaid on the expiry day of the term of the loan.

 

(2) The loan hereunder shall be repaid according to the following schedule:

 

Date of repayment    Amount of repayment
June 30, 2014    RMB 70 million
December 30, 2014    RMB 70 million
June 30, 2015    RMB 110 million
December 30, 2015    RMB 110 million
June 30, 2016    RMB 150 million
December 30, 2016    RMB 150 million
April 30, 2017    RMB 160 million
October 9, 2017    RMB 160 million

 

(3) Other repayment schedule:          /          .

 

6


In ay need to change the above repayment schedule, the Borrower must file a written request to the Lender 15 bank business days before the expiry of the corresponding loan. Any change to the repayment schedule shall be jointly confirmed by the Parties in writing.

 

2 Except otherwise agreed between the Parties, if the Borrower delays the repayment of both the principal and interest, the Lender shall have the right to decide the repayment sequence of the principal and interest; in case of repayment in installments, if there are multiple installments of loan that are due or overdue hereunder, the Lender shall have the right to decide the repayment sequence of certain installments ; if there are multiple loan contracts that have expired between the Borrower and the Lender, the Lender shall have the right to decide the sequence of the performance of each loan contract.

 

3 Except otherwise agreed between the Parties, the Borrower may repay the loan earlier, but shall notify the Lender in writing 15 bank business days in advance. The amount so repaid earlier shall be first used to repay the loan that becomes mature last, and then repay the remaining loans in reverse chronological order.

The Lender shall have the right to charge a compensation fee at the rate of      /      of the part to be repaid earlier.

 

4 The Borrower shall repay the loan in the following [(1)] manner:

 

(1) The Borrower shall deposit sufficient funds to the following repayment reserve account for repayment of loan no later than 20 bank business days before each installment of principal and interest becomes mature, and the Lender shall be entitled to deduct the amounts from this account on the maturity date of each installment of principal and interest. The Borrower shall not move or use the funds in this account; otherwise, it will deemed as insolvent to repay the corresponding installment of the loan.

Name of repayment reserve account: Xinjiang Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd

A/C: 108217634297

The average deposit amount of the above repayment reserve account shall be          /          .

 

(2) The Borrower shall deposit sufficient funds to the following account for repayment of loan no later than          /          bank business days before each installment of principal and interest becomes mature, and the Lender shall be entitled to deduct the amounts from this account on the maturity date of each installment of principal and interest.

Name of repayment reserve account:          /         

A/C:          /          .

 

(3) Other means of repayment agreed between the Parties:          /          .

Article 9: Guarantee

 

1 The debt hereunder shall be secured in the following manner:

Daqo Group Co., Ltd to provide joint responsibility guarantee and sign the guarantee contract numbered BDC2011003-1 , under which this Contract is the master contract.

Daqo New Materials Co., Ltd to provide joint responsibility guarantee and sign the guarantee contract numbered BDC2001003-2 , under which this Contract is the master contract.

 

7


Jiangsu Daqo Changjiang Electrical Equipment Co., Ltd to provide joint responsibility guarantee and sign the guarantee contract numbered BDC2011003-3 , under which this Contract is the master contract.

Zhenjiang Daqo Railway Equipment Co., Ltd to provide joint responsibility guarantee and sign the guarantee contract numbered BDC2011003-4 , under which this Contract is the master contract.

Guangfu Xu to provide personal unlimited joint responsibility guarantee and sign the guarantee contract numbered BDC2011003-5 , under which this Contract is the master contract.

 

2 In case any events occur to the Borrower or guarantor that the Lender deems may affect its ability to perform this Contract, or the guarantee contract becomes invalid, is revoked or terminated, or the Borrower or the guarantor suffers deterioration of its financial situation or is involved in major lawsuits or arbitration cases, or its ability to perform this Contract may be affected for other reasons, or in case of an default of the guarantor under the guarantee contract or other contracts with the Lender, or the collateral devalues, is damaged, lost seized, which leads to reduced or lost guarantee value, the Lender may require, and the Borrower shall be obliged to provide additional guarantee, add or replace the guarantors and take other measures to provide security to the debt hereunder.

Article 10: Insurance

The Borrower shall undertake insurance with an insurance company accepted by the Lender for the equipment, project construction, cargo transportation and risks during the project operation in connection with the project and trade hereunder. The insurance type undertaken shall be in compliance with the Lender’s requirements and the value of insurance shall not be smaller than the principal of the loan.

The Borrower shall deliver the original copies of the insurance policy to the Lender within 5 days after this Contract comes into effect. Before the principal, interest and costs of the loan hereunder are fully repaid, the Borrower shall not suspend the insurance for any reason whatsoever. If the Borrower does suspend the insurance, the Lender shall have the right to renew the insurance or underwrite the insurance on the Borrower’s behalf and at the Borrower’s expenses. The Borrower shall be responsible for the losses suffered by the Lender due to the insurance suspension.

The Borrower shall notify the Lender in writing within 3 days after it learns or should learn of the insurance accidents, and make claims to the insurer in time according to the relevant stipulations of the insurance policy; any losses suffered by the Lender due to the Borrower’s failure to notify the Lender or failure to make claims in time or failure to perform the obligations under the insurance policy shall be borne by the Borrower.

Except otherwise agreed herein, the proceeds of the insurance claims shall be first used to repay the principal, interest and other payable costs of the loan.

Article 11: Representations and Commitments

 

1 The Borrower represents that:

 

(1) it has been duly ratified and registered by the administration for industry and commerce or competent authority and is duly existing, and it has the full capacity for civil rights and civil conducts necessary for the execution and performance of this Contract; if the Borrower is a legal person of a new project, its controlling shareholder has sound credit situation without major ill records; it complies with the State requirements for the project to be invested in terms of investor eligibility and business operation eligibility.

 

8


(2) the execution and performance of this Contract is based on the true intention of the Borrower, has obtained legitimate and valid authorization as required by its articles of association or other internal management documents, and will not violate any agreement, contract or other legal documents by which the Borrower is bound; it has obtained or will obtain any and all relevant approvals, permits, record filings or registration necessary for the execution and performance of this Contract.

 

(3) it strictly sticks to the principle of honesty and faith, and all the documents, financial statements, vouchers and other materials it provides to the Lender hereunder are true, complete, accurate and valid.

 

(4) the transaction background against which the Borrower applies to the Lender for business is true, legitimate and not intended for money-laundry or other illegal purposes; the purpose of the loan the sources of the repayment are clear and legitimate.

 

(5) it has sound credit situation, no major ill records and does not conceal from the Lender any events that may affect its and guarantor’s financial situation and ability to perform this Contract.

 

(6) the project and purposes for which the loan is granted comply with the State laws, regulations, supervisory rules and relevant policies with respect to the industry, land, environmental protection, etc, have performed the procedures of law compliance administration, examination and approval and reporting for record for the investment project according to the relevant rules, and are in compliance with the State requirements regarding the capital funds of investment projects.

 

(7) the Borrower and the loaned project reach the State’s environmental protection standards, are not among the enterprises and projects as published and identified by the relevant State authorities to have severe problems of energy consumption and pollution and insufficient reforms, and are free of risks of energy consumption and pollution.

 

(8) Other representations of the Borrower:          /          .

 

2 The Borrower commits:

 

(1) At the request of the Lender, to regularly or timely submit its financial statements (including but not limited to annual, quarterly and monthly reports) and other relevant materials to the Lender; it ensures that it will continuously satisfy the following requirement for financial metrics: the asset-liability ratio during the project construction shall not exceed 80% .

 

(2) To withdraw, pay and use the loan as agreed herein.

 

(3) If the Borrower has entered or will enter into a counter guarantee agreement or similar agreement with the guarantor with respect to its guarantee obligations, such agreement will not jeopardize any of the Creditor’s rights hereunder.

 

9


(4) To receive the credit check and supervision of the Lender and give sufficient assistance and cooperation; from the effectiveness of this Contract to the time when the principal, interest and relevant costs of the loan hereunder are fully repaid, the Borrower agrees to and authorizes the lender to monitor its account opened at the Lender, examine and analyze the construction and operation of the project, etc, and exercise dynamic monitoring on the income cash flow and overall capital flow of the project; the Borrower shall receive and assist with the Lender’s check and supervision on the use of the loan funds (including the purpose of the loan) by means of account analysis, receipt inspection, on-site investigation and such other means, regularly summarize and report the payment and use of the loan funds as required by the Lender on a quarterly basis.

 

(5) To obtain the Lender’s prior written consent to its merger, division, capital reduction, equity transfer, external investment, substantial increase of debt financing, transfer of major assets and creditor’s rights and such other events that may adversely affect the Borrower’s solvency.

In the occurrence of any of the following cases, the Borrower shall notify the Lender in time:

 

  A Amendment to the articles of association, business scope, registered capital or legal representative of the Borrower or the guarantor;

 

  B Change of such operation modes as joint operation, joint venture with foreign merchants, collaboration, contracted operation, restructuring, transformation, planned listing in whatever form;

 

  C It is involved in major litigation or arbitration cases, or its property or collateral is seized, detained or monitored, or a new guarantee is established on the collateral;

 

  D It closes its business, dissolves, liquidates, ceases its business for rectification, is revoked, its business license is cancelled, files (is filed) for bankruptcy;

 

  E Its shareholder, director and existing senior officer is allegedly accused of major cases or economic disputes;

 

  F Default of the Borrower under other contracts;

 

  G It suffers operation difficulty and deterioration of financial situation, etc

 

(6) The repayment sequence of the Borrower’s debt toward the Lender shall precede over the loan granted by its shareholder, and shall not be inferior to its other debts of the same type toward other creditors in priority.

In addition, from the effectiveness of this Contract to the time when the principal, interest and relevant costs of the loan hereunder have been fully repaid, the Borrower shall not repay the loan granted to it by its shareholder.

 

(7) not to distribute dividends or bonuses to its shareholders in any form whatsoever from the effectiveness of this Contract to the time when the principal, interest and relevant costs of the loan hereunder have been fully repaid.

 

(8) not to dispose of its self-owned assets in a manner that may reduce its solvency, and the Borrower commits that its total amount of external guarantee will not be higher than          /          times of its own net assets, and its total amount of external guarantee and the amount of a single guarantee shall not exceed the limits allowed by its articles of association; without the Lender’s consent, the Borrower shall not use the assets constituted by the loan hereunder to provide guarantee for a third party.

 

10


(9) Except for the purpose agreed herein or as agreed by the Lender, the Borrower shall not transfer the loan funds hereunder to an account of the same name or an affiliate’s account.

In case of transfer to an account of the same name or an affiliate’s account, the Borrower shall provide the relevant proving materials.

 

(10) With respect to the loan hereunder, the guarantee conditions, interest rate pricing, repayment sequence and other conditions of loan provided by the Borrower to the Lender shall not be lower than those given to any other financing institutions now or in the future.

 

(11) To handle the procedures of foreign exchange loan registration, ratification of principal repayment and interest payment and other procedures with the foreign exchange administration;

 

(12) Other commitments of the Borrower:  the land use right of the project, the factory buildings and machines, equipment resulting from the project shall not be mortgaged to a third party, and shall be mortgaged to the Lender when they are able to be mortgaged; the Borrower shall not repay the RMB 355.23 million shareholder’s loan before the bank loan for the project has been fully repaid; ƒ if the Borrower’s project proceeds are better than expected, the Lender may require the Borrower to repay the loan earlier than schedule; the Borrower’s project has a construction period of two years, and shall be completed and put into production at the end of 2012. If the total project investment exceeds the budgetary estimates, the Borrower’s shareholders shall finance the shortfall on its own. After the project is put into production, the power consumption for reduction process shall not exceed 60kwh/kg, and comprehensive power consumption shall not exceed 120kwh/kg; the asset-liability ratio during the project construction period shall not exceed 80%; otherwise, the shareholder will be required to invest additional capital funds or increase the shareholder’s loans. If neither of the said measures can be available, the Lender shall be entitled to earlier claim back the loan already issued.

Article 12: Disclosure of the Connected Transaction within the Borrower’s Group

The Parties agree to apply [2] of the following:

 

1 The Borrower does not belong to a group client determined by the Lender in accordance with the Guidelines on the Risk Management of Credit Business for Group Clients of Commercial Bank (the “Guidelines”).

 

2 The Borrower belongs to a group client determined by the Lender in accordance with the Guidelines on the Risk Management of Credit Business for Group Clients of Commercial Bank (the “Guidelines”). The Borrower shall report to the Lender in time about the connected transactions with a value representing above 10% of its net assets, including such information as the connection between the concerned parties, transaction project and nature, amount of the transaction value or the corresponding proportion, pricing policies (including the transaction with zero value or with token value).

 

11


If any of the following occurs to the Borrower, the Lender shall be entitled to unilaterally decide to stop the payment of the loan not yet used by the Borrower and earlier claim back part or all of the principal and interest of the loan: by taking advantage of false contract with the connected party, the Borrower discounts or pledges the bills payable, accounts receivable and other creditor’s rights with no actual trading background to cheat bank funds or credit; the Borrower undergoes major merger, acquisition, restructuring or other process, which the Lender deems may affect the safety of the loan; the Borrower deliberately dodge or invalidate the creditor’s rights enjoyed by the bank through the connected transaction; other circumstances stipulated in Article 18 of the Guidelines.

Article 13: Events of Default and its Handling

 

1 Any of the following events shall constitute or be deemed as an event of default committed by the Borrower hereunder:

 

(1) It fails to perform its obligation of payment and repayment to the Lender as agreed herein;

 

(2) It fails to use the loan funds in the manner agreed herein, or fails to use the loan funds for the purpose agreed herein; or it dodges the adoption of the payment mode of Lender’s entrusted payment by breaking the whole loan into section in violation of the provisions hereof;

 

(3) The representations it makes hereunder are untrue, or it breaches the commitments it makes herein;

 

(4) The circumstances mentioned in Item (5), Paragraph 2 of Article 11 occur, which the Lender deems may affect the financial situation and performance ability of the Borrower or the guarantor, but the Borrower fails to provide a new guarantee or replace the guarantor pursuant to this Contract;

 

(5) The Borrower defaults under the contracts with the Lender or other bodies of Bank of China Limited;

The Borrower defaults under the contracts with the Lender or other bodies of Bank of China Limited; events of default occur under the credit contract between the Borrower and other financial institutions;

 

(6) The guarantor violates the guarantee contract, or defaults under other contracts with the Lender or other bodies of Bank of China Limited;

 

(7) The Borrower terminates the business or undergoes dissolution, revocation or bankruptcy;

 

(8) The Borrower is or may be involved in major economic disputes, lawsuits, arbitration, or its assets are seized, detained or compulsorily enforced, or is investigated by judicial or tax administration or administration for industry and commerce or other administrative authority or is imposed with punishment according to the laws, which has affected or may affect the performance of its obligations hereunder;

 

(9) The Borrower’s main investor or its key management personnel is abnormally changed, missing or is investigated or restricted of personal freedom by judicial authority, which has affected or may affect the performance of its obligations hereunder;

 

(10) The project capital fails to be put in place proportionally or as scheduled, or fails to be made up for during the time period stipulated by the Lender;

 

(11) The project progress lags behind the funds use progress;

 

12


(12) The progress of the project construction seriously lags behind or the project construction costs exceed the budgetary percentage, or the construction and operation environment or conditions of the project experience material adverse changes;

 

(13) The quality of the project construction fails to comply with the State or industrial standards;

 

(14) The Borrower suffers a deterioration of its creditability, or the Borrower’s profitability, solvency, operating performance, cash flow and other financial metrics deteriorates, thus breaking the metrics restrictions agreed herein or other financial agreement;

 

(15) The Lender discovers the circumstances that may affect the financial situation and performance capability of the Borrower or the guarantor when the Lender conducts the annual (ie. once every full year from the effective date of this Contract) check on the Borrower’s financial situation and performance capability;

 

(16) The Borrower violates other covenants about the rights and obligations of the concerned parties hereunder.

 

2 In case of the events of defaults listed hereinabove, the Lender shall be entitled to take one or more of the following steps depending on the actual situation:

 

(1) To require the Borrower or the guarantor to correct its default within the stipulated time period;

 

(2) To lower, suspend or cancel, or terminate the credit line granted to the Borrower in whole or in part;

 

(3) To suspend or terminate, in whole or in part, handling the Borrower’s application for such business as withdrawal of loan hereunder or under other contract between the Borrower and the Lender; to suspend or cancel, terminate the issuance, payment or handling of the loan not yet issued or the trade financing not yet handled.

 

(4) To declare that the principal and interest and other payable amounts of the loan/trade financing amounts not yet repaid under this Contract or other contracts between the Lender and the Borrower shall immediately become mature.

 

(5) To change the conditions for the issuance and payment of the loan according to the Borrower’s credit situation, for example, to lower the threshold amount for adoption of the Lender’s entrusted payment, or to transfer back the loan funds paid by the Borrower in breach of the stipulations.

 

(6) To terminate or dissolve this Contract, wholly or partly terminate or dissolve other contracts between the Borrower and the Lender.

 

(7) To require the Borrower to compensate for the losses suffered by the Lender due to the Borrower’s breach.

 

(8) To deduct and transfer the amounts from the account opened by the Borrower at the Lender and other bodies of Bank of China Limited to repay all or part of the debts owed by the Borrower to the Lender hereunder. The amounts in the account not yet mature shall be deemed as become mature ahead of time. In case the account uses a different currency from that used for the Lender’s business, the amounts shall be converted according to the applicable foreign exchange rate of the Lender at the time of such deduction and transfer.

 

13


(9) To exercise the security interest; to require the guarantor to assume the guarantee responsibly;

 

(10) Other measures deemed by the Lender as necessary and possible.

Article 14 Reservation of Rights

Any Party’s failure to exercise all or part of its rights hereunder, or failure to require the other Party to perform or assume part or all of the obligations or responsibilities hereunder shall not constitute such Party’s waiver of such rights or of such obligations or responsibilities.

Any Party’s tolerance toward the other Party, or extension or delay in exercising its rights hereunder shall not affect any rights it may enjoy according to this Contract and laws and regulations, nor shall it be deemed as the waiver of such rights.

Article 15 Amendment, Modification and Termination

This Contract may be amended or modified in writing after negotiations; any such amendment or modifications shall constitute the indispensable component of this Contract.

Except otherwise stipulated in the laws and regulations or otherwise agreed between the Parties, this Contract shall not terminate until the rights and obligations hereunder have all been completed.

Except otherwise stipulated in the laws and regulations or otherwise agreed between the Parties, the invalidity of any terms hereof shall not affect the legal effect of other terms.

Article 16: Governing Laws and Resolution of Disputes

This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

After this Contract takes effect, any disputes arising from the formation and performance of this Contract or in connection with this Contract may be resolved through negotiations between the Parties. Should the negotiations fail, either Party may adopt the [(2)] manner as follows:

 

1 To submit the disputes to          /          arbitration commission for arbitration in          /          (place of arbitration) in accordance with the arbitration rules of such commission in effect at the time of application for arbitration.

 

2 To file a lawsuit to the People’s Court where the Lender or other bodies of Bank of China Limited exercising rights and performing obligations pursuant to this Contract or single agreements according to the laws.

 

3 To file a lawsuit to the People’s Court of competent jurisdiction according to the laws.

During the period when a dispute is seeking resolution, if such dispute does not affect the performance of other terms hereof, such other terms shall continue to be performed.

Article 17: Exhibits

The following exhibits and other exhibits jointly confirmed by both Parties shall constitute an indispensable component of this Contract and shall be equally effective as this Contract.

 

1 Withdrawal Request (template);

 

2 Loan Receipt.

 

14


Article 18: Miscellaneous

 

1 Without the written consent of the Lender, the Borrower shall not transfer or assign any rights or obligations hereunder to a third person.

 

2 If the Lender needs to delegate the rights and obligations hereunder to other bodies of Bank of China Limited out of business needs, or hand over the loan business hereunder to other bodies of Bank of China Limited to succeed and manage it, the Borrower shall consent to such delegation or handover. Such other bodies of Bank of China Limited authorized by the Lender or succeeding the loan business hereunder shall be entitled to exercise all the rights hereunder and to file a lawsuit to the court, submit to the arbitration body for arbitration or apply for enforcement, in its own name, with respect to the disputes hereunder.

 

3 Without prejudice to other provisions of this Contract, this Contract shall be binding on the Parties and their respective successors and assigns produced according to the relevant laws.

 

4 Except otherwise agreed herein, each Party designates the domicile specified herein as its postal and contact address, and commits to timely notify the other Party in writing of any change that occurs to its postal and contact address.

 

5 The transaction hereunder is carried out based on the respective independent interest of the Parties. If the other parties to the transaction belong to the Lender’s affiliated party or affiliated persons under the relevant laws, regulations and supervisory requirements, neither Party will seek to influence the fairness of the transaction by taking advantage of such affiliated relationship.

 

6 The headings and business names used herein shall serve for convenience in reference only, and shall not be used to construe the terms and the rights and obligations of the concerned parties.

 

7 The Lender shall be entitled to provide the information related to this Contract and other related information of the Borrower to PBOC’s Credit Reporting System and other duly established credit information data base as required by the relevant laws, regulations and supervisory rules. The Lender shall also be entitled to inquire about the relevant information of the Borrower through PBOC’s Credit Reporting System and other duly established credit information data base for the purpose of the formation and performance of this Contract.

 

8 If the withdrawal day or repayment day happens to fall on a statutory holiday, such withdrawal day or repayment day shall be postponed to the first working day after the holiday.

 

9 In case the Lender is unable to perform this Contract or unable to perform according to this Contract due to the changes of the laws, regulations or supervisory rules or the requirements of supervisory authority, the Lender may terminate, or amend the performance of this Contract and the single agreements hereunder in compliance with such changes of the laws, regulations or supervisory rules or the requirements of supervisory authority. In case this Contract is terminated or amended for such reason, which results in the Lender’s failure to perform this Contract or to perform according to this Contract, the Lender shall be exempted from the relevant responsibilities.

 

15


Article 19: Effectiveness of Contract

This Contract shall take into effect upon signed by the legal representatives (persons in charge) or authorized signatories of the Borrower and the Lender and affixed with the official seal.

This Contract is made in six counterparts, one for each Party, one for the guarantor, which shall be equally binding.

 

Borrower: Xinjiang Daqo New Energy Co.,

Ltd (official seal)

  

Bank of China Limited, Shihezi City Branch

(stamp solely for corporate business contrats)

/Seal/    /Seal/
Authorized signatory: /s/ Guangfu Xu    Authorized signatory: /s/ [Authorized Signatory]
September 30, 2011    September 30, 2011

 

16

Exhibit 4.23

English Translation

Contract No.: Wan Zhou Sub-branch Year 2011 Gong Gu Dai Zi No. 2901012011100666

Loan Contract for Fixed Assets

Borrower: Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd

Chongqing Rural Commercial Bank

 

1


Dear client:

With an aim to safeguard your interests, please carefully read the following notes before executing this Contract:

 

1 You have read all the terms hereof and are aware of what they mean;

 

2 You have made sure that the relevant certificates and documents you provide to our bank are true, legitimate and valid;

 

3 You have confirmed that you have the power to sign on this Contract and understood your rights and duties to be assumed after you sign this Contract;

 

4 You have known that you have to undertake the relevant legal liability for any frauds or defaults you committed;

 

5 You will sign of your own accord and perform this Contract pursuant to its terms in good faith and honesty;

 

6 Please use pens, brush pens or signature pens to cleanly fill out those that need to be filled out by you.

If you have any questions with regard to this Contract, you can bring them to our bank before signing it.

 

2


Lender : Chongqing Rural Commercial Bank, Wanzhou Sub-Branch (“Party A”)

Domicile: 99 Taibai Rd, Wanzhou District, Chongqing

Legal Representative/ Person in Charge: Xiaojing Huang

Tel: 023-58156221

Borrower : Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd (“Party B”)

Domicile: 666 Long Du Street, Wanzhou District, Chongqing (inside Salt Chemical Park of Wanzhou District)

Legal Representative/ Person in Charge: Guangfu Xu

Tel: 023-64866666

Party B applies to Party A for a loan and Party B agrees to grant a loan to Party A after examination. In accordance with relevant Chinese laws and regulations, the parties hereby enter into this Contract after negotiations on equality and voluntary.

Article 1: Loan

 

(I) Type of loan: medium and long term loan for fixed assets .

 

(II) Purpose of loan: construction and equipment for 250MW silicon chip project

 

(III) Amount of loan: RMB two hundred and forty-five million five hundred thousand

 

(IV) The loan hereunder is a medium and long term loan (short-term/medium and long term).

 

1 Term of loan: four years , from October 26, 2011 till October 9, 2015 .

 

2 Term of withdrawal: from October 26, 2011 till March 11, 2012 . In case Party B fails to draw down the loan beyond the withdrawal term, Party A may re-determine whether to issue the loan and the conditions for loan issuance according to the actual situation. The detailed schedule of loan use is as follows:

 

(1) On __/__, amount          /          ;

 

(2) On __/__, amount          /          ;

 

(3) On __/__, amount          /          ;

 

(4) On __/__, amount          /          .

 

3 In case the amount of loan, date of loan, withdrawal date, loan interest rate and such other information specified herein fails to match those specified in the loan receipt, the latter shall prevail. The loan receipt is the indispensable component of this Contract and shall be equally binding as this Contract.

Article 2: Loan Interest Rate

Both Parties agree that the interest rate of the loan shall be determined and adjusted in the [(I)] manner as follows:

 

(I) Floating interest rate: 10 % above the base rate. During the loan term, in case of base rate adjustment, the interest rate of the loan shall be adjusted in the [4] manner as follows with no need for Party A to serve extra notice to Party B and the guarantor:

 

1 During the term of loan, if the base rate is adjusted, the loan interest rate shall be adjusted on January 1 of the following year;

 

3


2 During the term of loan, the interest rate of the loan shall remain unchanged;

 

3 During the term of loan, if the base rate is adjusted, the loan interest rate shall be adjusted on the same date of the following year as the adjustment date of the base rate;

 

4

During the term of loan, if the base rate is adjusted, the loan interest rate shall be adjusted on 1 st of the following month ;

 

(II) Fixed rate: the annual rate of      /      % will be adopted during the contract term. During the term of loan, even if the base loan rate of People’s Bank of China (PBOC) is adjusted, the loan interest rate shall remain unchanged.

 

(III) Other manner:          /         

The loan interest prevailing at the issuance of the loan shall be calculated in the above manner based on the base rate for the loan of the same period and at the same level published by PBOC on the account entry date of the loan specified in the loan receipt.

Article 3: Means of Loan

 

(I) The loan hereunder is a loan secured by a guarantee (credit/guarantee). In case a guarantee is provided for the loan, a guarantee contract shall be separately signed.

 

(II) If any event occurs, which Party A deems sufficient to affect the guarantor’s guarantee capability or the value of the collateral, Party B shall provide additional guarantee acceptable by Party A.

Article 4 Account Management

 

(I) Party B opens at Party A an account solely used for the loan issuance (“Loan-Deposit Conversion Account) numbered 2901010120010015262 , for the loan-deposit conversion of the loan issued by Party A to Party B and for Party B’s payment of the loan.

 

(II) Party B opens at Party A a funds gathering account (either a basic deposit account or general deposit account) numbered 2901010120010013168 , for the gathering of the relevant revenue and operating revenue of Party B’s project, and for the external payment under the conditions and in the manner agreed herein.

 

(III) Party B opens at Party A an account solely used for loan repayment (ie. repayment reserve account) numbered __/__, solely used to repay the loan in priority. Party A will transfer loan repayment funds from the abovementioned funds gathering account opened by Party B at Party A to this loan repayment account on a __/__ (monthly/quarterly/semiannual/annual) basis at a rate of __/__% of the revenue and operating revenue of Party B’s project __/__(and/or) at an amount not lower than RMB __/__. The subsidies, special subsidies and depreciation funds, etc acquired by Party B in connection with the loaned project or fixed assets input shall also be transferred into this loan repayment account.

 

(IV) Party B accepts Party A’s monitoring of the abovementioned accounts, and accept Party A’s management and control on the payment of the loan, the funds in the funds gathering account and the funds in the loan repayment account.

 

4


Article 5: Manner of Project Funds getting in place

Party B must get the project funds in place as required in the [(I)] manner as follows and shall transfer the full amount of the project funds to the designated account opened at Party A numbered 2901010120010013168 (either a basic deposit account or general deposit account) for funds payment. If Party B has already input part of the capital funds, such part shall be subject to Party A’s examination and approval, and Party B shall still transfer the full amount of the subsequent capital funds for the loaned project or fixed assets investment to the aforesaid designated account for payment. Party B shall inform Party A in writing and in time of the progress of its input of the capital funds, accept Party A’s monitoring of such account and accept Party A’s management and control on the payment of the capital funds.

 

(I) Party B’s capital funds of the same proportion as the loan planned to be issued by Party A have been fully in place and used together with the loan; the actual progress of the project or fixed assets investment match the amount already invested.

 

(II) Before Party A issues the loan to Party B, Party B has to first get in place the capital funds accounting for      /      % of the total project investment, which shall be used together with the loan; the actual progress of the project or fixed assets investment match the amount already invested.

 

(III)          /         

Article 6: Party B’s financial metrics shall continuously satisfy the following restrictions:

 

(I)          /         ;

 

(II)          /         

 

(III)          /         

 

(IV)          /         

Party A may modify the above restrictions with a 10 working days’ prior notice to Party B.

Article 7: If the amount of Party B’s single payment of the loan hereunder satisfies any of the following conditions, Party B shall provide Party A with the relevant materials before Party A issues the loan.

 

(I) The amount of a single payment exceeds 5% of the total project investment (ie RMB thirty-five million );

 

(II) The amount of a single payment exceeds RMB 5 million;

 

(III)          /          ;

 

(IV)          /         

In any of the above circumstances, the materials to be provided by Party B to Party A shall include:

 

(I) The transaction documents between the Borrower and the payee of its loan funds, including: commercial contracts, orders or copies of invoices

 

(II)          /          ;

 

(III)          /          ;

 

5


(IV) Other materials required by Party A.

Article 8: The materials provided by Party B to Party A shall satisfy the following requirements:

 

(I) Legitimate, true, complete, accurate and valid;

 

(II)          /          ;

 

(III)          /          ;

 

(IV) Other requirements raised by Party A.

Article 9: Party A’s Entrusted Payment

 

(I) Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes and entrusts Party A to pay any single payment of the loan hereunder with an amount that satisfies either (I) or (II) of Article 7 hereof, which is to say, after Party A’s examination and consent, Party A will make such payment to Party B’s counterparties of transactions which are in conformity with the purpose agreed herein through Party B’s Loan-Deposit Conversion Account. Party B shall not pay such funds to its transaction counterparties by itself.

 

(II) Under the mode of Party A’s entrusted payment, Party A will conduct a pro forma review on the amount of payment, time of payment, payee, means of payment and handling account and such other information according to the materials provided by Party B, but such review shall not mean Party A’s involvement in any disputes between Party B and its transaction counterparties or a third party, nor does it mean Party A needs to assume responsibilities and duties for Party B. Any losses suffered by Party A due to the entrusted payment shall all be compensated by Party B.

 

(III) Under the mode of Party A’s entrusted payment, the failure of the loan funds to be successfully paid to the account of Party B’s transaction counterparties due to the mistake documents or information provided by Party B or other similar reasons, or any payment failures, mistakes, delays and other risks, responsibilities and losses not caused by Party A’s fault shall all be borne by Party B. Any losses thus suffered by Party A shall be compensated by Party B.

 

(IV) Under the mode of Party A’s entrusted payment, Party A will pay the funds to Party B’s transaction counterparties mainly according to the remittance proof and cheques submitted by Party B. Except specially required by Party B and consented by Party A, Party A will not adopt the payment by issuing cheques at the deposit bank of the note issuer through same-city note exchange. In this case, if Party A receives such cheque in such means of payment, it will refuse to accept the cheque; if Party B needs to make online payment, Party B must first submit the relevant materials to Party A to get its consent as required by the management of Party A’s entrusted payment mode.

Article 10: Party B’s Discretionary Payment

Discretionary payment mode may be adopted when the amount of Party B’s single payment of the loan hereunder fails to meet the conditions specified in (I) and (II) of Article 7, provided, however, that Party B shall regularly summarize and report the progress of loan funds payment to Party A at Party A’s request. Party A may check and verify whether the payment of the loan is in conformity with the agreed purpose by means of account analysis, receipt inspection, on-site investigation and such other means.

 

6


Article 11: Methods of Loan Repayment

Party B will repay the principal and interest of the loan in the [(III)] manner as follows:

 

(I)

To settle the interest by period and repay the principal when mature: Party B will settle and pay the interest on a _/_ (monthly/quarterly) basis, with the principal and the last period of interest to be repaid in one lump sum. The date of settlement is the 20 th of each _/_ (month/last month of a quarter).

 

(II) To repay the principal and pay the interest in one lump sum: Party B will repay the principal and pay the interest in full amount on the day the loan becomes mature.

 

(III) To settle the interest by period and repay the principal by installments:

 

1

To settle the interest by period: Party B will settle and pay the interest on a monthly (monthly/quarterly) basis, with the date of settlement is the 20 th of each month (month/last month of a quarter).

 

2 To repay the principal by installments:

 

(1)

From 2 nd quarter, 2012 to 1 st quarter, 2013, to repay the principal not less than RMB 20 million each quarter, which is not less than RMB 80 million in total;

 

(2)

From 2 nd quarter, 2013 to 1 st quarter, 2014, to repay the principal not less than RMB 25 million each quarter, which is not less than RMB 100 million in total;

 

(3)

From 2 nd quarter, 2014 to before the maturity date of the loan, to repay the remaining principal in full in at least two times of payment per year.

 

(IV) To repay the principal and interest in equal amounts: Party B shall repay the principal and interest in equal amounts each month.

Monthly repaid mount=principal*monthly interest rate*(1 + monthly interest rate) number of months of loan /[(1 + monthly interest rate) number of months of loan –1]

 

(V) To repay the principal in equal amounts: Party B shall repay the principal in equal amounts each month, with interest decreased each month with the principal.

Monthly repaid mount=principal/number of months of loan + (principal – accumulated amount of repaid principal)*loan interest rate of the current period

 

(VI) Other methods of repayment:              /              .

No matter which of the above means is adopted, if the last repayment date of the principal does not fall on the date of interest settlement, then the outstanding interest shall be settled together with the principal (daily interest rate=monthly interest rate/30).

If the repayment of principal or the repayment of principal and interest in equal amounts are adopted, the following shall also be complied with:

 

1 A repayment period is one month, and the repayment day shall be the same day of the subsequent months as the actual loan issuance day; if there is no such corresponding day in one month, the repayment day shall be the last day of such month, and the repayment day of the last period shall be the maturity day of the loan.

 

7


2 Party B will enjoy a 10-day grace period for payment from the repayment day, and Party B’s failure to repay the loan within the grace period shall not be deemed as default. In case the due amount fails to be repaid at the expiry of the grace period, then the full amount of the unpaid current-period principal and interest of the loan shall be treated as overdue amount. The overdue period shall start to be calculated from the repayment day of the current month, and the punitive interest, penalty and compound interest will be calculated and charged as agreed.

 

3 Party A will serve additional notice in case of any change in the above repayment day and grace period.

Article 12: Means of Loan Repayment

Party B chooses to repay the loan in the [(I)] means as follows:

 

(I) Repayment at the counter: Party B shall go to Party A’s office to handle the repayment.

 

(II) Entrusted deduction for repayment: Party B shall deposit the full amount of the current-period principal and interest into the loan repayment account by the stipulated deadline of the current period. Party B irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct the various amounts in relation to the loan directly from this account, and such authorization will not be subject to an extra power of attorney.

In case of entrusted deduction for repayment, Party B shall make sure that Party A may effectively deduct the amounts by complying with the following requirements:

 

1 During the term of loan, to deposit on time the full repayment amount of the current period into the loan repayment account and guarantee that after deduction, there is still a remaining amount in this account sufficient to satisfy the minimum deposit requirement of this account.

 

2 During the term of loan, if Party B changes its loan repayment account, it shall notify Party A in writing 15 days before the date of the entrusted deduction. The Parties agree that the account cannot be changed until after the new account starts to be used.

 

3 During the term of loan, if Party A is unable to effectively deduct the amounts from the loan repayment account, then Party B shall provide another legitimate and valid account for deduction in time.

 

4 In case the loan becomes overdue and Party B still fails to handle the repayment at the counter, Party B may deposit sufficient amounts in the loan repayment account for Party A to allocate and collect the amounts on the next repayment day. But, Party A will continue to charge punitive interest or penalty for late payment and its compound interest between the deposit day and the allocation day.

Should Party B fail to make the repayment on time, party A may deduct the amounts from other accounts (including but not limited to Loan-Deposit Conversion Account, funds gathering account, etc) opened by Party B at the system of Chongqing Rural Commercial Bank, but such right of deduction shall not constitute an absolute obligation of Party A of deduction. Even if Party A does not exercise this right, it will not be responsible for any bad consequences or records on the side of Party B, such as the punitive interest for late payment.

 

8


Article 13: Party A’s Rights and Obligations

 

(I) To understand the situation of Party B’s production, operation, financial situation, inventory stock, etc, to supervise and check the use of the loan, and to require Party B to provide financial statements and other documents, materials and information on time;

 

(II) To deduct any amounts payable by Party B to Party A arising from this Contract from the deposit accounts opened by Party B at Party A;

 

(III) To issue the loan to Party B in full and on time pursuant to this Contract provided that Party B performs the obligations hereunder.

 

(IV) To disclose Party B’s default to the public if Party B fails to perform the repayment obligation;

 

(V) To keep confidential Party B’s liabilities, financial situation, production and operation that come into Party A’s knowledge, except for Party A’s internal reasonable use or for enterprise credit rating use or otherwise stipulated in laws, rules and regulations.

Article 14: Party B’s rights and obligations

 

(I) To obtain and use the loan pursuant to this Contract;

 

(II) To use the loan in conformity with the purpose stipulated herein, not to occupy or misappropriate the loan and to guarantee the legitimacy of the purpose of the loan;

 

(III) To repay the loan principal in agreed periods and pay the interest on time;

 

(IV) To immediately notify Party A in writing of the occurrence of any events that may cause a change to the credit-debt relationship hereunder, or any other events that threaten its normal operations or materially and adversely affect its payment obligation hereunder, including but not limited to production stoppage, closure, close-down, bankruptcy, revocation or cancellation of its production and sale permit and business license, investigation and punishment of alleged illegal acts; illegal activities of its legal representative or main person in charge, occurrence of major safety liability accidents, involvement in significant lawsuits, serious difficulty in production and operations, deterioration of financial situation, etc; and to implement the repayment measures accepted by Party A;

 

(V) To immediately notify Party A in writing of any events that deprive the guarantor hereunder in whole or in part of the guarantee capability corresponding to the loan, including but not limited to production stoppage, closure, deregistration, bankruptcy, involvement in lawsuit or arbitration, administrative punishment imposed and loss suffering, etc, or any events that cause the decrease of the collateral for mortgage, collateral for pledge and pledge rights as the guarantee of the loan hereunder; and to provide other guarantee accepted by Party A.

 

(VI) To notify Party A in writing 15 days in advance about any changes to Party B’s registered information during the term of the loan, including but not limited to name, registered capital, legal representative, legal address, business scope, etc.

 

(VII) Party B is willing to bear the costs of insurance, transport, appraisal, registration, safekeeping, authentication, notarization, etc in connection with this Contract and the guarantees hereunder.

 

9


(VIII) After party A releases the loan funds to Party B’s Loan-Deposit Conversion Account, any risks, responsibilities and losses arising from the loan funds being frozen or deducted by competent authority shall be assumed by Party B. Any losses thus suffered by Party A shall be compensated by Party B.

 

(IX) Party B shall not retreat its project capitals in advance before the principal and interest of the loan hereunder have been fully repaid; without Party A’s consent, Party B shall not sell its significant corporate assets (except for repaying the loan granted by Party A), or provide guarantee for others on the project assets; during the term of loan, Party B shall not distribute its dividends until the loan has been repaid according to the installment repayment schedule (Party B shall not distribute its dividends to its shareholders/ Party B shall not distribute its dividends until the loan has been repaid according to the installment repayment schedule).

Article 15: Party B commits to Party A that:

 

(I) the project and purpose for which the loan is granted are in compliance with the requirements of laws and regulations;

 

(II) it will, strictly at Party A’s request, provide Party A on time or regularly with its financial statements and the legitimate, true, complete, accurate and valid documents with regard to the accounts receivable, accounts payable, inventory breakdown, project progress and operation and such other detailed information;

 

(III) it will diligently and actively assist party A in loan payment management, after-loan management and relevant checks on the loan;

 

(IV) it will timely notify Party A of the occurrence of any significant events that will adversely affect its ability to repay the loan, and will implement the repayment measures accepted by Party A;

 

(V) it will not dodge Party A’s entrusted payment by breaking the whole payment into parts;

 

(VI) during the course of project construction, any major adjustments to the construction plan or project budgetary estimates shall be notified to Party A in writing before such adjustment takes place (subject to Party A’s consent/ notified to Party A in writing before the adjustment takes place);

 

(VII) during the term of loan, the merger, division, shareholding change or equity transfer, change of contracting, lease or other operation mode, assignment or sale of major assets, equity pledge, external investment, external guarantee, material increase of debt financing, new construction projects and such other significant events must be notified to Party A in writing before implementation (subject to Party A’s consent/notified to Party A in writing before implementation), and such events may be carried out only after the loan debt has been arranged and the corresponding guarantee has been provided or the loan risk control measures accepted by Party A have been implemented;

 

(VIII)              /              ;

 

(IX)              /              .

 

10


Article 16: Amendment to Contract

 

(I) Upon Party A’s consent, Party B may repay the loan ahead of schedule, provided that:

 

1 the amount to be repaid earlier must be multiple of RMB 10,000.

 

2 Party B shall file the application for earlier repayment in writing and earlier repayment may be allowed only once a month.

 

3 if Party B applies to earlier repay the full amount of principal, the interest shall be calculated and charged according to the interest rate agreed herein, the amount repaid earlier and the actual time of funds occupation from the day following the previous interest settlement day to the actual earlier repayment day. The interest already calculated and collected previously will not be adjusted.

 

4 When repaying the loan earlier, Party B shall first repay the outstanding principal and interest (if any) as well as the due principal and interest of the current period.

 

5 When repayment of principal or repayment of principal and interest in equal amounts is adopted, after the earlier repayment is made, Party B may select “number of periods unchanged, monthly repayment amount reduced” or “monthly repayment amount unchanged, number of periods reduced” according to its needs, the former of which is Party A’s default means of adjustment.

 

6 Party A shall have the right to refuse Party B’s application for earlier repayment.

 

(II) In special cases, if Party B really needs to extend the term of the loan, it shall, with the consent of the guarantor, file a written extension application 15 days before the expiry of the term of the loan. The Parties shall then sign a separate extension agreement after they agree upon it.

 

(III) During the effective term of this Contract, neither Party shall discretionally amend or terminate this Contract. In case an amendment or termination is really in need, both parties shall negotiation to reach consensus and enter into a written agreement.

Article 17: In any of the following cases, Party A may negotiate with Party B about the issuance of a supplementary loan and its payment conditions, decide on its own to cease the issuance and payment of the loan hereunder, and recover the issued loan hereunder ahead of schedule:

 

(I) Party B fails to abide by the stipulations and commitments of account management, goes beyond the agreed restrictions of the financial metrics, or the information contained in the loan application documents is not true;

 

(II) Party B fails to correctly fill out the relevant loan receipts at the time of withdrawal, or fails to provide the corresponding materials as required by Party A;

 

(III) Party B fails to satisfy the withdrawal conditions agreed herein or fails to draw down the loan funds within the stipulated time limit;

 

(IV) Under the mode of guaranteed loan, the guarantee contract fails to take effect or the security interest fails to be established;

 

(V) Under the mode of guaranteed loan, any events that occur to the guarantor deprive the guarantor from the guarantee ability, the collateral is destroyed, damaged, lost or otherwise materially decreases its value, but Party B fails to provide other security accepted by Party A;

 

(VI) Party B fails to repay the principal and interest of the loan as scheduled;

 

11


(VII) Party B’s credit level downgrades;

 

(VIII) Party B fails to pay the loan funds as agreed herein;

 

(IX) Party B’s project progress lags behind the funds use progress;

 

(X) Party b violates this Contract by evading Party A’s entrusted payment by breaking the whole payment into parts;

 

(XI) National policies or supervisory regulations require the suspension or termination of the contract performance;

 

(XII) Other acts in violation of this Contract that Party A firmly believe have been or may be carried out by Party B.

Article 18: Responsibility for Breach of Contract

 

(I) On the conditions that Party B has performed the agreed obligations hereunder, if Party A fails to issue the loan in full amount as scheduled, which brings losses to Party B, it shall pay penalty fines to Party B according to the exact amount of breach and the number of actual delay days. The penalty fines shall be calculated based on the loan interest rate agreed herein.

 

(II) For the loan funds that fail to be repaid within the stipulated time period or fail to be used for the purpose agreed herein, the interest shall be calculated and charged at the punitive interest rate from the day when the loan funds become overdue or begin to fail to be used for the purpose agreed herein until the principal and interest are repaid. For the interest that fail to be paid on time, a compound interest shall be calculated and charged according to the interest calculation and settlement means and the corresponding punitive interest rate agreed herein.

The punitive interest rate for Party B’s failure to repay the loan within the agreed time period shall be an additional 50 % on the loan interest rate; The punitive interest rate for Party B’s failure to use the loan for the purpose agreed herein shall be an additional 100 % on the loan interest rate. The punitive interest rate will be adjusted together with the adjustment to the loan interest rate agreed herein.

 

(III) If Party B fails to draw and use the loan funds in the agreed manner, fails to comply with the commitments, submits loan application documents containing untrue information, goes beyond the agreed restriction of financial metrics, commits major cross violation or violates other obligations hereunder, Party A will charge and calculate the interest rate at the punitive interest rate from the day when Party B obtains the loan until the principal and interest have been repaid. For the interest that fails to be paid on time, a compound interest will be charged and calculated in the interest calculation and settlement means and the corresponding punitive interest rate agreed herein. The punitive interest rate shall be an additional 100 % on the loan interest rate. The punitive interest rate will be adjusted together with the adjustment to the loan interest rate agreed herein.

 

(IV) In case Party A has to realize its creditor’s rights through lawsuit, arbitration and notarization for compulsory enforcement, etc, Party B shall bear the full costs incurred by Party A to realize its creditor’s rights and the corresponding security interest (including but not limited to costs of litigation, arbitration, property preservation, enforcement, assessment, auction, attorney fees, etc)

 

12


Article 19: Dispute Resolution

In case of any disputes arising from the performance of this Contract, both Parties shall negotiate or mediate with each other; in case such negotiation or mediation fails, the Parties shall turn to the [1] manner as follows to resolve the dispute:

 

1 To bring a lawsuit to the People’s Court where Party A is located;

 

2 To apply for arbitration to Chongqing Arbitration Commission;

 

3 After this Contract is notarized by both Parties for compulsory enforcement, if Party B fails to perform or to fully perform the obligations provided hereunder, Party A may apply for an enforcement certificate to the original notary office and apply to the People’s Court of competent jurisdiction (which means the People’s Court of the domicile of the enforcee or the domicile of the enforcee’s property) for enforcement of this Contract with the original notarial certificate and the enforcement certificate, and Party B is willing to accept such enforcement. In any cases where no notarization has been handled or the compulsory enforcement cannot be implemented after notarization, Party A may initiate a litigation directly to the People’s Court where Party A is domiciled.

During the litigation or arbitration, other than the terms under disputes, the other terms hereof shall continue to be performed.

Article 20: Miscellaneous

 

(I) Party B commits that during the term of loan granted by our bank, if the financing interest rate granted by other banks to the Borrower is higher than the base rate of PBOC for the loan of the same period, then the loan interest rate of our bank must also be immediately adjusted to this rate.

 

(II) During the term of the loan granted by our bank, if, according to the calculation of our bank, the proceeds achieved by the Borrower’s current deposits and security deposit at our bank turn out to be less than 20% up on the interest rate of the same-level loan of the same period, the shortfall shall be collected additionally on a quarterly basis in the form of financial consulting fee.

 

(III) If the project investment exceeds the budgetary estimates, the exceeding part shall be financed by the Borrower itself.

 

(IV) After the later 125MW silicon chip project has formed a property right, supplementary mortgage security procedures shall be handled at our bank.

 

(V) This Contract is the concrete commercial contract under the Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract numbered Wan Zhou Sub-branch Year 2011 Gao Bao Zi No. 2901012011300510.

Article 21: Effectiveness of Contract

This Contract shall come into effect upon signed or stamped by the Parties.

Article 22: Counterparts

This Contract shall be made in duplicate , one for each Party, which shall be equally binding.

 

13


Article 23: Exhibits

The exhibits of this Contract shall include but not be limited to:

 

(I) Loan receipt;

 

(II)          /          ;

 

(III)          /          .

Article 24: Notices

Any notices communicated by any Party hereto to the other must be made according to the postal address or telephone number specified herein. In case of any change to the postal address or telephone number, Party B shall notify Party A in writing within 10 days; otherwise, the documents sent by Party A to the address or telephone number provided herein shall be deemed to have been delivered. Any change to Party A’s postal address or telephone number shall be notified to the other party via announcement, online bank, telephone bank and such other means. The postal addresses are:

 

(I) Party A: 99 Taibai Rd, Wanzhou District, Chongqing

 

(II) Party B: 666 Long Du Street, Wanzhou District, Chongqing (inside Salt Chemical Park of Wanzhou District)

Article 25: Reminder

Party A has reminded Party B to fully and accurately understand the terms of this Contract, and has made the relevant explanations at Party B’s request. The Parties share the same knowledge of this Contract.

 

Lender (Party A):( signature and stamp)     Borrower (Party B): (signature and stamp)
/seal/     /seal/
Legal Representative/Person in charge:/s/ [Authorized Signatory]     Legal Representative/Person in charge:/s/ Guangfu Xu
or authorized agent:     or authorized agent: Guangfu Xu

Date of signature: October 26, 2011

Place of signature: Chongqing Rural Commercial Bank, Wanzhou Sub-Branch

 

14

Exhibit 4.24

English Translation

JIANYUYINTUANDUANQI[2011]001

SYNDICATED LOAN AGREEMENT

IN AMOUNT OF RMB200,000,000

Among

Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd.

As the Borrower

China Construction Bank, Chongqing Branch

As the Lead Manager

China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch

China Everbright Bank, Chongqing Branch

As the Lenders

And

China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch

As the Agent Bank

Dated: March 1, 2011


This AGREEMENT, dated March 1, 2011, is made by and among:

 

  (1) Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd. , with its registered address at XianJia Village, Longdu Neighborhood, Wanzhou District, Chongqing, China, and Guangfu Xu as its legal representative, acting as the Borrower (the “ Borrower ”);

 

  (2) China Construction Bank, Chongqing Branch , with its registered address at 123 Minzu Street, Yuzhong District, Chongqing, China, and Li Guo as its legal representative, acting as the lead manager (the “ Lead Manager ”);

 

  (3) China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch , with its registered address at 86 Gaosuntang, Wanzhou District, Chongqing, China, and Li Xuejun as its legal representative, acting as the agent bank (the “ Agent Bank ”); and

 

  (4) China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch , with its registered address at 86 Gaosuntang, Wanzhou District, Chongqing, China, and Li Xuejun as its legal representative, and China Everbright Bank, Chongqing Branch , with its registered address at 123 Minzu Street, Yuzhong District, Chongqing, China, and Pan Xiya as its legal representative, acting as the lenders (each a “ Lender ” and collectively the “ Lenders ”).

(Individually, a “ Party ”; collectively, the “ Parties ”)

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows in good faith through friendly and equal negotiations:

 

1. Terms and Definitions

 

1.1 In this Agreement:

Guaranty Agreement ” means the letter of guaranty dated [•] issued by the Guarantor in favor of and acknowledged by the Syndicate;

Guarantor ” means Daqo Group Co., Ltd., and Xu Guangzhou and Xiang Xu as natural persons;

Financial Year ” means the period between January 1 (inclusive) of a calendar year and December 31 (inclusive) of the same year;

Contribution Ratio ” means, in respect of a Lender, the proportion of the Contribution of such Lender to the Total Contribution;

Contribution Amount ” means the RMB Contribution Amount;

Cost Affected Lender ” means the Cost Affected Lender specified in Article 10.1 hereof;

 

2


Cost Increase Notice ” means the Cost Increase Notice specified in Article 10.1 hereof;

Initial Lender ” means China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch; and China Everbright Bank, Chongqing Branch;

Resigned Agent Bank ” means the Resigned Agent Bank specified in Article 15.9 hereof;

Credit Line ” means the RMB credit line;

Lender ” means the Initial Lender and the Assignee Bank;

Loan Interest Rate ” means, in respect of each drawdown of the Loan Fund in RMB, the loan interest rate per annum specified in Article 5.1.1 hereof;

Loan Term ” means the loan term specified in Article 6.1 hereof;

Loan Fund ” means any principal amount that has been or will be lent to the Borrower under the Credit Line in accordance with this Agreement;

Agent Bank ” means China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch, or the Successor Agent Bank;

Security Agreement ” means Guaranty Agreement or Mortgage Agreement;

Surety ” means Guarantor or Mortgager;

Security Interest ” means any agreement or arrangement for mortgage, pledge, lien, deposit or having the effect or purpose of security (whether made or construed pursuant to PRC laws or not);

Majority Lender ” means one or more Lenders whose loans account for two-thirds (2/3) or more of the Credit Line;

Non-transfer Party ” has the meaning in Article 17.6.1;

Allocation Amount ” has the meaning in Article 8.10.1;

Legal Change Notice ” has the meaning in Article 11.1;

Penalty Interest ” means Overdue Penalty Interest and Misappropriation Penalty Interest;

Interest Payment Date ” means the first business day immediately following the Interest Calculation Date;

Liabilities ” mean any and all kinds of actual or contingent, due or pending payment or repayment obligations of the Borrower as a debtor or guarantor;

 

3


SAIC ” means the State Administration of Industry and Commerce and its branches;

Agreement Currency ” has the meaning in Article 16.4;

Repayment Date ” has the meaning in Article 6;

Successor Agent Bank ” has the meaning in Article 15.9;

Benchmark Interest Rate ” means the RMB Benchmark Interest Rate;

Borrower ” means Chongqing Daqo New Energy Sources Co., Ltd.;

Borrower Counterparty Account ” means the accounts identified in Article 3.2(1) of AnnexIII hereto;

Accounting Standards ” mean PRC laws and regulations and the accounting standards accepted within the PRC;

Interest Rate Determination Date ” means, in respect of each drawdown of Loan Funds in RMB, the day of such drawdown;

Misappropriation Penalty Interest Rate ” has the meaning in Article 5.2.2;

Lead Manager ” means China Construction Bank, Chongqing Branch;

Cancellation Notice ” has the meaning in Article 7.2;

RMB ” means the legal currency of the PRC;

RMB Contribution Amount ” means:

 

  1. in respect of an Initial Lender, the RMB Initial Contribution Amount of such Initial Lender, less such Initial Lender’s portion in the Loan Funds that have been drawn down in RMB, further less such Initial Lender’s portion in any amount cancelled under this Agreement; and

 

  2. in respect of an Assignee Bank, the RMB Contribution Amount assigned to such Assignee Bank under Article 17 of this Agreement, less such Assignee Bank’s portion in the Loan Funds that have been drawn down in RMB, further less such Assignee Bank’s portion in any amount cancelled under this Agreement.

Total Contribution Amount ” means the total of RMB Contribution Amount of each Lender.

Initial Contribution Amount ” means, in respect of each Initial Lender, the initial contribution amount of such Initial Lender set forth under Article 2 hereof;

 

4


Loan Balance ” means the aggregate amount of the Loan Fund that has been drawn down in RMB but not been repaid;

Loan Fund Account ” means the accounts set forth under Annex V hereto;

RMB Benchmark Interest Rate ” means the RMB lending interest rate per annum determined, amended and announced from time to time by the PBOC;

Available Amount ” means Contribution Amount less the aggregate of Loan Fund which has been requested for drawdown in RMB under a Drawdown Notice issued pursuant to this Agreement but yet to be drawn down;

Financing Agreement ” means this Agreement and any Security Agreement;

Effective Date ” has the meaning in Article 26 hereof;

Collecting Bank ” has the meaning in Article 10.8 hereof;

Law Change Affected Lender ” has the meaning in Article 11.1 hereof;

Drawdown Period ” means the period beginning from the Signing Date (inclusive) and ending on the date of six (6) months thereafter;

PBOC ” means the People’s Bank of China or its branches;

Assignee Bank ” has the meaning in Article 17.3;

Taxes ” means any tax, levy, duty, withholding or other similar expenses imposed by tax, fiscal or other administrative agency in any jurisdiction;

Tax Administration ” means State Tax Administration, local tax administration and their branches;

Replacement Interest Rate Notice ” has the meaning in Article 5.3 hereof;

Drawdown Period ” has the meaning in Article 4.1 hereof;

Drawdown Date ” means, with respect to any Loan Fund drawn down in RMB, the day on which such Loan Fund is paid to the RMB Loan Fund Account;

Drawdown Notice ” means, in respect of Loan Fund, a drawdown notice completed and issued by the Borrower pursuant to Article 4.1 hereof;

Prepayment Notice ” has the meaning in Article 7.1 hereof;

Event of Default ” means any event or circumstance described in Article 14.1 hereof;

 

5


Confirmation Letter ” means a confirmation letter substantially similar to Annex II hereof and signed and issued by the Borrower;

Information Memorandum ” means the information memorandum dated July 25, 2010 prepared by the Borrower regarding the working capital syndicated loan of Chongqing Daqo New Energy Sources Co., Ltd.;

Business Day ” means any day on which the business offices of a commercial bank in the PRC is open for business (not including Saturdays, Sundays, and other public holidays);

Syndicate Member ” means the Lead Manager, each Lender and the Agent Bank;

Syndicate Member Account ” means the account of each Syndicate Member set forth under Annex V hereof;

Overdue Penalty Interest Rate ” has the meaning in Article 5.2 hereof;

Payment Currency ” has the meaning in Article 16.4 hereof;

PRC ” means the People’s Republic of China;

Material Adverse Effect ” means any material changes to the Borrower’s assets, financial or operational conditions, which based on the reasonable judgment of the Majority Lenders will cause or is likely to cause material adverse effect on the Borrower’s ability to perform any of its main obligations under this Agreement;

Increased Cost ” has the meaning in Article 10.1 hereof;

Assignment Notice ” has the meaning in Article 17.3 hereof;

Assignment Certificate ” means the assignment certificate signed by the Assigning Bank, the Assignee Bank and the Agent Bank in the form set forth in Annex IV hereof; and

Total Facility ” means the Total Contribution Amount plus Loan Balance.

 

1.2 Interpretation

 

  (1) Headings hereof are for reference only, and shall not be used as interpretation for this Agreement;

 

  (2) Any reference of “asset” shall include its current and future property, income, revenue, intellectual property, trade name and property rights of any type;

 

6


  (3) Any reference of “person” shall include natural person, corporate legal person, public institution, partnership, state, government body, international organization, association, group or any other organizations;

 

  (4) “Continuance” shall be interpreted, with respect to an event of default, as that such event of default has occurred and has not been reasonably remedied, nor be waived by the Syndicate;

 

  (5) Any reference of “month” means the period commencing on any day of a calendar month and ending on the corresponding day or, in case of absence of such corresponding day, the last day of the immediately next calendar month;

 

  (6) Any reference of “suspension”, “dissolution”, “liquidation”, “bankruptcy”, “reorganization”, “settlement” or “consolidation” of any person means effecting the same or similar proceedings in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction where such person is incorporated or conducts its business operations, and “commencing” such proceedings means that such person has passed resolution to or anyone has applied to commence such proceedings;

 

  (7) Any reference of any Party or any other person includes its legal successors and permitted assigns; and

 

  (8) This Agreement, any other agreement or document shall be construed to include itself and any amendment and supplement thereto made in accordance with the terms hereto and thereto.

 

2. Credit Line

The Lenders hereby agree to extend to the Borrower a credit line for working capital loan of no more than RMB Two Hundred Million only (RMB200,000,000) (the “Credit Line”).

The Initial Contribution Amount of each Initial Lender is set forth in Annex I hereto.

 

3. Purpose of the Loan

 

3.1 The Borrower shall use each drawdown of the Loan Fund for ordinary business operation needs.

 

3.2 The Borrower shall use each drawdown of the Loan Fund for such purpose provided in the Drawdown Notice. The Borrower may not alter the purpose of the Loan, including without limitation for stock and other security investment, any project prohibited by laws, regulations, rules or PRC policies, any project subject to approval according to law, any project or purpose for which banking loan is prohibited, or any investment in fixed assets or equity.

 

7


4. Drawdown

 

4.1 Drawdown Notice

 

  (1) The Borrower may draw down the Loan Fund pursuant to the terms of this Agreement within the period from effective date of this Agreement until May 20, 2011 (the “Drawdown Period”).

 

  (2) The Borrower will submit a Drawdown Notice to the Agent Bank pursuant to Article 4.1 of this Agreement prior to its drawdown of the Loan Fund.

 

  (3) The Borrower will complete the Drawdown Notice in the form of Annex III attached hereto, which drawdown Notice will also be signed by and affixed with the common seal of the Borrower.

 

  (4) The Drawdown Notice will provide an expected Drawdown Date which shall be a Business Day within the Drawdown Period.

 

  (5) The Drawdown Notice will provide an amount of the Loan Fund to be drawn down in RMB, which amount will not be more than the Available Amount as of the date of the Drawdown Notice.

 

  (6) The Borrower may not cancel any submitted Drawdown Notice.

 

  (7) Subject to written application by the Borrower and consent of the Agent Bank, the Drawdown Period may be extended but no longer than June 20, 2011.

 

  (8) The Borrower may not submit the first Drawdown Notice unless and until the Agent Bank confirms to the Borrower and the Lenders that the Agent Bank has received all of the following documents, the form and content of which documents are to the satisfaction of the Majority Lenders.

 

  a. The original of the duly signed and effective Financing Agreement.

 

  b. A copy of the Confirmation Letter signed by the authorized signatory of the Borrower, and an original, or a duplicate copy affixed with the common seal of the Borrower or, as appropriate, the Surety, of the following documents:

 

  i. The copy of the current and valid enterprise business license issued by the SAIC to the Borrower and the Surety;

 

  ii. The current and valid shareholders agreement or joint venture contract, as supplemented and amended from time to time, of the Borrower and the Surety;

 

8


  iii. The current and valid articles of association, as supplemented and amended from time to time, of the Borrower and the Surety;

 

  iv. The current and valid enterprise organization code of the Borrower and the Surety;

 

  v. The current and valid state and local tax registration certificate issued by the Tax Administration to the Borrower and the Surety;

 

  vi. The current and valid loan card issued by the PBOC to the Borrower;

 

  vii. The list of current directors of the Borrower and the Surety and the specimen signature of each of such directors and the person in charge of financial matters;

 

  viii. The ID card of the legal representative of the Borrower and the Surety;

 

  ix. The registered capital verification report issued by the Registered Accountant to the Borrower;

 

  x. The resolution adopted at the shareholders/board meetings of the Borrower which:

 

  ¨ . Approves the terms of the Financing Agreement and its execution and performance by the Borrower;

 

  ¨ . Authorizes relevant person to sign the Financing Agreement on behalf of the Borrower;

 

  ¨ . Authorizes relevant person to sign any document and notice relating to the Financing Agreement; and

 

  ¨ . Provides that no repayment for any loan from shareholders and actual controlling person will be made until full repayment of the Syndicate Loan.

 

  xi. The resolution adopted at the shareholders/board meetings of the Surety which:

 

  ¨ . Approves the terms of the Security Agreement and its execution and performance by the Surety;

 

  ¨ . Authorizes relevant person to sign the Security Agreement on behalf of the Surety; and

 

  ¨ . Authorizes relevant person to sign any document and notice relating to the Security Agreement.

 

  xii. The list of authorized signatories of the Borrower and Surety, their ID evidence and signature specimen; and

 

9


  xiii. Approvals from government agency or any other authority required under the Financing Agreement and any transaction thereunder.

 

  c. The document evidencing that all of the fees and expenses payable by the Borrower under Article 16 have been fully paid.

 

  d. The original document evidencing completion of the security registration required under the Security Agreement.

 

  (9) The Agent Bank shall, within two (2) Business Days after receipt of any document specified under Article 4.1.8, provide the duplicate of such document to the Lenders. The Lenders will notify its acceptance or not of such document within two (2) Business Days upon its receipt thereof, and failure to do will be construed as its acceptance of such document. The Agent Bank will provide any comment of the Lenders to the Borrower within five (5) Business Days upon its receipt thereof, and failure to do so will be construed as the Lender’s acceptance of such document.

 

  (10) Within two (2) Business Days after receipt of a Drawdown Notice for Loan Fund, the Agent Bank will forward such Drawdown Notice to the Lenders and concurrently notify the Lender of its Contribution Ratio in such Loan Fund. Each of the Lenders will notify the Agent Bank of its agreement or not to provide such Loan Fund in writing within two (2) Business Days upon receipt of such information. If the Lender decides that the conditions for drawdown provided under this Agreement have not be satisfied, the Agent Bank will immediately notify the Borrower of such decision with a copy to the Lenders.

 

4.2 Conditions precedent to drawdown

Upon satisfaction of all of the following conditions, the Lenders will provide the Loan Fund through the Agent Bank according to applicable Contribution Ratio pursuant to Article 8.1 of this Agreement.

 

  (1)

The Agent Bank receives an original of the Drawdown Notice issued by the Borrower under Article 4.1 of this Agreement no later than 11:00 (Beijing time) on the morning of the 7 th Business Day prior to the expected Drawdown Date provided in the Drawdown Notice.

 

  (2) All of the presentations of the Borrower in Article 12 of this Agreement are true and accurate as of the date of the Drawdown Notice, and remain true and accurate as of the expected Drawdown Date provided in the Drawdown Notice.

 

  (3) The Borrower has provided a document affixed with its common seal evidencing that it has performed the obligations in Article 13.1.7 of this Agreement as of the date of the Drawdown Notice and the expected Drawdown Date provided in the Drawdown Notice.

 

10


  (4) Subject to Article 13.1.9, the Borrower will perform all of its warranties before issuing the Drawdown Notice, for which the Guarantor will issue a letter of guaranty.

 

  (5) There exists no Event of Default.

 

  (6) Under lender entrusted payment arrangement, the Borrower will provide evidence for the purpose of the Loan Fund acceptable to the Syndicate to the Agent Bank before provision of Loan Fund. Under Borrower direct payment arrangement, the Borrower will provide a Loan Fund payment plan acceptable to the Syndicate to the Agent Bank before provision of Loan Fund.

 

5. Interest

 

5.1 The interest rate applicable to each Loan Fund drawn down in RMB shall be the RMB Benchmark Interest Rate published on the Interest Rate Determination Date.

 

5.2 Penalty Interest Rate

 

  (1) If the Borrower fails to make due repayment of any Loan Fund under this Agreement, the amount overdue will be charged at an interest rate which is 50% higher than the applicable loan interest rate from the original due date of such amount until its full repayment (the “Overdue Penalty Interest Rate”).

 

  (2) If any Loan Fund is misused by the Borrower, such amount misused will be charged at an interest rate which is 100% higher than the applicable interest rate from the date of occurrence of such misuse until the date of its termination (the “Misuse Penalty Interest Rate”).

 

  (3) If any Loan Fund is overdue and misused, the higher of the Overdue Penalty Interest Rate or the Misuse Penalty Interest Rate will apply.

 

  (4) Any overdue or misused amount will be charged with compound interest pursuant to relevant provisions of the PBOC.

 

5.3 Replacement Interest Rate

 

  (1) The Agent Bank will notify the Borrower and the Lenders immediately (the “Replacement Interest Rate Notice”) if:

 

  a. No RMB Benchmark Interest Rate is applicable to the Loan Fund drawn down in RMB on its Interest Rate Determination Date; or

 

  b. No RMB Benchmark Interest Rate is published for the Loan Fund drawn down in RMB.

 

11


  (2) Upon receipt of the Replacement Interest Rate Notice and within five (5) Business Days after request from the Borrower or the Agent Bank (subject to decision of the Majority Lenders), the Borrower and the Agent Bank (subject to decision of the Majority Lenders) will immediately negotiate to adjust the Benchmark Interest Rate applicable to the Loan Fund during the Interest Period.

 

  (3) Subject to agreement of the Borrower and the Agent Bank (subject to decision of the Majority Lenders) within the period provided under Article 5.3.2, the Benchmark Interest Rate applicable to the Loan Fund during the Interest Period will be the Benchmark Interest Rate so agreed upon by the Borrower and the Agent Bank (subject to decision of the Majority Lenders).

If the Borrower and the Agent Bank (subject to decision of the Majority Lenders) fail to reach any agreement within the period provided under Article 5.3.2, the Benchmark Interest Rate applicable to the Loan Fund for the period from the issuance of the Replacement Interest Rate Notice by the Agent Bank to arrival of agreement of the Borrower and the Agent Bank (subject to decision of the Majority Lenders) regarding the new interest rate will be the latest RMB Benchmark Interest Rate published by the PBOC before liberalization of the Benchmark Interest Rate.

 

5.4 Interest Payment Date

The interest accrued upon Loan Fund will be paid monthly at the Interest Payment Date, which is the 20 th day of each month.

 

5.5 Interest Calculation

 

  (1) Any interest or penalty interest on any outstanding amount under this Agreement will be accrued daily on the basis of 360 days per annum.

 

  (2) On Interest Rate Determination Date, the Agent Bank will determine the applicable Loan Interest Rate or Penalty Interest Rate pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and notify its determination to the Borrower and each of the Lenders immediately.

 

  (3) The interest on Loan Fund will be accrued on and from credit of the Loan Fund to RMB Loan Fund Account.

 

5.6 Interest Repayment

 

  (1) The Borrower will repay the interest accrued under Articles 5.1, 5.2 and 5.5 of this Agreement on the Interest Repayment Date.

 

  (2) The Agent Bank will notify the amount of interest and penalty interest payable by the Borrower on the Interest Repayment Date to the Borrower no less than five (5) Business Days prior to the Interest Repayment Date.

 

12


6. Repayment

 

6.1 Loan Term

The term for the Loan Fund under this Agreement will be one year (the “Loan Term”), commencing on the Drawdown Date of such Loan Fund and ending on the day immediately before the first anniversary of such Drawdown Date (the “Repayment Date”). The Borrower will repay all of its debts under this Agreement by the end of the Loan Term for Loan Fund.

 

6.2 Repayment

The Loan Fund will be repaid by the Borrower on the relevant Loan Repayment Date.

 

7. Prepayment and cancellation

 

7.1 Voluntary prepayment

 

  (1) The Borrower may prepay all or any of the Loan Fund provided that it has so notified the Agent Bank on less than ten (10) Business Days in advance (the “Prepayment Notice”) and receives prior consent from the Agent Bank (subject to decision of Majority Lenders).

 

  (2) The Prepayment Notice will provide the amount and date of prepayment.

 

  (3) The amount of RMB Loan Balance to be prepaid will be no less than RMB5,000,000.

 

  (4) The prepayment date will be an Interest Repayment Date, and voluntary Prepayment will occur once only during any Financial Year.

 

  (5) Prepayment to any principal will include prepayment to any interest or penalty interest accrued upon such principal.

 

  (6) Any prepaid amount will not be available for drawdown.

 

  (7) The Borrower may not cancel any issued Prepayment Notice, and will make prepayment on the prepayment date specified in the Prepayment Notice.

 

  (8) No prepayment fee will be charged upon the Borrower for its prepayment under Article 7.1.

 

  (9) Prepayment will be made in the reverse order of the maturity of Loan Fund within the relevant Loan Term under Article 6, which means the principal with latest maturity will be repaid first.

 

13


7.2 Voluntary cancellation

 

  (1) The Borrower may cancel any or all of the Total Contribution Amount provided that it has so notified the Agent Bank no less than 30 Business Days in advance (the “Cancellation Notice”) [and receives prior written consent from the Agent Bank (subject to decision of Majority Lenders).

 

  (2) Cancellation Notice will provide the amount and date of such cancellation.

 

  (3) The RMB Total Contribution Amount to be cancelled will be no less than RMB5,000,000.

 

  (4) The cancellation will take effect on the cancellation date specified in the Cancellation Notice, which will be a Business Day during the Drawdown Period.

 

  (5) Upon effect of cancelled Total Contribution Amount, the RMB Contribution Amount of each Lender will be reduced proportionally.

 

  (6) Any cancelled portion of the Total Contribution Amount will not be restored.

 

  (7) The Borrower may not cancel any issued Cancellation Notice.

 

7.3 Voluntary cancellation

Unless otherwise agreed under this Agreement, upon the end of the Drawdown Period, the Total Contribution Amount will be cancelled entirely and automatically, the Contribution Amount of each Lender is concurrently cancelled, and any cancelled Contribution Amount will not be restored.

 

7.4 Mandatory cancellation

The Contribution Amount of the Law Change Affected Lender will be cancelled pursuant to Article 11 of this Agreement.

 

8. Payment Terms

 

8.1 Disbursement of Loan Fund

Each Lender will disburse its portion of the Loan Fund to be drawn down in RMB based on the Contribution Ratio to the Agent Bank RMB Payment Account no later than 11:00 (Beijing time) on the Morning of the expected Drawdown Date specified in the Drawdown Notice.

 

8.2 Payment of Loan Fund

 

  (1) Single drawdown of Loan Fund more than RMB30 million will be made under the Lender entrusted payment arrangement, according to which the Agent Bank will disburse the Loan Fund to the RMB Loan Fund Account according to the Drawdown Notice and payment instruction of the Borrower, and then immediately transfer such Loan Fund to the Borrower Counterparty Account.

 

14


Under the Lender entrusted payment arrangement, the Agent Bank will disburse the Loan Fund no more than the amount paid by the Lenders to the Agent Bank RMB Payment Account.

 

  (2)

Loan Fund may also be made under the Borrower direct payment arrangement, according to which the Agent Bank will disburse the Loan Fund to the RMB Loan Fund Account according to the Drawdown Notice and payment instruction of the Borrower, and then the Borrower will pay out the Loan Fund directly. The Borrower will provide a summary report of Loan Fund payments no later than the 10 th day of each month.

 

  (3) After execution of this Agreement, if the Borrower disintegrates the Loan Fund to be drawn down to avoid Lender entrusted payment arrangement, the Agent Bank may suspend disbursement and payment of Loan Fund.

 

8.3 Repayment by the Borrower

The Borrower will repay any due and payable RMB amount to the RMB Repayment Account opened by the Borrower with the Agent Bank no later than the first Business Day prior to the maturity date provided under this Agreement.

 

8.4 Payment by the Agent Bank

 

  (1) The Agent Bank will pay the Loan Fund it receives under Article 8.1.1 to the RMB Loan Fund Account no later than 4:00 (Beijing time) on the afternoon of the Drawdown Date, and make payments pursuant to Article 8.2.

 

  (2) The Agent Bank will pay the amount it receives under Article 8.3 to the Syndicate Member Account in the order and proportion set forth under Article 8.5 no later than 12:00 (Beijing time) on the morning of day immediately following the date of its receipt of such amount.

 

  (3) Under Lender entrusted payment arrangement, if the Agent Bank fails to perform payment obligations due to untrue, inaccurate and incomplete information provided by the Borrower, the Agent Bank will be held liable and the payment obligation of the Borrower under this Agreement will not be affected.

 

  (4) The Agent Bank will not be held liable for its failure to pay Loan Fund to the Borrower’s counter party due to return of Loan Fund by the bank with the Borrower Counterparty Account, and the payment obligation of the Borrower under this Agreement will not be affected. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Agent Bank to freeze the Loan Fund returned from the bank with the Borrower Counterparty Account; under such circumstance, the Borrower will re-submit payment instructions and other necessary information relating to the purpose of the Loan Fund. Upon review of such information to its satisfaction, the Agent Bank will pay the Loan Fund from the RMB Loan Fund Account to the Borrower Counterparty Account.

 

15


8.5 Order of payment

Any amount received by the Agent Bank under Article 8.3 will be paid in the following order and proportion:

 

  (1) Any agent fee due and payable under Article 16.1and reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Agent Bank in connection with its performance of the Financing Agreement;

 

  (2) Any fee due and payable to the Lenders under Article 16.1 according to the Contribution Ratio of each Lender;

 

  (3) Any interest, including without limitation any compound and penalty interest, due and payable to any Lender in proportion to Loan Balance under this Agreement;

 

  (4) Any principal due and payable to any Lender in proportion to Loan Balance under this Agreement; and

 

  (5) Any other amount due and payable to Syndicate Member in proportion to Loan Balance under this Agreement.

For any loan the repayment of which principal or interest is overdue for more than 90 days or any other loan otherwise required by laws, regulations and rules, it will be repaid by the Borrower, in the order of principal followed by the interest, after its repayment of the fees under Articles 8.5.1 and 8.5.2.

 

8.6 Advance Payment

The Agent Bank is not obliged to advance any payment for any Party hereof.

 

8.7 Payment Currency

Any fee payable under Article 16.1 shall be repaid in RMB, and any other costs, reimbursements and indemnities under Article 17 will be repaid in the same currency of its incurrence.

 

8.8 Set-off

The Borrower may not exercise any set-off right against any of its repayment to Syndicate Member under this Agreement.

 

16


8.9 Non Business Day

 

  (1) If any payment under this Agreement is made on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be postponed to the first Business Day immediately following such day.

 

  (2) The Borrower will pay interest on the principal amount the repayment of which is postponed under Article 8.9.1 at the Loan Interest Rate applicable to such principal prior to its maturity.

 

8.10 Allocation

 

  (1) Unless otherwise agreed in Article 8.10.4, any Syndicate Member (the “Collection Bank”) will inform its receipt of any mount due and payable from the Borrower under this Agreement, other than such payment provided under Article 8.3, to the Agent Bank on the same day of such receipt and immediately transfer such payment to the Agent Bank (the “Allocation Amount”).

 

  (2) Transfer of the Allocation Amount from the Collection Bank to the Agent Bank under Article 8.10.1 will not be construed as completion of repayment obligation of the Borrower.

 

  (3) The Agent Bank will construe the Allocation Amount received under Article 8.10.1 as repayment from the Borrower and pay the Allocation Amount to each of the Syndicate Member Account under 8.4.3 of this Agreement.

 

  (4) Article 8.10.1 is not applicable to:

 

  a. Any amount transferred or indirectly received by any Lender under Article 17;

 

  b. Any amount received by any Syndicate Member in connection with any suit or arbitration of any claim against the Borrower under this Agreement, provided that (i) such suit or arbitration has been notified to the other Syndicate Members, and (ii) the other Syndicate Members do not participated in such suit or arbitration within ten Business Days upon receipt of such notice.

 

9. Taxes

 

9.1 Business and income taxes

Any Syndicate Member will be solely responsible for any and all Taxes imposed on the business income or profit received by the Syndicate Member or any of its branches at the place of incorporation of the Syndicate Member or any of its branches or the jurisdiction where the Syndicate Member or any of its branches is tax resident, including without limitation business tax and income tax.

 

17


9.2 Stamp duty

The Borrower and Syndicate Member will bear their respective stamp duty in connection with this Agreement according to laws and regulations.

 

10. Cost Increase

 

10.1 If any of the Lenders (the “Cost Affected Lender”) incurs or expects to incur one of the following costs (the “Increased Cost”) after the Effective Date due to issue, implementation or change of any applicable laws, regulations and their interpretations, or compliance with requirements of the central bank or any fiscal, tax, financial or other authorities having jurisdiction over such Lender:

 

  (1) Any increase of cost or additional cost incurred by the Cost Affected Lender due to its execution or performance of this Agreement;

 

  (2) Any decrease of any amount received or receivable by the Cost Affected Lender under this Agreement; or

 

  (3) Any increase of cost or additional cost incurred by the Cost Affected Lender due to its participation in providing any Loan Fund, or maintaining or raising its Contribution Amount or its portion in any Loan Fund;

Then, upon its knowledge of such circumstance, the Cost Affected Lender will notify the Agent Bank promptly (the “Cost Increase Notice”), which notice will include detailed description of the cause and basis of calculation for the Increased Cost. The Agent Bank will notify the Borrower of the Cost Increase Notice promptly after its receipt of such notice.

 

10.2 Indemnity

Within ten (10) Business Days upon its receipt of the Cost Increase Notice and upon request from the Cost Affected Lender, the Borrower will pay an amount equal to the Increased Cost through the Agent Bank; provided, however, that the Borrower is not obliged to pay to the Cost Affected Lender any Increased Cost:

 

  (1) Against which the Borrower has been or will be indemnified under any other term of this Agreement;

 

  (2) Which is caused by any change of the rate or base o calculation of the tax imposed upon the business income or profit of any Lender or any of its branches;

 

  (3) Which is caused by the Lender’s failure to compliance with the requirements of the central bank or any fiscal, tax, financial or other authorities having jurisdiction over such Lender;

 

  (4) Which is caused by the downgrade of the credit rating of the Lender; or

 

  (5) Which is caused by any other transaction not provided under this Agreement.

 

18


11. Change of Law

 

11.1 Change of Law Notice

If participation to provide any Loan Fund, or maintaining or raising its Contribution Amount or its portion in any Loan Fund by any of the Lenders (the “Law Change Affected Lender”) is held illegal after the Effective Date directly attributable to the issue, implementation or change of any applicable laws, regulations and their interpretations, or compliance with requirements of the central bank or any fiscal, tax, financial or other authorities having jurisdiction over such Lender, the Law Change Affected Lender will notify the Agent Bank promptly upon its knowledge of such circumstance, (the “Law Change Notice”), which notice will include detailed description of the cause and basis of such illegality. The Agent Bank will notify the Borrower of the Law Change Notice promptly after its receipt of such notice.

 

11.2 Cancellation and prepayment

 

  (1) Upon receipt of the Law Change Notice by the Borrower, the Borrower and the Lenders will make efforts to take concerted actions within the time specified in the Law Change Notice so as to make this Agreement legal and valid. If the Borrower and the Lenders fail to take efforts to make this Agreement continue to be legal and valid, the Law Change Affected Lender will notify promptly the Agent Bank (the “Law Change Confirmation Letter”), which will notify the Borrower promptly upon its receipt of such Law Change Confirmation Notice.

 

  (2) Upon receipt of the Law Change Confirmation Letter by the Borrower, the Contribution Amount of the Law Change Affected Lender will be entirely and automatically cancelled.

 

  (3) Within twenty (20) Business Days upon its receipt of the Law Change Confirmation Letter, the Borrower will prepay any portion of the Loan Fund which is provided by the Law Change Affected Lender and any interest accrued thereupon.

 

12. Representations

The Borrower represents to each Syndicate Member that as of the Effective Date and each of the Drawdown Date:

 

  (1) Legal status

The Borrower and each of the Sureties other than any natural person is an business enterprise duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of its place of incorporation.

 

19


  (2) Contractual capability

The Borrower has the powers and capabilities necessary to owner its assets, operate its businesses, execute and perform the Financing Agreement.

 

  (3) Corporate authority

The Borrower has received corporate authority requisite to execute and perform the Financing Agreement and such authority continues to have full effect. The Financing Agreement has been duly executed by the authorized signatory of the Borrower.

 

  (4) Permits

The Borrower has received all approvals, permits, consents, registrations and filings necessary to own its assets, operate its businesses, execute and perform Financing Agreement, and such approvals, permits, consents, registrations and filings continue to have full effect.

 

  (5) Effect of terms

The obligations of the Borrower hereunder constitute valid, effective and binding obligations and shall be performed according to the terms hereunder.

 

  (6) Breach of other documents

Execution of this Agreement by the Borrower will not breach or conflict with any of the following:

 

  a. Any agreement, contract to which Borrower is a party or any other covenants binding on any of the Borrower’s assets;

 

  b. Shareholder agreement, articles of association and other constitutional documents of the Borrower; or

 

  c. Any laws and regulations.

 

  (7) Suits and arbitration

There is no pending or potential litigation, arbitration or administrative, judicial or legal proceedings with similar nature against the Borrower which has or may have Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (8) Liquidation and bankruptcy

No legal proceedings has been brought against the Borrower for cessation, liquidation, reorganization, bankruptcy, dissolution or proceedings with similar nature.

 

20


There is no current and ongoing Event of Default, neither has the Borrower breached any applicable laws, regulations, measures, judgments, verdicts, rulings and administrative decisions.

 

  (9) Event of default

There is no pending and ongoing Event of Default.

 

  (10) Compliance with law

There is no incompliance with any laws and regulations applicable to its business operations by the Borrower.

 

  (11) Ranking of creditor’s right

Each Syndicate Member’s creditor’s right against the Borrower under this Agreement will rank at least pari passu with any other creditor’s right against the Borrower which has no legal priority.

 

  (12) Exemption

None of the Borrower or any of its assets has any exemption or privilege in connection with any suit, judgment, enforcement, recovery or other proceedings in any jurisdiction.

 

  (13) Information disclosure

 

  a. As of the date of its issuance, the information disclosed in the Information Memorandum is true, complete and accurate in all material aspects without omission of any information which has or could have any Material Adverse Effect.

 

  b. As of the date of issuance of the Information Memorandum, none of the Borrower’s legal status or business, financial or assets conditions has any circumstance which has or could have any Material Adverse Effect.

 

  c. The financial statements and reports recently provided to each Syndicate Member by the Borrower are prepared according to Accounting Standards and reflect fairly, truly and completely the Borrower’s financial conditions as of the date of the statements without omission of any material Liabilities, revenue or loss to the knowledge of the Borrower.

 

  d. All materials provided from the Borrower to each Syndicate Member are true, complete and valid.

 

21


13. Undertakings

The Borrower undertakes to each Syndicate Member that from the Effective Date until repayment of all amounts due and payable to each Syndicate Member hereunder by the Borrower:

 

13.1 Positive undertaking

 

  (1) Ranking of creditor’s right

The Borrower shall make sure that each Syndicate Member’s creditor’s right against it hereunder rank at least pari passu with any other creditor’s right against the Borrower which has no legal priority.

 

  (2) Legal status and capability

The Borrower will maintain its valid legal status and ensure it have the powers and capabilities to perform this Agreement.

 

  (3) Compliance with laws

The Borrower will ensure its business operations in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations in all aspects.

 

  (4) Permits

The Borrower will secure promptly all approvals, permits, consents, registrations and filings necessary to execute and perform this Agreement, and such approvals, permits, consents, registrations and filings will continue to have full effect.

 

  (5) Information

 

  a. The Borrower will provide a copy of its financial statements (including notes thereto) for any quarter to the Agent Bank no less than 20 days after the end of such quarter.

 

  b. The Borrower will provide a copy of its financial statements (including notes thereto) affixed with its common seal for any half of Financial Year to the Agent Bank no less than 20 days after the end of such half of Financial Year.

 

  c. The Borrower will provide to the Agent Bank a copy of its financial statements (including notes thereto) for any Financial Year affixed with its common and audited by the Registered Accountant and a copy of the audit opinion issued by the Registered Accountant thereof no less than 60 days after the end of such Financial Year.

 

22


  d. The Borrower will ensure its financial statements in compliance with laws, regulations and Accounting Standards.

 

  e. Within five (5) Business Days upon request from the Agent Bank, the Borrower will provide copies of all approvals, permits, consents, registrations and filings received under Article 13.1.4, which copies will be affixed with the common seal of the Borrower.

 

  f. All materials provided from the Borrower to each Syndicate Member are true, complete and valid.

 

  (6) Duty to notify

The Borrower will notify the Agent Bank immediately upon its knowledge of the occurrence of any:

 

  a. Event of Default;

 

  b. Suit, arbitration, or administrative, judicial or other similar legal proceedings by or against the Borrower involving an amount equal to or more than RMB1 million; and

 

  c. Event which has or could have Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (7) Compliance with financial benchmark

The Borrower will comply with the following financial benchmark:

The leverage ratio will be no more than 75%; and

The current ratio will be no less than 0.5.

 

  (8) Loan management

The Borrower will provide coordination to the Agent Bank to conduct loan payment management, post-lending management and related examination.

 

  (9) Loan guaranty

The syndicate loan provided under this Agreement is working capital loan, which is severally and jointly guaranteed by Daqo Group Co., Ltd. which is the de facto controller of the Borrower, and Guangfu Xu and Xiang Xu in the capacity as individuals.

 

13.2 Restrictions

 

  (1) Assets disposition

The Borrower will ensure that without consent of the Majority Lenders, it will not sell, lease, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose any material asset by any single, multiple or series of transactions.

 

23


  (2) Division and merger

The Borrower will ensure that without consent of the Majority Lenders, it will not conduct any merger, division, contracting or any other similar arrangement.

 

  (3) Reduction of registered capital

The Borrower will ensure that without consent of the Majority Lenders, it will not reduce registered capital.

 

  (4) Dividend restriction

The Borrower may not distribute any profit if:

 

  a. it has not made any full payment of any fee and expense due and payable under this Agreement; and

 

  b. it has not repaid all of the principal and interest due and payable under this Agreement.

 

  (5) Contingent liabilities

During the term of this Agreement, the Borrower will maintain its leverage ratio no more than 50% and incur any contingent liabilities other than providing guaranty for any loan provided by us for any member of Daqo Group; otherwise the Syndicate may freeze the Credit Line then available.

 

  (6) Shareholding structure

Daqo Group Co., Ltd. is the de facto controller of the Borrower. In the event of any change to the de facto controller of the Borrower, the Syndicate may freeze the Credit Line then available until such change is confirmed to have no adverse effect.

 

14. Event of Default

 

14.1 Event of Default

 

  (1) Event of Default by Borrower

Each of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default:

 

  a. Payment Breach

The Borrower fails to pay any fund due and payable hereunder in the amount, currency, method and time agreed upon herein.

 

24


  b. Misappropriation of Loan

The Borrower fails to use the Loan Fund for purposes set forth herein.

 

  c. False Undertakings

Any aspect of the undertakings as described in Article 12 (Undertakings) hereof is untrue, incorrect or misleading as of being made.

 

  d. Breach of Other Obligations

The Borrower fails to perform or observe any other obligation hereunder.

 

  e. Incapability of Repayment

 

  (i) Any creditor of the Borrower announces that any of Liabilities of the Borrower becomes due and payable ahead of the due day as agreed before, and the total due and payable amount amounts to or exceeds RMB 5 million.

 

  (ii) The Borrower enters into delayed repayment or debt reorganization arrangement with respect to the Liabilities with any of its creditors, and the total due and payable amount amounts to or exceeds RMB 5 million.

 

  (iii) The Borrower ends or suspends the payment to its creditors, or is incapable to, or acknowledges to be incapable to repay the debt, or announces that it will not perform the repayment obligations when the debt becomes due.

 

  f. Liquidation and Bankruptcy

The Borrower enters into any cessation of operation, dismissal, liquidation, bankruptcy, suspension of business for correction, settlement, or any other similar legal proceedings.

 

  g. Enforcement by Creditors

Total market value of the Borrower’s assets which are seized, frozen, distressed, enforced or levied, forfeited or affected by similar legal procedures amounts to or exceeds RMB 10 million, and the Borrower fails to release such legal procedures within ten (10) days.

 

  h. Change to Shareholdings

Without the consent of all Lenders, the Borrower changes its shareholding structure.

 

  i. Material Adverse Effect

 

25


Any Material Adverse Effect has occurred.

 

  j. Financial Index

The Borrower fails to observe any of financial indexes listed in Article 7 (Observation of Financial Indexes) of Article 13.1 (Positive Obligations) hereunder.

 

  (2) Event of Default by Lender

 

  a. Without reasonable excuses as agreed herein, the Lender fails to provide the Loan to the Borrower in accordance with this Agreement;

 

  b. Without reasonable excuses as agreed herein, the Lender stops provision of the Loan, or recovers the Loan ahead of the timeline as agreed.

 

14.2 Remedies Available to Syndicate Members

 

  (1) Notices

 

  a. If any Lender is aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default as described under paragraph 1 of Article 14.1 hereof (Event of Default by Borrower), or believes that any event will constitute any Event of Default by the Borrower, the Lender shall give an immediate notice regarding it to the Agent Bank.

 

  b. The Borrower serves a notice to the Agent Bank to inform of the occurrence of an Event of Default, or, any Lender serves a notice in accordance with the item (1) of paragraph 1 of this Article 14.2 hereof (Relief of Syndicate Members), the Agent Bank shall inform each Lender of the occurrence of such event.

 

  (2) Right of Remedies

During the existing of any Event of Default, the Agent Bank shall (subject to the decision of Majority Lender) exercise one or more of the remedies according to the following sequence after giving a written notice to the Borrower:

 

  a. Gives the waiver with respect to related Event of Default, or agrees on the remedies regarding related Event of Defaults.

 

  b. Announce to suspend the drawdown of all or part of Loan Fund requested in any Drawdown Notice however not withdrew; and drawdown of such amount of Loan Fund will be suspended immediately upon such announcement;

 

26


  c. Announce to cancel all or part of Total Contribution Amount; and upon such announcement, the Contribution Amount of each Lender will be cancelled in proportion, and the cancelled part of Total Contribution Amount should not be recovered;

 

  d. Announce that all or part of the Loan Balance, together with its interest accrued, fees and other payment hereunder shall become due and payable in entirety or in part; upon such announcement, such payment shall be due and payable immediately, and no further notice by the Agent Bank is required;

 

  e. Exercise any other rights granted hereby and by laws.

 

  (3) Actions of Agent Bank

 

  a. Any available remedy specified in paragraph 2 of Article 14.2 of this Agreement (Remedies Available to Syndicate Members), and the right of any Syndicate Member to file against the Borrower and initiate a dispute settlement proceeding, shall be proceeded with under the organization of the Agent Bank. However, in the event that the Agent Bank fails to take such action according to the decision of Majority Lenders, the involved Syndicate Members may take such actions directly.

 

  b. During the existing of an Event of Default, the Agent Bank is entitled to take any action it deems necessary or reasonable, to protect the right of any Syndicate Member set forth herein from being affected.

 

  (4) Undertakings of Syndicate Members

 

  a. Neither of Syndicate Members will exercise its rights hereunder in the way contradictory to any of those as agreed herein.

 

  b. Each Syndicate Member undertakes to the other Syndicate Members, unless otherwise expressly specified herein,

 

  (i) it will not require or accept any repayment of debt from any other person, for setting off the debt owed by the Borrower to such Syndicate Member hereunder;

 

  (ii) it will not separately require or accept any Security Interest or financial support, in connection with any debt owed by the Borrower to any Syndicate Member hereunder.

 

27


  c. Without breach of this Agreement by the Borrower, the Lender fails to provide the Loan in full amount and in time according to this Agreement,

 

  (i) the Borrower is entitled to require the Lender in violation of this Agreement to refund the participation fee to it according to the percentage of Loan Fund not provided to the Contribution Amount.

 

  (ii) any losses so caused to the Borrower shall be assumed by the Lender in violation of this Agreement.

 

  (iii) the Lender violating this Agreement shall indemnify the other Lenders for the losses so suffered by them.

 

  (iv) the Borrower has the right, at its own discretion, to cancel the Contribution Amount of the Lender violating this Agreement.

 

  (v) the Lead Manager will make endeavors to coordinate the Loan Fund provided by other banks (including the other participating banks hereunder), in order to satisfy the needs of the Borrower regarding the Loan Fund.

 

  (5) Deduction

During the existence of an Event of Default, any of the Syndicate Member may set off any amount due but un-payable by the Borrower under this Agreement with any credit balance in any account maintained by the Borrower with such Syndicate Member (including its any branch or sub-branch, if applicable), and shall transfer such set-off amount to the Agent Bank for its allocation in accordance with Article 8.9.

 

15. Syndicate Relationship

 

15.1 Entrust of Agent Bank

All other Syndicate Members hereby appoints the Agent Bank as its agent in connection with this Agreement, and authorizes the Agent Bank to exercise rights, power, discretion and all other reasonable affiliated rights expressly granted under this Agreement.

 

15.2 Agency Relationship

 

  (1) The Agent Bank only acts as the agent of the other Syndicate Member.

 

  (2) The Agent Bank should not be deemed as the agent of the Borrower in any aspect.

 

15.3 Responsibilities of the Agent Bank

 

  (1) After receiving the original copies or photocopies of any document forwarded by either Party hereto to any other Party hereto through the Agent Bank, the Agent Bank shall forward such documents within two (2) Business Days; unless otherwise agreed herein, the Agent Bank will not be responsible for the investigation of the sufficiency, correctness or completeness of the format and content of any document forwarded by any Party to this Agreement.

 

28


  (2) The Agent Bank shall open and maintain an account book in connection with this Agreement, and provide such account book to the other Lenders upon request.

 

  (3) The Agent Bank shall be responsible for the disbursement and payment of the Loan Fund in accordance with the Article 8.1 hereof (Disbursement of Loan Fund) and Article 8.2 hereof (Payment of Loan Fund), as well as the management and control over the Loan Fund.

 

  (4) The Agent Bank shall inform each Syndicate Member of the notice specifying an Event of Default given by either Party to this Agreement within one (1) business day after receiving such notice.

 

  (5) The Agent Bank shall inform each Syndicate Member of it within one (1) business day upon being informed that either Party hereto fails to pay any amount due and payable to any other Syndicate Member in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  (6) The Agent Bank shall, subject to the decision of Majority Lenders, organize the Syndicate Members to file and participated in any litigation, arbitration, or legal dispute settlement procedures with respect to this Agreement, however, provided that, each Lender has, pursuant to the Article 16 hereof (Fees and Expenses), indemnified or prepaid the Agent Bank, for any and all costs, fees, and expenses (including but not limited to legal fees), paid or to be paid by the Agent Bank for compliance with such instruction.

 

  (7) The Agent Bank should not be held liable to any other Party hereto due to any other Party’s breach of this Agreement.

 

  (8) Where any decision of Majority Lenders or any action according to such decision, violates or will violate any law or regulation, the Agent Bank may omit to take any action under such decision by giving prior notice to each Syndicate Member.

 

  (9) The Agent Bank shall diligently use all efforts to perform all of its responsibilities hereunder.

 

15.4 Rights of Agent Bank

 

  (1) Unless being aware of the existence of a circumstance to the contrary, the Agent Bank may assume:

 

  a. All statements regarding facts made by any other Parties in or in connection with this Agreement are true, complete and accurate.

 

  b. There is no any Event of Default in existing.

 

29


  c. Neither Party fails to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  d. None of any other Parties or Majority Lenders has exercises any of its rights.

 

  (2) The Agent Bank may engage lawyers, accountants, appraisers, translators or other professionals it deems necessary, make payment of consulting or services fees to such professionals, and may rely on opinions obtained from such professionals.

 

  (3) Then Agent Bank may rely on any communication or document that is true according to its discretion, and take any action based on such reliance.

 

  (4) The Agent Bank may disclose any information it deems reasonably received under this Agreement to any other Party.

 

15.5 Independent Credit Evaluation

Each of the Lenders hereby confirms that it has conducted and will conduct, wholly on its self, investigation and evaluation of financial position, credibility, corporate affairs, legal and independent status of the Borrower, and has made its own judgment and decision at its own discretion, and will assume the risks accordingly, including without limitation to:

 

  (1) Review, investigate or enquire on its behalf about the truth, accuracy or completeness of any information with respect to either Party or the transaction contemplated hereunder, no matter whether such information has been or will be provided to such Lender by the Agent Bank or the Lead Manager;

 

  (2) Evaluate or examine on its behalf the financial position, credibility, development, corporate affairs or legal status of any other Party; or

 

  (3) Investigate or evaluate on its behalf the legality, validity, binding effect, sufficiency or enforceability of this Agreement, or any relating document, or any act taken or to be taken by any other Lenders.

 

15.6 Agent Bank as Lender

The Agent Bank is concurrently a Lender under this Agreement. It shall be entitled to the rights of the Lenders and perform the obligations of the Lenders in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

15.7 Lender’s Decision System

 

  (1) In the event of the occurrence of any event which expressly requires the decision by Majority Lenders, either Lender may inform the Agent Bank of such occurrence, and the Agent Bank shall inform each Lender of such event after receiving the notice from any Lender or being aware of such event, to require the decision by Majority Lenders.

 

30


  (2) Each Lender shall inform the Agent Bank of its decision within the required period after receiving the notice given by the Agent Bank in accordance with Article 15.7 hereof.

 

  (3) Unless otherwise specified herein, the Agent Bank shall act subject to the decision made by Majority Lenders in accordance with this Agreement, and the Agent Bank shall not be held liable to any other Parties for its action or omission of action according to the decision of Majority Lenders.

 

  (4) The decision made by Majority Lenders in accordance with this Agreement shall be binding upon each Lender, and each Lender shall provide assistance to the Agent Bank in executing such decision of Majority Lenders.

 

  (5) Without obtaining the decision made by Majority Lenders under this Agreement, the Agent Bank shall propose a solution regarding such event, and collect the opinions of each Lender according to the abovementioned procedure. If any Lender has not inform the Agent Bank of its decision within the period set forth in the notice sent by the Agent Bank, the Agent Bank will deem that such Lender agrees with its proposed solution.

 

  (6) The Agent Bank may take the action or omit to take any action if it deems such action or omission will be for the Lender’s benefit.

 

15.8 Lender’s Indemnification

 

  (1) The Agent Bank shall request the Borrower at the first priority to indemnify the Agent Bank any and all reasonable costs, fees, losses, expenses (including legal fees) and liabilities (unless any of such costs, claims, losses, expenses and liabilities is directly resulted from faults or misconducts of the Agent Bank) incurred or potentially to be incurred by the Agent Bank. If the Borrower fails to make the aforesaid indemnification within three (3) Business Days upon the request of the Agent Bank, the Clause 15.8.2 hereof shall apply.

 

  (2) Each Lender shall, within three (3) Business Days upon the request of the Agent Bank, according to the percentage of its contribution to the Total Contribution Amount, indemnify or prepay to the Agent all reasonable costs, fees, losses, expenses (including legal fees) and liabilities (unless any of such costs, claims, losses, expenses and liabilities is directly resulted from faults or misconducts of the Agent Bank) incurred or potentially to be incurred by the Agent Bank for conducting the agency activities hereunder.

 

  (3) The Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days upon the request of the Agent Bank, indemnify the Lender any indemnities or amount made or prepaid by such Lender to the Agent Bank in accordance with the Clause 15.8.2 hereof. The Lender intending to request such indemnities pursuant to this Clause shall notify the Agent Bank and provide supporting evidence for such request, and the Agent Bank shall immediately inform the Borrower upon receiving such notice.

 

31


15.9 Agent Bank’s Resignation

 

  (1) Any Agent Bank (“Resigned Agent Bank”) may resign at any time by sending notice to the other Parties in accordance with this Article 15.9.

 

  (2) Majority Lenders shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days upon receiving the resignation notice mentioned in above Clause 15.9.1 issued by the Agent Bank, appoint a recognized and experienced bank or financial institution as successor to the Agent Bank (“Successor Agent Bank”). If the Majority Lenders fail to do so, the Resigning Agent Bank may at its own discretion nominate a recognized and experienced bank or financial institution as the Successor Agent Bank.

 

  (3) The resignation of the Resigned Agent Bank and the appointment of the Successor Agent Bank become effective immediately following the Successor Agent Bank’s issuance of notice to the other Parties regarding its formal successor.

 

  (4) Immediately following the resignation of the Resigned Agent Bank and the appointment of the Successor Agent Bank in accordance with the Clause 15.9.3, the Resigned Agent Bank will be released from any further rights and obligations as an agent of the other Syndicate Member under this Agreement, and the successor to the Agent Bank shall be granted any and all rights and obligations as the agent of other Syndicate Member hereunder.

 

  (5) The Resigned Agent Bank shall, within three (3) Business Days following receiving the notice from the Successor Agent Bank, provide the documents, records and assistance reasonably requested by the Successor Agent Bank necessary for its performance of its rights and obligations hereunder.

 

  (6) Majority Lenders may require the Agent Bank to resign pursuant to the Clause 15.9.1 hereof by giving notice to the Agent Bank. The Agent Bank shall resign pursuant to the Clause 15.9.1 hereof upon receiving such notice. Otherwise, Majority Lenders may decide to replace the Agent Bank.

 

15.10 Deduction by Agent Bank

If any Syndicate Member owes any amount to the Agent Bank under this Agreement, the Agent Bank may, by giving notice to such Syndicate Member, deduct an amount no more than such amount owed from the amount payable to such Syndicated Member by the Agent Bank in accordance with this Agreement, as the repayment of the amount owed, and such deducted amount shall be deemed as have been received by the aforesaid Syndicate Member.

 

16. Fees and Compensation

 

16.1 Syndicate’s Fees

The Borrower shall pay the syndicate’s fees amounting to RMB 160,000.00 in one lump sum to the Agent Bank within two (2) Business Days upon the execution of this Agreement and at least prior to the issuance of the first drawdown notice. The Agent Bank shall make corresponding deduction from each Lender according to the Lender’s Initial Contribution Ratio on the day or on the day following receiving the participation fee.

 

32


16.2 Syndicate’s Costs

 

  (1) All reasonable fees and costs in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and amendment of this Agreement incurred by all Syndicate Members shall be borne by the Borrower, including the fees for engagement of attorneys and evaluators for the Syndicate Members.

 

  (2) All reasonable fees and costs in connection with enforcement and protection of its rights hereunder in any jurisdiction by either Syndicate Member shall be borne by the Borrower, including the fees for engagement of attorneys and evaluators for the Syndicate Members and used for litigation and arbitration proceedings.

 

16.3 Indemnification

The Borrower shall rectify its breaches of its obligations hereunder (including but not limited to the following circumstances) within the period reasonably required by any Syndicate Member. If it fails to rectify its breach of this Agreement within the required time limit, or the rectified result does not satisfy the requirement of the Syndicate Member, then the Borrower shall, within five (5) Business Days following receiving the requirement of indemnification from the Syndicate Member, indemnify the Syndicate Member any losses caused to or incurred by it (except of any penalty) due to the Borrower’s breach of its obligations hereunder (including not limited to the following circumstances):

 

  (4) The Borrower fails to repay any amount due and payable on the due day.

 

  (5) The Borrower repays any amount due and payable on the day other than the due day.

 

  (6) There is occurrence of any Event of Default.

 

  (7) The Loan Fund required in any Drawdown Notice is not withdrawn due to the reason attributable to the Borrower.

 

  (8) The Borrower cancels the Contribution Amount of any Lender by violation of this Agreement.

 

  (9) The information and materials provided by the Borrower are not true or authentic.

 

33


16.4 Monetary Compensation

In the event that any Syndicate Member receives any amount in any currency (“Payment Currency”) other than the currency expressly agreed herein used for payment of any amount payable hereunder (“Agreement Currency”) from the Borrower hereunder, and the value of such Payment Currency is less than related amount receivable by the Syndicate Member hereunder after such Syndicate Member exchanges such Payment Currency to the Agreement Currency, then, such shortage in value as well as the currency exchange fees incurred by such Syndicate Member for currency exchange shall be compensated by the Borrower.

 

16.5 Calculation Basis

If any Syndicate Member intends to submit any requirement in accordance with the Article 16.2, Article 16.3 and Article 16.4 hereof, it shall give notice to the Agent Bank specifying the specific basis for amount calculation. The Agent Bank shall give prompt notice to the Borrower immediately following receiving such notice.

 

16.6 Waiver of Indemnification

The Borrower should not be held liable to any Syndicate Member under the Article 16.2, Article 16.3 and Article 16.4 in any of the following circumstance:

 

  1. The liabilities are caused by the faults or misconducts of such Syndicate Member.

 

  2. The Borrowers is obliged to indemnify and have indemnified such Syndicate Member in accordance any other provisions of this Agreement.

 

17. Assignment

 

17.1 Assignee

This Agreement is effective and binding upon each Party hereto, its successors and assignees.

 

17.2 Assignment by Borrower

The Borrower may not assign any and all of its rights or obligations hereunder.

 

17.3 Assignment by Lenders

 

  (1) Any of the Lenders (the “Assigning Bank”) intending to assign any or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or multiple banks or financial institutions (the “Assignee Bank”), shall give a notice to the Borrower and Agent Bank in advance of thirty (30) Business Days (“Assignment Notice”).

 

  (2) Any of the Lenders intending to transfer any or all of its Contribution Amount, shall obtain the prior written notice from the Borrowers, however, the Borrower failing to give a notice expressly specifying its disagreement within thirty (30) Business Days following receiving the Assignment Notice shall be deemed has agreed with such transfer.

 

34


  (3) Any of the Lenders only intending to transfer any or all of its contribution in the Loan Balance, shall give a notice to the other Parties at least in advance of three (3) Business Days, however, does not need to obtain the consent from the other Parties.

 

17.4 Effectiveness of Transfer

The transfer by the Lenders in accordance with the Article 17.3 hereof, becomes effective upon the execution of the Assignment Certificate by the Assigning Bank, Assignee Bank and the Agent Bank satisfying the requirement of Annex 4 in both format and content. The Agent Bank should not refuse or withhold the execution of the Assignment Certificate.

 

17.5 Binding Effect of Transfer

The transfer proceeded with and completed in accordance with the Article 17.3 and the Article 17.4 is binding upon all the Parties hereto.

 

17.6 Consequence of Transfer

On and from the date the Assignment Certificate becomes effective in accordance with the Article 17.4, the Assignee Bank formally becomes a Lender within the scope of matters assigned under the Assignment Certificate:

 

  1. The Assigning Bank, on one hand, and the other Parties hereto (“Non-transfer Parties”), on the other hand, will no longer be jointly liable to any and all rights and obligation under this Agreement relating to any assigned matter; and

 

  2. The Assigned Bank, on one hand, and the Non-transfer Parties, on the other hand, will be jointly liable to any and all rights and obligation under this Agreement relating to any assigned matter.

 

17.7 Waiver to Assigning Bank

The Assigning Bank will not be liable to the Assignee Bank in respect of:

 

  1. the formation, signature, truth, accuracy, completeness, validity and enforceability of this Agreement or any other related document;

 

  2. the probability of the collection of any amount payable hereunder; and

 

  3. the accuracy or completeness of any representation made by any Party to any other person under or relating to this Agreement.

 

35


17.8 Further Waiver to Assigning Bank

The Assigning Bank is not obliged:

 

  1. accept from any Assigned Bank any rights and/or obligations which have been transferred to such Assignee Bank by it before under the Article 17.3 and Article 17.4 hereof; and

 

  2. indemnify the Assignee Bank against any loss incurred due to the Borrower or any other Syndicate Member’s failure to perform any obligation under this Agreement.

 

17.9 Record Keeping

The Agent Bank shall properly maintain the record of each Party hereto and timely inform any other Party of the updated record.

 

18. Rights and Obligations of All Syndicate Members

 

18.1 Independent Obligations

Obligations of each Syndicate Member hereunder are independent. Failure by any Syndicate Member in performance of its obligations hereunder will not grant a waiver to any other Syndicate Member regarding performance of its obligations hereunder. Neither Syndicate Member will be held liable for any other Syndicate Members’ performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

18.2 Independent Rights

Rights of each Syndicate Member hereunder are independent. Liabilities assumed by either Party hereto to either Syndicate Member hereunder from time to time are independent. Unless otherwise specified herein, each Syndicate Member has the right to exercise its rights severally hereunder.

 

19 Confidentiality

 

19.1 Scope of Confidentiality

Each Party shall keep in confidence any information specified as confidential information provided by any other Party or its authorized representative in respect of this Agreement; provided, however, that such other Party has the right to:

 

  (1) disclose any information which has been in the public domain (other than those information which has been known to the public due to breach of this Section by such Syndicate Member);

 

  (2) disclose such information in connection with any suit or arbitration;

 

  (3) disclose such information as required by any law or regulation;

 

  (4) disclose such information in accordance with the listing rules of the securities exchange where such Party is listed;

 

36


  (5) disclose such information as required by any government, financial, tax or any other regulatory departments or any other competent authorities;

 

  (6) disclose such information to its directors, management, employees or professional advisors (including not limited to attorneys and auditors), however provided that, the disclosing Party has undertaken to such Syndicate Member that it will comply with the confidentiality obligation set forth in the Article 19;

 

  (7) disclose such information to the extent as permitted under the Article 19.2; and

 

  (8) disclose such information with the consent of the Borrower.

 

19.2 Scope of Other Disclosure

Any Syndicate Member may disclose the following information to any other person who possibly will enter into or has entered into any agreement regarding the transfer specified in the Article 17 hereof with such Syndicate Member:

 

  (1) Copies of this Agreement.

 

  (2) Any information obtained by such Syndicate Member about the Borrower, this Agreement and/or any transaction contemplated herein.

However, the party receiving such disclosed information shall undertake to such disclosing Syndicate Member regarding compliance with the confidentiality obligation set forth in the Article 19.

 

19.3 Superseding

The provisions under Article 19.1 and Article 19.2 above supersede any prior confidentiality undertaking made by any Syndicate Member with respect to the Borrower, this Agreement and any transaction contemplated herein, before becoming a Party hereto.

 

20. Amendment

 

20.1 In Writing

Any amendment to this Agreement shall be made in writing and becomes effective upon the execution of the Agent Bank (subject to the decision of Majority Lenders) and the Borrower. Except as otherwise agreed in accordance with the Article 20.2, such amendment, supplement or waiver made by the Borrower according to the decision of Majority Lenders is binding upon all the Syndicate Member.

 

20.2 Exceptional Circumstances

Any amendment to this Agreement or any waiver of breach of this Agreement in relation to the any of the following issues shall obtain the consent from all related Syndicated Members:

 

  (1) Change of Credit Line, Contribution Amount or Total Contribution Amount.

 

37


  (2) Change of Drawdown Period or Loan Term.

 

  (3) Change of Loan Interest Rate or Penalty Interest.

 

  (4) Change to the definition of “Majority Lender”.

 

  (5) Amendment to this Article 20.

 

20.3 Consent of Agent Bank

Any amendment to this Agreement in relation to any of the following issues shall obtain the consent from the Agent Bank:

 

  (1) Amendment to Article 8, Article 15 or Article 20.

 

  (2) Any amendment to or waiver of any right of the Agent Bank hereunder, or imposing new or additional obligations upon the Agent Bank.

 

21. Notice

 

21.1 Though Agent Bank

Any and all communications between any of the Borrower and any Syndicate Member shall be made through the Agent Bank.

 

21.2 Ways of Notice

Any notice, request, or any other document to the other Party under Agreement shall be made in writing, affixed with the official sea, and delivered to such address, fax number or telex number designated by the recipient in writing from time to time and addressed to a contact person. The address, fax number and telex number and contact person originally designated by each Party shall be provided in the signature pages of this Agreement.

 

21.3 Receipt of Notice

Any communication between the Parties under this Agreement shall be deemed duly given:

 

  (1) if delivered by hand, upon delivery;

 

  (2) if sent by telex or fax, upon completion of the transmission and receipt of confirmation report; and

 

  (3)

if sent by mail (including express mail), at 05:00 p.m. (Beijing time) of the seventh (7 th ) Business Day after such mail is delivered to the right address by registered mail.

 

38


21.4 Change of Address

Any change to the contact person, address, fax number or telex number of any Party shall be notified to the Agent Bank immediately. Upon receipt of notice for such change, the Agent Bank shall make any other Parties immediately informed of such change.

 

22. Debt Certificate

Any Syndicate Member shall maintain accounts and records relating to this Agreement on its accounting books in line with its accounting practices. The Borrower hereby confirms that, unless found with gross errors, the records maintained by any Syndicate Member in line with its accounting practices shall be the only evidence for the debts owing by the Borrower to such Syndicate Member under this Agreement.

 

23. Grace Period and Partial Invalidity

 

23.1 Accumulative Rights

Failure to or delay in exercising any of its rights under this Agreement by any Syndicate Member shall not be deemed its waiver of such rights. Single or partial exercise of such rights by any Syndicate Member does not preclude such Syndicate Member from its otherwise or further exercise of such rights or its exercise of any other rights. The rights and remedies provided under this Agreement are accumulative and shall not exclude any rights or remedies to which any Syndicate Member is entitled under law.

 

23.2 Severability

If any provision of this Agreement is held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity or enforceability of the other provisions under this Agreement will not be affected or impaired.

 

24. Counterparts

This Agreement is made in five (5) copies, the Agent Bank holding two (2) copies, the Borrower and each Lender holding one (1) copy, and each executed copy shall have the same effect.

 

25. Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution

 

25.1 This Agreement is governed by and interpreted in accordance with PRC law (for purpose of this Agreement, excluding laws of Hong Kong SAR, Macau SAR and Taiwan).

 

25.2 Dispute Resolution

Any dispute arising from or relating to this Agreement shall be resolved by related Parties through friendly negotiations within five (5) days upon receiving the written notice from any other related Party. If such negotiations fail, such dispute shall be submitted to the jurisdiction of the local court where the Lead Manager is located.

 

39


25.3. Waiver of Immunity

The Borrower hereby irrevocably waives any existing or potential immunity of itself or any of its assets from any suit or legal proceedings in any jurisdiction.

 

26. Effectiveness

This Agreement shall become effective as of the date on which it is signed and affixed with corporate seals by the authorized representatives of all the Parties (“Effective Day”).

 

40


Annex 1    Initial Contribution Amount of Each Lender

Initial Contribution Amount in RMB

(Currency: Yuan)

 

Lender

   Initial Contribution Amount  

China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch

     100,000,000   

China Everbright Bank, Chongqing Branch

     100,000,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

     200,000,000   
  

 

 

 

 

41


Annex 2    Form Confirmation Letter

 

To: China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch,

As the Agent Bank

Date:

 

Re.: Working Capital Syndicated Loan Agreement in the Amount of RMB 200,000,000 dated [•]

We hereby refer to the Working Capital Syndicated Loan Agreement in the Amount of RMB 200,000,000 dated [•] entered by and among Chongqing Daqo New Energy Sources Co., Ltd. as the Borrower, and (1) China Construction Bank, Chongqing Branch as the Lean Manager, (2) China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch and China Everbright Bank, Chongqing Branch as the Lenders, and (3) China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch as the Agent Bank (hereinafter referred to as “Loan Agreement”). The defined terms in the Loan Agreement used in this certificate shall have the same meaning as defined in the Loan Agreement.

I hereby certify that,

 

1. The copies of the documents listed in the Article 4.1 of the Loan Agreement (Drawdown Notice) are true, accurate and complete copies of their respective originals (including but not limited to the documents attached to this certifcate) and have full effect as of the date of this certificate.

 

2. The resolutions adopted at the shareholders meeting of our company, as recorded in the meeting minutes, are not revoked or replaced and have full effect as of the date of this certificate.

 

3. We are able to repay our debts.

 

4. The name list of all current directors of our company as of the date of this certificate including all directors as of the date of convention of the board meeting is as follows: [•]

 

5. Unless otherwise notified by writing, you may deem this certificate as true and accurate as of the date of each Drawdown Date.

 

Signature of Legal Representative: [•]     Official Seal:
(or authorized representative)    

 

42


Annex 3    Form Drawdown Notice

 

To: China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch,

As the Agent Bank

Date:

 

Re.: Working Capital Syndicated Loan Agreement in the Amount of RMB 200,000,000 dated [•]

To Whom It May Concern:

 

I. We hereby refer to the Working Capital Syndicated Loan Agreement in the Amount of RMB 200,000,000 dated [•] entered by and among Chongqing Daqo New Energy Sources Co., Ltd. as the Borrower, and (1) China Construction Bank, Chongqing Branch as the Lean Manager, (2) China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch and China Everbright Bank, Chongqing Branch as the Lenders, and (3) China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch as the Agent Bank (hereinafter referred to as “Loan Agreement”). The defined terms in the Loan Agreement used in this certificate shall have the same meaning as defined in the Loan Agreement.

 

II. This notice is irrevocable.

 

III. We hereby:

 

  1. inform you that we request all Lenders to drawdown an amount of Loan Fund in accordance with the following terms and conditions, as well as the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement.

 

  (1) Amount of Loan Fund: RMB [•]

 

  (2) Planned Drawdown Date: [•]

 

  (3) Repayment Date: [•]

 

  2. according to the provisions of the Loan Agreement, No. [•] of the following payment method will be used in this drawdown:

 

  (1) Payment by the Entrusted Lender. We hereby authorize and entrust you to allocate the following Loan Fund amounting to RMB [•] in total, into the RMB Loan Fund Account, and immediately transfer such amount into the Borrower Counterparty Account. Payment information is specified in the following Entrusted Payment List:

 

          Entrusted Payment List              Currency:
No.    Payment date    Amount    Name of payee    Payee’s bank    Payee’s bank
account
(Borrower
Counterparty
Account)
   Purpose of fund    Remark

 

  (2) Direct Payment by Borrower. We hereby authorize and entrust you to allocate the following Loan Fund amounting to RMB [•] in total, into the RMB Loan Fund Account; main purpose of this fund: [•].

 

43


  3. We hereby confirm that, all the representations under the Article 12 of the Loan Agreement are still true and accurate as of the date of this notice, and will remain true and accurate as of the Drawdown Date according to our knowledge.

 

  4. We hereby confirm that, as of the delivery date of this notice, there is no any Event of Default, and according to our knowledge, there will be no any Event of Default neither as of the Drawdown Date.

 

  5. Terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement shall be incorporated in this notice, and constitutes an integral part of this notice.

 

Signature of Authorized Representative:[•]     Official Seal:

 

44


Annex 4    Form Transfer Certificate

 

To: [•]

Address: [•]

Contact person: [•]

[•]

Address: [•]

Contact person: [•]

From: [Assigning Bank] and [Assignee Bank]

 

Re.: Working Capital Syndicated Loan Agreement in the Amount of RMB 200,000,000 dated [•]

We hereby refer to the Article 17 of the Loan Agreement (Transfer). The defined terms in the Loan Agreement used in this certificate shall have the same meaning as defined in the Loan Agreement.

 

1. The Assigning Bank and the Assignee Bank hereby consent that all/part of the rights and obligations of the Assigning Bank under the Loan Agreement shall be transferred to the Assignee Bank in accordance with Article 17 (Transfer) of the Loan Agreement.

 

2. The transfer date is [•].

 

3. The address of the branch of the Assignee Bank is listed in the attached schedule.

 

4. Article 17.4, Article 17.5, Article 17.6, Article 17.7, Article 17.8 and Article 17.9 of the Loan Agreement together constitute an integral part of this Certificate and is binding on the Assignee Bank.

 

5. This certificate is governed by PRC law (for purpose of this certificate, excluding laws of Hong Kong SAR, Macau SAR and Taiwan).

 

45


Schedule        Transferred Contribution

 

Under the Credit Line in amount of [•]:   
Contribution of the Assigning Bank    Contribution to be Transferred
[•]    [•]
Loan Amount of the Assigning Bank in the    Transferred Part
Loan Balance   
[•]    [•]

Assignee Bank

Name:

Branch:

Notification Address:

Tel:

Telex:

Fax:

Contact Person:

 

[Assigning Bank]     [Assignee Bank]
Authorized Signatory:     Authorized Signatory:
   
____________________ (Official Seal)     ____________________ (Official Seal)
   
Agent Bank    
Authorized Signatory:    
   
____________________ (Official Seal)    

 

46


Annex 5        Each Party’s Bank Account

 

Borrower: Chongqing Daqo New Energy Sources Co., Ltd.

RMB Loan Fund Account

Name: Chongqing Daqo New Energy Sources Co., Ltd.
Bank: China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch
Account No.: 50001303600050212151
Remark: Syndicate Loan Issuance

Basic Settlement Account

Name: Chongqing Daqo New Energy Sources Co., Ltd.
Bank: China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch
Account No.: 50001303600050207456
Remark: Collection of revenues, repayment of principal and interest of loan, payment of syndicate’s fees, other payment

Syndicate Member

Agent Bank RMB Payment Account

Name: China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch — Chongqing Daqo New Energy
Bank: China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch
Account No.: 10150030360019101000800008
Bank No.: 105667030017
Remark: Collection of syndicate loan- China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch

Agent Bank RMB Payment Account

Name: China Everbright Bank, Chongqing Branch — Chongqing Daqo New Energy
Bank: China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch
Account No.: 10150030360029101000800033
Bank No.: 105667030017
Remark: Collection of syndicate loan- China Everbright Bank, Chongqing Branch

Lender’s Account

 

Lender : China Everbright Bank, Chongqing Branch
Name: China Everbright Bank, Chongqing Branch
Bank: China Everbright Bank, Chongqing Branch
Account No.: [39410120590000001]
Bank No.: [303653000015]
Remark: Collection of syndicate’s fees for the syndicate loan provided to Chongqing Daqo New Energy, principal and interest due any payable

 

47


Signature Page

Borrower

Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd.

 

Address: XianJia Village, Longdu Neighborhood, Wanzhou District, Chongqing, China
Postal Code: 404444
Tel: 023-64866533
Facsimile: 023-64866688
Contact: Congrong Xiong

 

/s/ Guangfu Xu     Official Seal: /Seal/
Authorized representative    
Name: Guangfu Xu    
Title:    

 

48


Lead Manager

China Construction Bank, Chongqing Branch

 

Address: 123 Minzu Street, Yuzhong District, Chongqing, China
Postal Code: 400010
Tel: 023-63771217
Facsimile: 023-63771236
Contact: Lijun Zhou

 

/s/ [ Authorized Signatory ]     Official Seal: /Seal/
Authorized representative    
Name:    
Title:    

 

49


Agent Bank

China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch

 

Address: 86 Gaosuntang, Wanzhou District, Chongqing, China
Postal Code: 404000
Tel: 023-58220003
Facsimile: 023-58248091
Contact: Jing Wang

 

/s/ [Authorized Signatory]     Official Seal: /Seal/
Authorized representative    
Name:    
Title:    

 

50


Lender

China Construction Bank, Wanzhou Branch

 

Address: 86 Gaosuntang, Wanzhou District, Chongqing, China
Postal Code: 404000
Tel: 023-58220003
Facsimile: 023-58248091
Contact: Jing Wang

 

/s/ [Authorized Signatory]     Official Seal: /Seal/
Authorized representative    
Name:    
Title:    

 

51


Lender

China Everbright Bank, Chongqing Branch

 

Address: 168 Minzu Street, Yuzhong District, Chongqing, China
Postal Code: 400000
Tel: 023-63792711
Facsimile: 023-63792711
Contact: Ying Zhang

 

/s/ [Authorized Signatory]     Official Seal: /Seal/
Authorized representative    
Name:    
Title:    

 

52

Exhibit 4.25

English Translation

FIXED ASSETS LOAN AGREEMENT

Huaxia Bank

 

1


FIXED ASSETS LOAN AGREEMENT

No.: LQ09102011110085

Party A (the Borrower): Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd.

Domicile: Xian Jia Village, Longdu, Wanzhou District, Chongqing, China

Post code: 404000                              Legal representative: Guangfu Xu

Tel: 023-64866606                             Fax: 023-64866688

Bank of principal account: Construction Bank Wanzhou Branch

Account No.:

Party B (the Lender): Huaxia Bank, Wanzhou Branch

Domicile: No. 318 Bai Yan Road, Wanzhou District, Chongqing, China

Post code: 404000

Legal representative (principal): Jianping Xiang

Tel: 023-87680769                             Fax: 023-87680776

In accordance with relevant laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China, the Parties hereby enter into this Agreement after negotiations based on the principle of fairness.

Article 1 Type of Loan

 

1.1 The loan hereunder shall be general fixed assets loan .

Article 2 Amount and Currency of Loan

 

2.1 The currency of the loan hereunder shall be RMB .

 

2.2 The amount of the loan hereunder shall be One Hundred and Thirty Million Yuan (In word) .

Article 3 Purpose of Loan

 

3.1 Party A shall use the loan hereunder for the sole purpose of replacing the loan in the amount of RMB260 million for silicon project of Party A , and shall not use such loan for any other purposes without written consent of Party B.

Article 4 Term of Loan

 

4.1 The term of the loan hereunder is four years , starting from October 20, 2011 to October 19, 2015 .

 

4.2 Party A shall draw down the loan hereunder on October 20, 2011 in lump sum. Party A will submit a Fixed Assets Loan Drawdown Application in the form attached hereto no less than one day prior to the agreed-upon drawdown date, and may not draw down the loan without review of such Application by Party B to its satisfaction.

 

2


4.3 Party A shall repay the principal of the loan equal to:

RMB4 million on December 21, 2011;

RMB5 million on June 21, 2012;

RMB10 million on December 21, 2012;

RMB20 million on June 21, 2013;

RMB21 million on December 21, 2013;

RMB20 million on June 21, 2014;

RMB20 million on December 21, 2014;

RMB10 million on June 21, 2015; and

RMB20 million on October 19, 2015.

 

4.4 In the event that the drawdown date and the maturity date set forth in the loan certificate hereunder are not consistent with the dates specified as above or provided in the drawdown application, the date indicated on the loan certificate hereunder shall prevail. The drawdown application, loan certificate and any other document mutually agreed by the Parties are an integral part of and have same effect with this Agreement.

Article 5 Interest Rate

 

5.1 The interest rate hereunder shall be 6.90%  per annum. In the event that the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate after the execution of this Agreement and prior to the granting of the loan, the interest rate hereunder shall be adjusted pursuant to the floating range provided in Article 5.5 based on the benchmark interest rate for the corresponding period.

 

5.2

The interests of the loan hereunder shall be payable on quarterly basis and shall be paid on the 20 th day of the last month of each quarter, with the last interest payment date being the expiry date of this Agreement.

 

5.3 In the event that the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate for the corresponding period after the granting of the loan, the interest rate hereunder shall be adjusted on quarterly basis, and the adjusted interest rate shall apply on and from the day immediately following the first interest payment date after such adjustment.

 

5.4 In case of adjustment pursuant to Article 5.1 and 5.3, the interest rate shall be determined according to the adjusted benchmark interest rate for the corresponding period as published by the People’s Bank of China.

 

5.5 In the event of adjusted interest rate, the penalty interest rate hereunder shall be adjusted accordingly and shall apply concurrently with the interest rate. The penalty shall be calculated in installments according to different rates applied.

 

3


5.6 Party A’s consent is not required for Party B to make the above adjustments.

Article 6 Conditions for Drawdown

 

6.1 Party A may not draw down the loan unless the following conditions are satisfied:

 

6.1.1 Party A has obtained governmental approvals, licenses and has completed relevant registrations and other statutory procedures related to the loan hereunder pursuant to the laws and regulations;

 

6.1.2 The capital in the same proportion of the loan has been provided, which means the capital of the project shall be provided consistently with the provision of the loan;

 

6.1.3 The progress of the project is consistent with the investment already made;

 

6.1.4 Party A has provided duly completed and signed drawdown application to Party B;

 

6.1.5 Party A has provided the following relevant information as required by Party B;

 

6.1.5.1 Information confirming consistency between project progress with investment, including without limitation project schedule and notes thereto;

 

6.1.5.2 Information confirming the capital in the same proportion of the loan has been provide; and

 

6.1.5.3 Fixed assets purchase or construction agreement, as applicable.

 

6.1.6 Where a security is created hereunder, the Parties have completed all procedures as agreed upon, and such procedures/security/pledge have come into effect;

 

6.1.7 No event of default has occurred on part of Party A;

 

6.1.8 As of the drawdown date, all Party A’s representations and warranties hereunder remain true, accurate and valid; and

 

6.1.9 As of the drawdown date, operational and financial conditions of Party A remain substantially the same as those as of the execution hereof, and no major adverse changes have occurred.

 

6.2 Party A shall handle drawdown procedures at Party B’s office upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth above, and shall sign the loan certificate with Party B. The loan certificate shall constitute an integral part of this Agreement with same legal effect.

 

6.3 The granting of the loan prior to satisfaction of conditions set forth in Article 6.1 shall not constitute a flaw in Party B’s performance.

 

4


Article 7 Payment of Loan Proceeds

 

7.1 The loan proceeds hereunder shall be provided as follows:

 

7.1.1 If any single payment of the loan proceeds is more than RMB5 million, such loan proceeds will be transferred to the Designated Account for Loan Proceeds Transfer (A/C: 8391-3026) opened by Party A with Party B and then directly payable to the counterparty of Party A pursuant to the Fixed Assets Loan Drawdown Application affixed with Party A’s common seal by Party B upon review to its satisfaction of the relevant transaction information provided by Party A.

 

7.1.2 If any single payment of the loan proceeds is less than RMB5 million, such loan proceeds will be transferred to the Designated Account for Loan Proceeds Transfer pursuant to the Fixed Assets Loan Drawdown Application affixed with Party A’s common seal by Party B upon review to its satisfaction of the relevant transaction information provided by Party A, and then payable by Party A to relevant counterparty of Party A. Party A shall provide updated status report of the payment of such loan proceeds on monthly basis, and Party B may check payment of such loan proceeds from time to time by way of account analysis, voucher verification, and on-site examination.

 

7.2 For payment of loan proceeds under Article 7.1.1, Party A shall provide information regarding the counterparty and purpose of such proceeds required by Party B. Party B will not be liable for failure to pay such loan proceeds due to untruth, inaccuracy and incompleteness of the information provided by Party A.

Article 8 Revenue Account and Post-loan Fund Monitor

 

8.1 It is agreed by the Parties that Party A will open its operation revenue account with Party B (A/C: 8391-2938).

 

8.2 Party A shall transfer 30% of its revenue (including without limitation revenue from sales, lease and operations) to the operation revenue account, and maintain an amount no less than 5% of the loan balance in such account.

 

8.3 Party A shall any loan proceeds drawn down under this Agreement for relevant fixed assets construction and operation, and Party B may review the payment of such loan proceeds.

Article 9 Repayment of Loan

 

9.1 The sources of repayment by Party A include but not limited to sales revenue . Party A undertakes in no case shall it refuse to perform the repayment obligation hereunder by invoking the above provisions.

 

5


9.2 Party A shall deposit the repayment (interest and principal) in full in the account opened with Party B prior to the close of business on the repayment day (interest payment day, principal repayment day), and Party B has the right to debit the account. In the event that the repayment day is a public holiday, it shall be delayed to the first business day immediately following such holiday.

 

9.3 Party B shall have the right to deduct any due and payable amount unpaid by Party A from any account maintained by Party A with all branches of Huaxia Bank. If the currency of the account so deducted is different from that of the loan, an exchange rate shall be applied according to the exchange rate published by Party B on the date of deduction.

 

9.4 Any payment made by Party A (including payment deducted by Party B hereunder) shall be used for repayment of the loan in the following order, subject to any changes made by Party B: expenses incurred in realizing the creditor’s rights and security interest, compensation for damages, default penalty, compound interest, overdue interest, penalty interest, interest of the loan, and principal.

 

9.5 If Party A desires to repay the loan in advance, it shall submit an application in writing to Party B 10 days in advance. With Party B’s written consent, the interests shall be collected according to the interest rate agreed upon hereunder and the actual days of use.

Article 10 Loan Guarantee

 

10.1 If the creditor’s right hereunder is secured by maximum guarantee, then:

The guarantor, Daqo Group Co., Ltd. , shall enter into a maximum guarantee agreement with Party B; and

The pledgor, Chongqing Daqo New Energy Sources Co., Ltd. , shall enter into a maximum mortgage agreement with Party B.

Article 11 Party A’s Rights and Obligations

 

11.1 Party A undertakes that it is a company duly incorporated and validly existing under relevant laws, and it has the power to dispose of the property operated and managed by it, to run the businesses in line with the purpose of the loan hereunder, and to enter into and perform this Agreement.

 

11.2 Party A undertakes that the project to which the loan hereunder is applied is in compliance with PRC laws, regulations and relevant investment and operation qualifications and capital requirements, has received approvals and registrations, made filings and completed other procedures required by government agencies.

 

6


11.3 Party A undertakes that it has obtained necessary approvals from regulatory agencies and its board of directors, as well as necessary authorizations to enter into this Agreement.

 

11.4 Party A undertakes that its execution and performance of this Agreement do not violate any provision or agreement that is binding upon Party A or its assets, any guarantee agreement or other agreements signed with other party, or any other instrument, agreement or covenant that is binding upon Party A.

 

11.5 Party A undertakes to provide the documents and materials as required by Party B, which shall be true, accurate, legitimate and valid.

 

11.6 During the term of this Agreement, Party A’s leverage ratio shall be no more than 80%.

 

11.7 Party A shall have the right to draw down and use the loan pursuant to this Agreement.

 

11.8 Party A shall open settlement account and the designated account for loan proceeds transfer with Party B or any institution appointed by Party B, and subject such accounts to the monitor of Party A pursuant to this Agreement.

 

11.9 Party A shall have the right to use the loan for purposes provided herein.

 

11.10 Party A shall cooperate with Party B with respect to the inspections conducted prior to, during and after the granting of the loan as required by Party B, which include but not limited to the provision of the following materials:

 

11.10.1 The business license with annual inspections passed; the corporation code certificate; the ID card of the legal representative and necessary personal information; a list of members of the board of directors, principals, and the financial controller; the licenses for conduction of the business; tax registration certificate with annual inspections passed; a copy of evidence of tax clearance for the period specified by Party B; and the loan certificate (card);

 

11.10.2 Information of all banks of deposit, account numbers and amounts of deposits and loans;

 

11.10.3 Audited balance sheet, income statement, change in shareholder’s equity, and sales information, cash flow sheet, financial statements together with its notes and remarks for the period specified by Party B;

 

11.10.4 Production plans, statistical forms, budget and final accounts of projects;

 

11.10.5 Information on external guarantee (including guarantee for Party B’s any institution);

 

7


11.10.6 Information on all affiliates and relationship therewith, existing and potential related party transactions accounting for 10% of its net assets, and internal guarantee within the group;

 

11.10.7 Information on lawsuit, arbitration, administrative penalty, dispute over debt obligations with other parties, and prosecution of criminal liability against any management personnel; and

 

11.10.8 Information on use of the loan hereunder.

 

11.11 Party A shall repay the interest and principal of the loan as agreed upon hereunder.

 

11.12 Party A shall provide notice in writing to Party B no less than 30 day prior to occurrence of any circumstances that may change its operations, systems and legal status: contracting, leasing, trusteeship, reorganization of assets, restructuring of debts and equity, joint operation, merger (merger and acquisition), division, joint venture, decrease of registered capital or application for cessation or cancellation of operation, dissolution or reorganization, settlement, and bankruptcy, and Party A shall clarify the repayment liability hereunder or provide new guarantee for the loan hereunder (both subject to Party B’s acknowledgement in writing); otherwise all activities mentioned in this clause shall not be conducted unless and until the loan hereunder is fully repaid.

 

11.13 In the event of being ordered to cease business operations, shut down, dissolve (cancel), and application of reorganization or bankruptcy filed by other parties, which may change its systems and legal status, Party A shall provide a written notice to Party B within 3 days upon the occurrence of such circumstances, and shall take adequate and effective measures to secure Party B’s rights as the creditor.

 

11.14 In the event of any circumstance that may jeopardize Party A’s ordinary operation or Party B’s rights as the creditor, Party A shall provide a written notice to Party B within 3 days upon the occurrence of such circumstance, and shall take adequate and effective measures to secure Party B’s rights as the creditor.

 

11.15 In the event of any change to Party A’s domicile, name, legal representative, or substantial changes to Party A’s senior management, Party A shall provide a written notice to Party B within 7 days upon the occurrence of such change.

 

11.16 Before Party A fully repays the interest and principal of the loan hereunder, Party A shall not sell any specific assets, repay other debts in advance, or provide guarantee to third parties without Party B’s consents.

 

11.17 Party A shall not enter into any contract with any third party that may jeopardize rights and interests of Party B hereunder.

 

8


11.18 In the event that a guarantee is provided, Party A shall forthwith provide new guarantee as accepted by Party B or repay the loan hereunder in advance if the guarantor violates any obligations or covenants set forth in the guarantee contract.

 

11.19 Is construction in progress is offered as mortgage, relevant mortgage registration procedures may be effected under Party B’s request subject to satisfaction of relevant registration conditions.

Article 12 Party B’s Rights and Obligations

 

12.1 Party B shall have the right to request Party A to provide documents in connection with the loan hereunder.

 

12.2 Party B shall have the right to monitor and inspect the use of the loan hereunder, and to understand Party A’s operation activities, financial conditions, provision of guarantee and dispute over debt obligation, etc.

 

12.3 Party B may request Party A to open settlement account and the designated account for loan proceeds transfer with Party B or any institution appointed by Party B, and subject such accounts to the monitor of Party A pursuant to this Agreement.

 

12.4 Party B shall fully grant the loan to Party A on time if Party A fully performs its obligations hereunder and fully satisfies the conditions for drawdown.

 

12.5 Party B shall keep confidential all information related to Party A’s debt, financial conditions, production, and operation, etc. provided thereby unless otherwise required by the laws and regulations.

 

12.6 Party B shall publish an announcement if it changes its domicile during the term hereof.

 

12.7 Party B may request further capital and assets contribution from Party A according to the progress of relevant project construction.

 

12.8 Party B may monitor and examine:

 

12.8.1 Whether the capital from Party A is duly paid, and whether the capital of project is duly managed;

 

12.8.2 Whether Party A has taken risk controls regarding master contract, raw materials long-term supply contract, commercial insurance, completion deposits, completion bond and performance bond;

 

12.8.3 Whether transfer of the loan proceeds is consistent with progress of the project, and whether investment amount is consistent with investment budget;

 

9


12.8.4 Whether the supervisor of the project has provided normal comments on the construction and quality of the project, whether the construction and materials expenses are duly paid, and whether financial derivative instruments has been applied or the sponsor has provided guaranty for any capital shortage;

 

12.8.5 Whether the total investment is within budget, and collect project examination and acceptance reports as well as comments from project designing, construction, and supervising enteritis;

 

12.8.6 Whether the revenue from the project has been transferred to the designated revenue account at agreed-upon proportion; and

 

12.8.7 Whether Party A has duly secured funds for loan repayment.

Article 13 Liabilities for Breach of Contract

 

13.1 After the effectiveness of this Agreement, both Parties shall perform their obligations under this Agreement, failure to perform or partial performance shall constitute breach of contract, and both Parties shall assume relevant liabilities.

 

13.2 If relevant security procedures under this Agreement are not completed due to Party A or the guarantor’s reason, or Party A fails to carry out the drawdown procedures at the time stipulated under this Agreement for a time in excess of 30 days (including public holidays and weekends) after the stipulated time for granting the loan, Party B is entitled to terminate this Agreement and request repayment of the loan granted.

 

13.3 If Party A fails to repay the principal when due (including accelerated maturity) according to this Agreement, the overdue interests shall be calculated from the overdue date by increasing 50% of the interest rate as penalty. If Party A fails to pay the interests on time within the term of the loan, compound interests shall be collected according to the interest rate stipulated hereunder. For any unpaid interests of the loan overdue, compound interests shall be collected according to the penalty interest rate under this clause.

 

13.4 If Party A fails to use the loan according to the purpose stipulated hereunder, penalty interests will be collected by increasing 100% of the stipulated interest rate from the date of breach with respect to the principal and interest, and compound interests will also be collected.

 

13.5 If the loan is overdue or is not used according to the stipulated purposes, overdue interests, penalty interests and compound interests shall be collected by month.

 

10


13.6 Where Party B’s rights as the creditor is realized through litigation due to Party A’s breach, Party A shall borne the fees paid by Party B, such as the litigation fees, arbitration fees, preservation fees, announcement fees, evaluation fees, appraisal fees, auction fees, traveling expenses, attorney fees and other fees incurred for the realization of the creditor’s rights.

 

13.7 If any of the following occurs, Party B is entitled to announce the accelerated maturity of all the loans granted, collect the principal and interests, cease granting additional loans, and take legitimate measures:

 

13.7.1 Party A fails to use the loan according to the purpose stipulated hereunder or fails to pay the principal, interests and other payables in full and on time;

 

13.7.2 Party A fails to transfer the loan proceeds pursuant to this Agreement;

 

13.7.3 Party A intentionally reduces the amount of loan proceeds to avoid payment by Party B set forth under Clause 7.1.1;

 

13.7.4 Payment of loan proceeds under Clause 7.1.2 is materially different from the planned payment provided by Party B;

 

13.7.5 Party A provides false balance sheet, income statement and other loan materials or conceals important facts thereof or any other substantial financial facts;

 

13.7.6 Party A refuses Party B to supervise or examine its loan use and its productions, operations, and financial activities.

 

13.7.7 Party A uses the loan to make equity investments;

 

13.7.8 Party A uses the loan to speculate in equities, futures and real estate, or conduct other illegal or non-compliance actions;

 

13.7.9 Party A obtains the loan to grant loans and seeks illegal incomes;

 

13.7.10 Party A obtains the loan by fraud;

 

13.7.11 Party A arbitrages money from Party B by using a fake contract with related parties and providing mortgage to Party B with notes receivable and accounts receivable without true trading background;

 

13.7.12 Party A evades repayment of bank debts through related party transactions;

 

13.7.13 Party A breaches any contract or agreement entered into between Party A and other parties (including Party B) or breaches any representations or warranties made by Party A unilaterally, which constitutes material breach.

 

11


13.7.14 There is a change to Party A’s operation, system or legal status, including but not limited to contracting, leasing, trusteeship, reorganization of assets, restructuring of debts and equity, joint operation, merger (merger and acquisition), division, transfer of assets, joint venture, decrease of registered capital or application for cessation or cancellation of operation, dissolution, reorganization, settlement and bankruptcy, provided that Party A has not obtained Party B’s written consent, clarified repayment obligation hereunder, or provided new guarantee acceptable to Party B;

 

13.7.15 There is a change to the guarantee hereunder that has an adverse impact on Party B’s rights as the creditor, including but not limited to the damage, loss and decrease in value of the collateral and pledge, or the guarantor violates any obligation under the guarantee contract while Party A fails to provide new guarantee per Party B’s request;

 

13.7.16 The guarantee contract or other guarantee provided fails to come into effect or is held void or revoked, the guarantor loses part or all of its ability to provide guarantee or expressly indicates that it will not perform its guarantee obligation, or the guarantor violates any obligation or covenants under the guarantee contract or other contracts with third party, while Party A fails to provide new guarantee per Party B’s request;

 

13.7.17 Representations and warranties made by Party A are untrue, inaccurate or there is omission of material facts;

 

13.7.18 Party A expressly indicates or indicates by its performance that it will not perform its obligations hereunder;

 

13.7.19 Party A fails to cause the progress of the project in line with the use of the loan;

 

13.7.20 Party A’s leverage ratio is more than 70% during the term of the loan;

 

13.7.21 Party A violates any other obligation or covenant agreed upon hereunder, which in Party B’s view will affect the realization of Party B’s rights as the creditor;

 

13.7.21 Any of Party A’s representations in the drawdown application and/or any information attached thereto is untrue or in breach of any covenants made by Party A in the drawdown application.

 

11.8 If Party B fails to make loans upon Party A’s request within seven (7) working days after Party A meets all the drawdown conditions and submits drawdown requirement to Party B, Party A is entitled to collect liquidated damages from Party B based on the interest rate specified in Article 13.3 according to the amount and actual days of overdue.

Article 14 Effectiveness

 

14.1 This Agreement shall take effect upon execution by both Parties.

 

12


Article 15 Transfer, Change and Termination of Agreement

 

15.1 After this Agreement takes effect, Party B may transfer all or part of its rights as the creditor under this Agreement to a third party without Party A’s consent.

 

15.2 After this Agreement takes effect, Party A shall not transfer all or part of its obligations as the debtor under this Agreement to a third party unless Party B receives from the guarantor a written document consenting to continue to assume the guarantee liability after the transfer or a new guarantee is provided to Party B. In addition, Party B’s written consent is also required for such transfer.

 

15.3 After this Agreement takes effect, neither party shall make changes without consent of the other party. Any change to this Agreement shall be made by Party A and Party B in writing.

 

15.4 If Party A requires extension under this Agreement, an extension agreement shall be signed upon Party B’s approval. If Party B refuses to extend, Party A is obliged to perform its repayment obligation according to this Agreement.

 

15.5 During the term of this Agreement, if any of the following events happens, Party B is entitled to terminate the Agreement, collect the outstanding loan and interests in advance and stop granting loans:

 

15.5.1 Party A’s operational and financial conditions deteriorates and becomes unable to repay matured debt; or Party A gets involved in major litigation or arbitration or other legal proceedings which severely impacts or jeopardizes Party B’s realization of its rights as the creditor;

 

15.5.2 The overall credit, operational and financial status of Party A is in severe crisis, which poses a severe threat to Party B’s rights as the creditor;

 

15.5.3 Party A suspends or ceases operation or dissolves, or the business license of Party A is revoked or cancelled; and

 

15.5.4 Other circumstances that may pose threat or cause severe damage to Party B’s rights as the creditor under this Agreement.

Article 16 Dispute Resolution

 

16.1 Any dispute arising from the performance hereof shall be settled through negotiation. In the event that no agreement is reached through negotiation, such disputes shall be settled by filing a lawsuit to the people’s court where Party B is located.

 

13


Article 17 Miscellaneous

 

17.1 If Party A and Party B have entered into the Maximum Financing Agreement (Agreement No.: CQ09(RONG ZI)20110007), this Agreement shall be regarded as a specific business Agreement under the Maximal Financing Agreement.

 

17.2 Within the term of this Agreement, if Party A fails to notify Party B in writing with regard to the change of company name, the legal representative and the address, all the documents delivered by Party B to Party A according to the information under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been delivered.

 

17.3 Fees for registration, insurance, notarization, appraisal, transportation and all other relevant fees with respect to this Agreement and its guarantee Agreement shall be borne by Party A. If the fees are paid by Party B upfront, Party B is entitled to withhold the amount from Party A’s account.

 

17.4 Any Party shall provide cooperation for the other Party’s request to amend this Agreement due to any change of laws, regulations, rules and judicial interpretations, otherwise any loan available will no longer be provided.

 

17.5 This Agreement shall be executed in four counterparts with equal effect, with one copy held by Party A, two copies held by Party B, and one copy held by the guarantor.

 

17.6 Relevant exhibits shall form an integral part of this Agreement and shall enjoy the same legal effect as this Agreement.

 

17.7 Party B has made reasonable efforts to notify Party A of the clauses regarding waiver or limitation of Party B’s liability under this Agreement and has made full clarification of relevant clauses as per Party A’s request. Party A and Party B have no disagreement over the interpretation of the terms of this Agreement.

Exhibit: Fixed Assets Loan Drawdown Application

Party A: (Seal) Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd. /Seal/

Legal Representative: /s/ Guangfu Xu

(or Authorized Agent)

Date: October 20, 2011

Party B: (Seal) Huaxia Bank Chongqing Wanzhou Branch /Seal/

Legal Representative: /s/ Jianping Xiang

(or Authorized Agent)

Date: October 20, 2011

 

14

Exhibit 4.26

English Translation

FIXED ASSETS LOAN AGREEMENT

Huaxia Bank

 

1


FIXED ASSETS LOAN AGREEMENT

No.: LQ09102011110090

 

Party A (the Borrower): Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd.

Domicile: Xian Jia Village, Longdu, Wanzhou District, Chongqing, China
Post code: 404000   Legal representative: Guangfu Xu

Tel: 023-64866606

  Fax: 023-64866688
Bank of principal account: Construction Bank Wanzhou Branch
Account No.:  
Party B (the Lender): Huaxia Bank, Wanzhou Branch
Domicile: No. 318 Bai Yan Road, Wanzhou District, Chongqing, China
Post code: 404000  
Legal representative (principal): Jianping Xiang

Tel: 023-87680769

  Fax: 023-87680776

In accordance with relevant laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China, the Parties hereby enter into this Agreement after negotiations based on the principle of fairness.

Article 1 Type of Loan

 

1.1 The loan hereunder shall be general fixed assets loan .

Article 2 Amount and Currency of Loan

 

2.1 The currency of the loan hereunder shall be RMB .

 

2.2 The amount of the loan hereunder shall be One Hundred and Twenty Million Yuan (In word) .

Article 3 Purpose of Loan

 

3.1 Party A shall use the loan hereunder for the sole purpose of replacing the fixed assets loan in the amount of RMB120 million of Party A , and shall not use such loan for any other purposes without written consent of Party B.

Article 4 Term of Loan

 

4.1 The term of the loan hereunder is four years , starting from October 26, 2011 to October 25, 2015 .

 

4.2 Party A shall draw down the loan hereunder on October 26, 2011 in lump sum.

 

2


4.3 Party A shall repay the principal of the loan equal to:

RMB5 million on June 21, 2012;

RMB10 million on December 21, 2012;

RMB20 million on June 21, 2013;

RMB20 million on December 21, 2013;

RMB20 million on June 21, 2014;

RMB20 million on December 21, 2014;

RMB15 million on June 21, 2015; and

RMB10 million on October 25, 2015.

 

4.4 In the event that the drawdown date and the maturity date set forth in the loan certificate hereunder are not consistent with the dates specified as above or provided in the drawdown application, the date indicated on the loan certificate hereunder shall prevail. The drawdown application, loan certificate and any other document mutually agreed by the Parties are an integral part of and have same effect with this Agreement.

Article 5 Interest Rate

 

5.1 The interest rate hereunder shall be 6.90%  per annum. In the event that the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate after the execution of this Agreement and prior to the granting of the loan, the interest rate hereunder shall be adjusted pursuant to the floating range provided in Article 5.5 based on the benchmark interest rate for the corresponding period.

 

5.2

The interests of the loan hereunder shall be payable on quarterly basis and shall be paid on the 20 th day of the last month of each quarter, with the last interest payment date being the expiry date of this Agreement.

 

5.3 In the event that the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate for the corresponding period after the granting of the loan, the interest rate hereunder shall be adjusted on quarterly basis, and the adjusted interest rate shall apply on and from the day immediately following the first interest payment date after such adjustment.

 

5.4 In case of adjustment pursuant to Article 5.1 and 5.3, the interest rate shall be determined according to the adjusted benchmark interest rate for the corresponding period as published by the People’s Bank of China.

 

5.5 In the event of adjusted interest rate, the penalty interest rate hereunder shall be adjusted accordingly and shall apply concurrently with the interest rate. The penalty shall be calculated in installments according to different rates applied.

 

5.6 Party A’s consent is not required for Party B to make the above adjustments.

 

3


Article 6 Conditions for Drawdown

 

6.1 Party A may not draw down the loan unless the following conditions are satisfied:

 

6.1.1 Party A has obtained governmental approvals, licenses and has completed relevant registrations and other statutory procedures related to the loan hereunder pursuant to the laws and regulations;

 

6.1.2 The capital in the same proportion of the loan has been provided, which means the capital of the project shall be provided consistently with the provision of the loan;

 

6.1.3 The progress of the project is consistent with the investment already made;

 

6.1.4 Party A has provided duly completed and signed drawdown application to Party B;

 

6.1.5 Party A has provided the following relevant information as required by Party B;

 

6.1.5.1 Information confirming consistency between project progress with investment, including without limitation project schedule and notes thereto;

 

6.1.5.2 Information confirming the capital in the same proportion of the loan has been provide; and

 

6.1.5.3 Fixed assets purchase or construction agreement, as applicable.

 

6.1.6 Where a security is created hereunder, the Parties have completed all procedures as agreed upon, and such procedures/security/pledge have come into effect;

 

6.1.7 No event of default has occurred on part of Party A;

 

6.1.8 As of the drawdown date, all Party A’s representations and warranties hereunder remain true, accurate and valid; and

 

6.1.9 As of the drawdown date, operational and financial conditions of Party A remain substantially the same as those as of the execution hereof, and no major adverse changes have occurred.

 

6.2 Party A shall handle drawdown procedures at Party B’s office upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth above, and shall sign the loan certificate with Party B. The loan certificate shall constitute an integral part of this Agreement with same legal effect.

 

6.3 The granting of the loan prior to satisfaction of conditions set forth in Article 6.1 shall not constitute a flaw in Party B’s performance.

 

4


Article 7 Payment of Loan Proceeds

 

7.1 The loan proceeds hereunder shall be provided as follows:

 

7.1.1 If any single payment of the loan proceeds is more than RMB5 million, such loan proceeds will be transferred to the Designated Account for Loan Proceeds Transfer (A/C: 8391-3026) opened by Party A with Party B and then directly payable to the counterparty of Party A pursuant to the Fixed Assets Loan Drawdown Application affixed with Party A’s common seal by Party B upon review to its satisfaction of the relevant transaction information provided by Party A.

 

7.1.2 If any single payment of the loan proceeds is less than RMB5 million, such loan proceeds will be transferred to the Designated Account for Loan Proceeds Transfer pursuant to the Fixed Assets Loan Drawdown Application affixed with Party A’s common seal by Party B upon review to its satisfaction of the relevant transaction information provided by Party A, and then payable by Party A to relevant counterparty of Party A. Party A shall provide updated status report of the payment of such loan proceeds on monthly basis, and Party B may check payment of such loan proceeds from time to time by way of account analysis, voucher verification, and on-site examination.

 

7.2 For payment of loan proceeds under Article 7.1.1, Party A shall provide information regarding the counterparty and purpose of such proceeds required by Party B. Party B will not be liable for failure to pay such loan proceeds due to untruth, inaccuracy and incompleteness of the information provided by Party A.

Article 8 Revenue Account and Post-loan Fund Monitor

 

8.1 It is agreed by the Parties that Party A will open its operation revenue account with Party B (A/C: 8391-2938).

 

8.2 Party A shall transfer 30% of its revenue (including without limitation revenue from sales, lease and operations) to the operation revenue account, and maintain an amount no less than 5% of the loan balance in such account.

 

8.3 Party A shall any loan proceeds drawn down under this Agreement for relevant fixed assets construction and operation, and Party B may review the payment of such loan proceeds.

Article 9 Repayment of Loan

 

9.1 The sources of repayment by Party A include but not limited to sales revenue . Party A undertakes in no case shall it refuse to perform the repayment obligation hereunder by invoking the above provisions.

 

9.2 Party A shall deposit the repayment (interest and principal) in full in the account opened with Party B prior to the close of business on the repayment day (interest payment day, principal repayment day), and Party B has the right to debit the account. In the event that the repayment day is a public holiday, it shall be delayed to the first business day immediately following such holiday.

 

5


9.3 Party B shall have the right to deduct any due and payable amount unpaid by Party A from any account maintained by Party A with all branches of Huaxia Bank. If the currency of the account so deducted is different from that of the loan, an exchange rate shall be applied according to the exchange rate published by Party B on the date of deduction.

 

9.4 Any payment made by Party A (including payment deducted by Party B hereunder) shall be used for repayment of the loan in the following order, subject to any changes made by Party B: expenses incurred in realizing the creditor’s rights and security interest, compensation for damages, default penalty, compound interest, overdue interest, penalty interest, interest of the loan, and principal.

 

9.5 If Party A desires to repay the loan in advance, it shall submit an application in writing to Party B 10 days in advance. With Party B’s written consent, the interests shall be collected according to the interest rate agreed upon hereunder and the actual days of use.

Article 10 Loan Guarantee

 

10.1 If the creditor’s right hereunder is secured by maximum guarantee, then:

The guarantor, Daqo Group Co., Ltd. , shall enter into a maximum guarantee agreement with Party B; and

The pledgor, Chongqing Daqo New Energy Sources Co., Ltd. , shall enter into a maximum mortgage agreement with Party B.

Article 11 Party A’s Rights and Obligations

 

11.1 Party A undertakes that it is a company duly incorporated and validly existing under relevant laws, and it has the power to dispose of the property operated and managed by it, to run the businesses in line with the purpose of the loan hereunder, and to enter into and perform this Agreement.

 

11.2 Party A undertakes that the project to which the loan hereunder is applied is in compliance with PRC laws, regulations and relevant investment and operation qualifications and capital requirements, has received approvals and registrations, made filings and completed other procedures required by government agencies.

 

11.3 Party A undertakes that it has obtained necessary approvals from regulatory agencies and its board of directors, as well as necessary authorizations to enter into this Agreement.

 

6


11.4 Party A undertakes that its execution and performance of this Agreement do not violate any provision or agreement that is binding upon Party A or its assets, any guarantee agreement or other agreements signed with other party, or any other instrument, agreement or covenant that is binding upon Party A.

 

11.5 Party A undertakes to provide the documents and materials as required by Party B, which shall be true, accurate, legitimate and valid.

 

11.6 During the term of this Agreement, Party A’s leverage ratio shall be no more than 80%.

 

11.7 Party A shall have the right to draw down and use the loan pursuant to this Agreement.

 

11.8 Party A shall open settlement account and the designated account for loan proceeds transfer with Party B or any institution appointed by Party B, and subject such accounts to the monitor of Party A pursuant to this Agreement.

 

11.9 Party A shall have the right to use the loan for purposes provided herein.

 

11.10 Party A shall cooperate with Party B with respect to the inspections conducted prior to, during and after the granting of the loan as required by Party B, which include but not limited to the provision of the following materials:

 

11.10.1 The business license with annual inspections passed; the corporation code certificate; the ID card of the legal representative and necessary personal information; a list of members of the board of directors, principals, and the financial controller; the licenses for conduction of the business; tax registration certificate with annual inspections passed; a copy of evidence of tax clearance for the period specified by Party B; and the loan certificate (card);

 

11.10.2 Information of all banks of deposit, account numbers and amounts of deposits and loans;

 

11.10.3 Audited balance sheet, income statement, change in shareholder’s equity, and sales information, cash flow sheet, financial statements together with its notes and remarks for the period specified by Party B;

 

11.10.4 Production plans, statistical forms, budget and final accounts of projects;

 

11.10.5 Information on external guarantee (including guarantee for Party B’s any institution);

 

11.10.6 Information on all affiliates and relationship therewith, existing and potential related party transactions accounting for 10% of its net assets, and internal guarantee within the group;

 

7


11.10.7 Information on lawsuit, arbitration, administrative penalty, dispute over debt obligations with other parties, and prosecution of criminal liability against any management personnel; and

 

11.10.8 Information on use of the loan hereunder.

 

11.11 Party A shall repay the interest and principal of the loan as agreed upon hereunder.

 

11.12 Party A shall provide notice in writing to Party B no less than 30 day prior to occurrence of any circumstances that may change its operations, systems and legal status: contracting, leasing, trusteeship, reorganization of assets, restructuring of debts and equity, joint operation, merger (merger and acquisition), division, joint venture, decrease of registered capital or application for cessation or cancellation of operation, dissolution or reorganization, settlement, and bankruptcy, and Party A shall clarify the repayment liability hereunder or provide new guarantee for the loan hereunder (both subject to Party B’s acknowledgement in writing); otherwise all activities mentioned in this clause shall not be conducted unless and until the loan hereunder is fully repaid.

 

11.13 In the event of being ordered to cease business operations, shut down, dissolve (cancel), and application of reorganization or bankruptcy filed by other parties, which may change its systems and legal status, Party A shall provide a written notice to Party B within 3 days upon the occurrence of such circumstances, and shall take adequate and effective measures to secure Party B’s rights as the creditor.

 

11.14 In the event of any circumstance that may jeopardize Party A’s ordinary operation or Party B’s rights as the creditor, Party A shall provide a written notice to Party B within 3 days upon the occurrence of such circumstance, and shall take adequate and effective measures to secure Party B’s rights as the creditor.

 

11.15 In the event of any change to Party A’s domicile, name, legal representative, or substantial changes to Party A’s senior management, Party A shall provide a written notice to Party B within 7 days upon the occurrence of such change.

 

11.16 Before Party A fully repays the interest and principal of the loan hereunder, Party A shall not sell any specific assets, repay other debts in advance, or provide guarantee to third parties without Party B’s consents.

 

11.17 Party A shall not enter into any contract with any third party that may jeopardize rights and interests of Party B hereunder.

 

11.18 In the event that a guarantee is provided, Party A shall forthwith provide new guarantee as accepted by Party B or repay the loan hereunder in advance if the guarantor violates any obligations or covenants set forth in the guarantee contract.

 

8


11.19 Is construction in progress is offered as mortgage, relevant mortgage registration procedures may be effected under Party B’s request subject to satisfaction of relevant registration conditions.

Article 12 Party B’s Rights and Obligations

 

12.1 Party B shall have the right to request Party A to provide documents in connection with the loan hereunder.

 

12.2 Party B shall have the right to monitor and inspect the use of the loan hereunder, and to understand Party A’s operation activities, financial conditions, provision of guarantee and dispute over debt obligation, etc.

 

12.3 Party B may request Party A to open settlement account and the designated account for loan proceeds transfer with Party B or any institution appointed by Party B, and subject such accounts to the monitor of Party A pursuant to this Agreement.

 

12.4 Party B shall fully grant the loan to Party A on time if Party A fully performs its obligations hereunder and fully satisfies the conditions for drawdown.

 

12.5 Party B shall keep confidential all information related to Party A’s debt, financial conditions, production, and operation, etc. provided thereby unless otherwise required by the laws and regulations.

 

12.6 Party B shall publish an announcement if it changes its domicile during the term hereof.

 

12.7 Party B may request further capital and assets contribution from Party A according to the progress of relevant project construction.

 

12.8 Party B may monitor and examine:

 

12.8.1 Whether the capital from Party A is duly paid, and whether the capital of project is duly managed;

 

12.8.2 Whether Party A has taken risk controls regarding master contract, raw materials long-term supply contract, commercial insurance, completion deposits, completion bond and performance bond;

 

12.8.3 Whether transfer of the loan proceeds is consistent with progress of the project, and whether investment amount is consistent with investment budget;

 

12.8.4 Whether the supervisor of the project has provided normal comments on the construction and quality of the project, whether the construction and materials expenses are duly paid, and whether financial derivative instruments has been applied or the sponsor has provided guaranty for any capital shortage;

 

9


12.8.5 Whether the total investment is within budget, and collect project examination and acceptance reports as well as comments from project designing, construction, and supervising enteritis;

 

12.8.6 Whether the revenue from the project has been transferred to the designated revenue account at agreed-upon proportion; and

 

12.8.7 Whether Party A has duly secured funds for loan repayment.

Article 13 Liabilities for Breach of Contract

 

13.1 After the effectiveness of this Agreement, both Parties shall perform their obligations under this Agreement, failure to perform or partial performance shall constitute breach of contract, and both Parties shall assume relevant liabilities.

 

13.2 If relevant security procedures under this Agreement are not completed due to Party A or the guarantor’s reason, or Party A fails to carry out the drawdown procedures at the time stipulated under this Agreement for a time in excess of 30 days (including public holidays and weekends) after the stipulated time for granting the loan, Party B is entitled to terminate this Agreement and request repayment of the loan granted.

 

13.3 If Party A fails to repay the principal when due (including accelerated maturity) according to this Agreement, the overdue interests shall be calculated from the overdue date by increasing 50% of the interest rate as penalty. If Party A fails to pay the interests on time within the term of the loan, compound interests shall be collected according to the interest rate stipulated hereunder. For any unpaid interests of the loan overdue, compound interests shall be collected according to the penalty interest rate under this clause.

 

13.4 If Party A fails to use the loan according to the purpose stipulated hereunder, penalty interests will be collected by increasing 100% of the stipulated interest rate from the date of breach with respect to the principal and interest, and compound interests will also be collected.

 

13.5 If the loan is overdue or is not used according to the stipulated purposes, overdue interests, penalty interests and compound interests shall be collected by month.

 

13.6 Where Party B’s rights as the creditor is realized through litigation due to Party A’s breach, Party A shall borne the fees paid by Party B, such as the litigation fees, arbitration fees, preservation fees, announcement fees, evaluation fees, appraisal fees, auction fees, traveling expenses, attorney fees and other fees incurred for the realization of the creditor’s rights.

 

10


13.7 If any of the following occurs, Party B is entitled to announce the accelerated maturity of all the loans granted, collect the principal and interests, cease granting additional loans, and take legitimate measures:

 

13.7.1 Party A fails to use the loan according to the purpose stipulated hereunder or fails to pay the principal, interests and other payables in full and on time;

 

13.7.2 Party A fails to transfer the loan proceeds pursuant to this Agreement;

 

13.7.3 Party A intentionally reduces the amount of loan proceeds to avoid payment by Party B set forth under Clause 7.1.1;

 

13.7.4 Payment of loan proceeds under Clause 7.1.2 is materially different from the planned payment provided by Party B;

 

13.7.5 Party A provides false balance sheet, income statement and other loan materials or conceals important facts thereof or any other substantial financial facts;

 

13.7.6 Party A refuses Party B to supervise or examine its loan use and its productions, operations, and financial activities.

 

13.7.7 Party A uses the loan to make equity investments;

 

13.7.8 Party A uses the loan to speculate in equities, futures and real estate, or conduct other illegal or non-compliance actions;

 

13.7.9 Party A obtains the loan to grant loans and seeks illegal incomes;

 

13.7.10 Party A obtains the loan by fraud;

 

13.7.11 Party A arbitrages money from Party B by using a fake contract with related parties and providing mortgage to Party B with notes receivable and accounts receivable without true trading background;

 

13.7.12 Party A evades repayment of bank debts through related party transactions;

 

13.7.13 Party A breaches any contract or agreement entered into between Party A and other parties (including Party B) or breaches any representations or warranties made by Party A unilaterally, which constitutes material breach.

 

13.7.14 There is a change to Party A’s operation, system or legal status, including but not limited to contracting, leasing, trusteeship, reorganization of assets, restructuring of debts and equity, joint operation, merger (merger and acquisition), division, transfer of assets, joint venture, decrease of registered capital or application for cessation or cancellation of operation, dissolution, reorganization, settlement and bankruptcy, provided that Party A has not obtained Party B’s written consent, clarified repayment obligation hereunder, or provided new guarantee acceptable to Party B;

 

11


13.7.15 There is a change to the guarantee hereunder that has an adverse impact on Party B’s rights as the creditor, including but not limited to the damage, loss and decrease in value of the collateral and pledge, or the guarantor violates any obligation under the guarantee contract while Party A fails to provide new guarantee per Party B’s request;

 

13.7.16 The guarantee contract or other guarantee provided fails to come into effect or is held void or revoked, the guarantor loses part or all of its ability to provide guarantee or expressly indicates that it will not perform its guarantee obligation, or the guarantor violates any obligation or covenants under the guarantee contract or other contracts with third party, while Party A fails to provide new guarantee per Party B’s request;

 

13.7.17 Representations and warranties made by Party A are untrue, inaccurate or there is omission of material facts;

 

13.7.18 Party A expressly indicates or indicates by its performance that it will not perform its obligations hereunder;

 

13.7.19 Party A fails to cause the progress of the project in line with the use of the loan;

 

13.7.20 Party A’s leverage ratio is more than 70% during the term of the loan;

 

13.7.21 Party A violates any other obligation or covenant agreed upon hereunder, which in Party B’s view will affect the realization of Party B’s rights as the creditor;

 

13.7.21 Any of Party A’s representations in the drawdown application and/or any information attached thereto is untrue or in breach of any covenants made by Party A in the drawdown application.

 

11.8 If Party B fails to make loans upon Party A’s request within seven (7) working days after Party A meets all the drawdown conditions and submits drawdown requirement to Party B, Party A is entitled to collect liquidated damages from Party B based on the interest rate specified in Article 13.3 according to the amount and actual days of overdue.

Article 14 Effectiveness

 

14.1 This Agreement shall take effect upon execution by both Parties.

Article 15 Transfer, Change and Termination of Agreement

 

15.1 After this Agreement takes effect, Party B may transfer all or part of its rights as the creditor under this Agreement to a third party without Party A’s consent.

 

12


15.2 After this Agreement takes effect, Party A shall not transfer all or part of its obligations as the debtor under this Agreement to a third party unless Party B receives from the guarantor a written document consenting to continue to assume the guarantee liability after the transfer or a new guarantee is provided to Party B. In addition, Party B’s written consent is also required for such transfer.

 

15.3 After this Agreement takes effect, neither party shall make changes without consent of the other party. Any change to this Agreement shall be made by Party A and Party B in writing.

 

15.4 If Party A requires extension under this Agreement, an extension agreement shall be signed upon Party B’s approval. If Party B refuses to extend, Party A is obliged to perform its repayment obligation according to this Agreement.

 

15.5 During the term of this Agreement, if any of the following events happens, Party B is entitled to terminate the Agreement, collect the outstanding loan and interests in advance and stop granting loans:

 

15.5.1 Party A’s operational and financial conditions deteriorates and becomes unable to repay matured debt; or Party A gets involved in major litigation or arbitration or other legal proceedings which severely impacts or jeopardizes Party B’s realization of its rights as the creditor;

 

15.5.2 The overall credit, operational and financial status of Party A is in severe crisis, which poses a severe threat to Party B’s rights as the creditor;

 

15.5.3 Party A suspends or ceases operation or dissolves, or the business license of Party A is revoked or cancelled; and

 

15.5.4 Other circumstances that may pose threat or cause severe damage to Party B’s rights as the creditor under this Agreement.

Article 16 Dispute Resolution

 

16.1 Any dispute arising from the performance hereof shall be settled through negotiation. In the event that no agreement is reached through negotiation, such disputes shall be settled by filing a lawsuit to the people’s court where Party B is located.

Article 17 Miscellaneous

 

17.1 If Party A and Party B have entered into the Maximum Financing Agreement (Agreement No.: CQ09(RONG ZI)20110007), this Agreement shall be regarded as a specific business Agreement under the Maximal Financing Agreement.

 

17.2 Within the term of this Agreement, if Party A fails to notify Party B in writing with regard to the change of company name, the legal representative and the address, all the documents delivered by Party B to Party A according to the information under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been delivered.

 

13


17.3 Fees for registration, insurance, notarization, appraisal, transportation and all other relevant fees with respect to this Agreement and its guarantee Agreement shall be borne by Party A. If the fees are paid by Party B upfront, Party B is entitled to withhold the amount from Party A’s account.

 

17.4 Any Party shall provide cooperation for the other Party’s request to amend this Agreement due to any change of laws, regulations, rules and judicial interpretations, otherwise any loan available will no longer be provided.

 

17.5 This Agreement shall be executed in four counterparts with equal effect, with one copy held by Party A, two copies held by Party B, and one copy held by the guarantor.

 

17.6 Relevant exhibits shall form an integral part of this Agreement and shall enjoy the same legal effect as this Agreement.

 

17.7 Party B has made reasonable efforts to notify Party A of the clauses regarding waiver or limitation of Party B’s liability under this Agreement and has made full clarification of relevant clauses as per Party A’s request. Party A and Party B have no disagreement over the interpretation of the terms of this Agreement.

Exhibit: Fixed Assets Loan Drawdown Application

Party A: (Seal) Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd. /Seal/

Legal Representative: /s/ Guangfu Xu

(or Authorized Agent)

Date: October 26, 2011

Party B: (Seal) Huaxia Bank Chongqing Wanzhou Branch /Seal/

Legal Representative: /s/ Jianping Xiang

(or Authorized Agent)

Date: October 26, 2011

 

14

Exhibit 4.27

English Translation

High-voltage Electricity Supply Agreement

Agreement No.: 316001870302

Supplier: Chongqing Electricity Company Wanzhou Supply Bureau

Consumer: Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd.

Signing Date: September 23, 2010

Signing Place: No. 200, Baoshan Road, Shuanghekou, Wanzhou District

 

1


To stipulate the rights and obligations of the electricity supplier and electricity consumer when they supply and consume electricity, and also make them supply and consume electricity in safe, economical, reasonable and orderly way, and pursuant to relevant laws, regulations, administrative rules and national and electricity industrial standards such as Agreement Law of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”), Electric Power Law of the PRC, Electric Power Supply and Consumption Regulation, Chongqing Power Supply Regulation, Rules of Business of Electricity, etc.

NOW THEREFORE, both parties, through negotiations, agree as follow:

Chapter 1 Basic Situations of Electricity Supply and Consumption

Article 1. Address of Electricity Consumption

Address of electricity consumption of electricity consumer: No. 666, Huagong Avenue, Wanzhou District

Article 2. Nature of Electricity Consumption

1. Industry category: Manufacture of specialty chemicals (2660)

2. Electricity consumption category: Production electricity (big industry price); office electricity consumption (non-residential)

3. Load Characteristics:

 

(1) Load character: important load

 

(2) Load time character: continuous load

Article 3. Capacity of Electricity Consumption

The consumer has 1 location of electricity receiving equipment. The electricity receiving equipment has a total capacity of 100000 KVA (regard KW as KVA).

 

Location of Electricity Receiving Equipment

   Name of Electricity
Receiving Equipment
   Capacity of
Electricity
Receiving
Equipment
(KVA/KW)
     Status of
Equipment
   Multi-equipment
operation
methods
1    Power transformer      50000       In common use    In parallel
   Power transformer      50000       In common use    In parallel

Article 4. Electricity Supply Mode

1. Electricity supply mode

 

2


The electricity supplier provides three-phase alternating-current 50Hz power to electricity consumer, with double circuit feeding.

(1) First circuit

Character: main supply

The electricity supplier provides electricity to the first location of electricity receiving equipment of electricity consumer through 220 kilovolt peak converting station, 110 kilovolt voltage and via exit # 167 switch Gaoduobei Special Line. The total capacity of electricity receiving equipment of this circuit is 100000 KVA (KW).

(2) Second circuit

Character: spinning reserve

The electricity supplier provides electricity to the first location of electricity receiving equipment of electricity consumer through 220 kilovolt peak converting station, 110 kilovolt voltage and via exit # 168 switch Gaoduonan Special Line. The total capacity of electricity receiving equipment of this circuit is 100000 KVA (KW).

2. Connection and blocking of multi electricity supply circuit

Connection method: high voltage connection

Blocking method: electric blocking

Article 5. Self-provided emergency electric power source and non-electrical security measures

The electricity consumer shall take the following electrical or non-electrical security measures to ensure that the accidental interruption of power supply of power grid will not influence the safety of electricity consumption:

1. Self-provided emergency electric power source

The electricity consumer shall self-supply the following electric power source as the emergency electric power source of security load:

 

No.

   Capacity of self-provided
electric generator (KW)
     Location of installation    Connection
method
   Shutting method
1      1200       #302 low voltage power
distribution room
   low voltage    electrical

(1) Self-provided electrical generator of the electricity consumer 1200 KW.

(2) Uninterruptible power supply (UPS/EPS) 80 KW.

 

3


(3) Installing reliable electrical blocking devices between self-provided emergency electric power source and power source of power grid.

2. The electricity consumer shall take the following non-electrical security measures in accordance with the nature of industry: the electricity consumer shall stipulate in accordance with relevant reles.

3. The self-provided electrical generators that need to be integrated into the power grid shall obtain the consent of the electricity supplier and shall be operated after the signing of power integration agreement. The self-provided electrical generators of the electricity consumer shall not supply electricity to third parties. When supplying electricity into or across the supply area out of the electricity supplier’s, it shall obtain consent from provincial power enterprises.

Article 6. Reactive Power Compensation and Power Factor

The total capacity of reactive power compensation devices of electricity supplier is 20040 kilovar. The lowest power factor at the peak time of power grid shall be 0.95.

Article 7. Division Point of Property and Division of Liability

1. Division point of property of electricity supply devices:

(1) The division point of property of the first electricity supply circuit devices is located at the connection of the 1676 disconnecting switch of 110 KV Gaoduobei Line of 220 KV peak converting station of the electricity supplier and device champ of overhead line. The devices from device champ (including the connecting bolts of disconnecting switch and overhead line device champ) to load side line devices belong to electricity consumer, who is also responsible for operation and maintenance. Variometer devices of division point (#1676 disconnecting devices) belong to the electricity supplier, who is also responsible for operation and maintenance.

(2) The division point of property of the second electricity supply circuit devices is located at the connection of the 1686 disconnecting switch of 110 KV Gaoduonan Line of 220 KV peak converting station of the electricity supplier and device champ of overhead line. The devices from device champ (including the connecting bolts of disconnecting switch and overhead line device champ) to load side line devices belong to electricity consumer, who is also responsible for operation and maintenance. Variometer devices of division point (#1686 disconnecting devices) belong to the electricity supplier, who is also responsible for operation and maintenance.

The division point of property of electricity supply and consumption shall be stated in characters and images. Details please see “Electricity Supply Lines and Property Rigths Division Diagram” (Annex 2). When the characters are inconsistent with the images, the characters shall govern. The property rights of the power source of division point belong to the electricity suppler, and the property rights of the load of division point belong to the electricity consumer. Both parties bear their respective legal responsibilities caused by accidents of the electricity devices of their property rights scope.

 

4


2. Assets arrangement of electricity measurement devices:

(1) The property rights of charging power meter belong to the electricity supplier;

(2) Other: the property rights of metering panel, current transformer, voltage transformer, load management device and secondary connection lines belong to the electricity supplier.

3. In accordance with national energy saving and emission reduction requirements and pursuant to “Chongqing Power Load Management Devices Installation Management Rules” (Shisandian[1998]8), for the convenient of devices maintenance management, when the power load management devices sponsored by the electricity consumer are transferred to the electrify supplier voluntarily, the electricity supplier shall be responsible for the operation and maintenance of the power load management devices.

4. When there are changes of names of the division point of property caused by lines transform, city planning, etc. and not influence the arrangement of division points of property set by both parties, the property rights shall be determined by the articles herein.

Article 8. Measurement

1. Set up of measurement point and measurement methods:

 

Measurement Point

   Name of the
Measurement
Devices
   Model and
Specification
  Precision
Accuracy
     Calculation
of
multiplying
power
     Category
of
Electricity
Prices
   Location
of Installation
   Measurement
Methods
   Remarks

110kV Gaoduobei Line 167

   voltage
transformer
   TYD110/ Ö 3-0.01H

110000/100

    0.2S         165000       big
industry
   110kV
Gaoduobei
Line 167
interval
   massive
quantity
power
supply
   None
   current
transformer
   LCWB6-
110W
750/5
    0.2S                  
   power meter    DTSD     0.2S                  
   load
management
terminal
   WFET-
1000S
                

110kV Gaoduonan Line 168

   voltage
transformer
   TYD110/ Ö 3-0.01H

110000/100

    0.2S         165000       big
industry
   110kV
Gaoduonan
Line 168
interval
   massive
quantity
power
supply
   None
   current
transformer
   LCWB6-
110W
750/5
    0.2S                  
   power meter    DTSD     0.2S                  
   load
management
terminal
   WFET-
1000S
                

2. When the installation locations of the electricity measurement devices are different from the division point of property, the relevant transformer loss and line loss (including active power loss and reactive power loss) shall be burden by the owner of title. The power loss shall be shared in accordance with the adjusted amount of electricity of various categorized electricity.

 

5


3. The measurement methods of the measurement devices that were not installed in accordance with electricity prices categories

When the measurement point has various electricity categories and difficult to measure, the electricity amount shall be determined as follows:

(1) Non-residential lighting: 30000kWh as the adjusted amount of electricity per month.

Each party shall have the rights to propose the re-determining the above methods and amounts at least once each year, and the other party shall not refuse.

Article 9. The Recording and Calculation of Amount of Electricity

1. The recording period is one month. Recording dates are 25, 5 and 15.

2. The recording methods: remote auto recoding.

3. Settlement basis:

The electricity supplier and consumer shall treat the recorded data as the settlement basis for electricity fees. For the ones using remote auto recording, when there is system fault, the artificial recording data shall be used as settlement basis.

4. The reactive amount of electricity of the electricity consumer is the total amount of absolute value of forward and reverse reactive amount of electricity.

5. When the electricity supplier has the evidences showing that the electricity consumer has the circumstances of worsen operations, assets transfer, welch or other circumstances that may make the electricity consumer not be able to pay the electricity fees in time, after electricity supplier send the written notice to the electricity consumer, the electricity supplier can use the multi recording and settlement methods to charge electricity fees. When the electricity consumer provides effective guarantee or the above circumstances has obvious improvement, the electricity supplier can resume the previous recording and settlement method.

Article 10. Failure of Measurement and Rules for Dispute Resolutions

1. If one party deems that the measurement devices failed, it shall has the rights to apply for checking and the other party shall not refuse. The checking shall be conducted by the qualified measurement examination authority. If the result of checking is qualified, the checking fees shall be burden by the application party. If the result is unqualified, the provider of the meter shall burden the fees except for those who can provide evidences showing that it was caused by the misuse and mismanagement of the other parties. The electricity consumer shall pay the fees during the period the electricity consumer is applying for checking the meter. After the confirmation of the checking results, the electricity fees shall be refunded for overpayment or supplemented for deficiency.

 

6


2. When there are the following circumstances that cause the failure of the measurement recording, the electricity fees shall be refunded for overpayment or supplemented for deficiency as follows:

(1) The error of transformer or power meter exceeds the allowable scope, using “0” error as reference, the return or supplement of electricity amount shall be determined by the error amount after checking. The time for return and supplement of electricity amount shall be calculated as the half time from the last checking or the date of use after re-installation to correction date for error.

(2) When the voltage drop measuring circuit connection line exceeds the allowable scope, using allowable voltage drop as reference, the return and supplement of electricity amount shall be determined by the difference between the actual amount after checking and allowance amount. The time of receiving the return and supplement of electricity amount is from the use of the connection line or the date of load increase to the correction of the voltage drop.

(3) Other non-artificial reason that cause the false of measurement recording, using the normal electricity amount of electricity consumer as reference, to return and supplement of electricity amount, the time for return and supplement is determined by adjusted records of electricity.

When the above circumstances happen, during the refund and supplement period, the electricity consumer shall pay the electricity fees in time. The electricity fees shall be refunded for overpayment or supplemented for deficiency after the error is confirmed.

3. If the following reasons cause the false of the measurement or calculation of electricity amount, the following arrangement shall be used to refund for overpayment or supplement for deficiency:

(1) The connection lines of the calculation and measurement devices failed, using the electricity amount of actual record as reference, using the difference rate of the correct and false connection to return and supplement of electricity amount. The time of return and supplement is from the last checking or the date of use after re-installation to the correction date for false connection lines.

(2) If the voltage transformer insurance fuse, using the regulated calculation method to receive the supplement amount. If cannot be calculated, using normal electricity amount of electricity consumer as reference, to obtain the electricity fee as the difference between the normal month and failure month. The time of supplement is determined by the adjusted records of electricity or losing voltage auto recording machine.

(3) The charge rate or data plate rate of calculating electricity amount is consistent with actual data, using the actual rate as reference, to return and supplement of electricity amount in accordance with the difference of the correct rate and false rate. The time of return and supplement is determined by the adjusted records of electricity.

 

7


When the above circumstances happen and the refund and supplement electricity amount is not confirmed, the electricity consumer shall pay the electricity fee in accordance with the normal month electricity consumption.

4. Using the following principles to deal with the circumstances when there is difference between main power meter and vice power meter:

(1) When the difference of difference between the main power meter and vice power meter and the relative error of the electricity amount of the main power meter is less than 1.5 times of the accuracy level of power meter, the electricity amount of the main power meter shall be treated as the electricity of trade settlement.

(2) When the difference of difference between the main power meter and vice power meter and the relative error of the electricity amount of the main power meter is greater than 1.5 times of the accuracy level of power meter, the main power meter and vice power meter shall conduct on-site checking, if the main power meter is not out-of-tolerance, the electricity amount of major power meter shall govern; if the main power meter is out-of-tolerance but the vice power meter is not out-of-tolerance, the electricity amount of the vice power meter shall govern; if both the main power meter and vice power meter are out-of-tolerance, the refund and supplement electricity amount shall be calculated by the error of the main power meter and the out-of-tolerance meters shall be changed.

5. The data of adjusted records of electricity, losing voltage and zero auto records and load management devices, etc. shall be used as references when dealing with measurement disputes of both parties.

6. The determined return and supplement electricity amount and electricity price standard of error period shall be used to calculate the refund and supplement electricity fees.

Article 11. Electricity Price and Electricity Fees

1. Electricity price

The electricity supplier shall settle the electricity fees with electricity consumer at regular intervals in accordance with the records of the electricity measurement devices and the electricity prices approved by the governmental authorities (including the relevant fees charged together with electricity fees regulated by nation). Within the term of this Agreement, if the electricity price and other charges rate change, the fees shall be calculated in accordance with relevant national electricity price adjustment documents.

2. Electricity fees

The electricity fee settlement of electricity consumer shall use the two-part electricity fees and power factor adjustment methods.

(1) Kilowatt electricity fee

Using the electricity consumer’s settlement electricity amount of various electricity category multiply relevant kilowatt electricity price.

 

8


(2) Basic electricity fee

The basic electricity fee of the electricity consumer is calculated by the transformer capacity.

For those using transformer capacity to calculate and charge basic electricity fee, the basic capacity of electricity fee is 100000 KVA (including the high voltage electric motors that were not supplied electricity by transformer).

The electricity consumer who reduces volume, suspend and resume electricity consumption shall follow the “Electricity Supply and Operation Rules”. Forced outage, shutdown because of maintenance and scheduled electricity limitation shall not reduce basic electricity fee.

(3) Power factor adjusted electricity fee

Pursuant to the national “Rules of Power Factor Adjusted Electricity Fee”, the assessment standard of power factor adjusted electricity fee is 0.9, and the electricity feel shall be calculated in accordance with relevant regulations.

(4) The system backup capacity fee and self-provided self-used electricity fee of self-provided electricity factor shall be executed by national policies.

Article 12. Electricity Fee Payment and Settlement

1. The payment methods of the electricity consumer are payments in batches. Both parties shall sign electricity settlement agreement as the annex of this Agreement when necessary.

2. If there is electricity fee dispute, the electricity consumer shall settle the electricity amount in accordance with the recording electricity amount and pay the electricity fee in full. After the dispute is settled, the fee shall be settled and cleared.

Chapter 2 Obligations of Both Parties

Part 1 Obligations of Electricity Supplier

Article 13. Power Quality

When the power system is under the normal operation status, the power quality of the location of electricity receiving equipment shall satisfy the national standards.

Article 14. Continuous Electricity Supply

When the electricity supply system is under normal circumstances, the electricity supplier shall supply electricity to the electricity consumer continuously. If one of the following circumstances happens, the electricity supplier shall stop the electricity supply pursuant to relevant law, regulations and rules:

1. Scheduled or temporary maintenance of electricity supply devices.

2. Damage the electricity supply and consumption safety, harass the electricity consumption order and refuse the examination.

 

9


3. The electricity consumer does not pay the electricity fees in time limit and does not pay after the urge from the electricity supplier.

4. The electricity receiving devices are unqualified through checking and does not improve in designated period.

5. The harmonic current into the power grid by electricity consumer exceed the standard, and the shock load and asymmetry load interfere and harass the power quality of power grid and seriously influence and threaten the safety of power grid and refuse to make effective measures to improve.

6. Refuse to remove the increased capacity without authorization within a definite time.

7. Refuse to pay the fees arised by the breach of contract.

8. Breach the relevant rules of safety of electricity consumption and refuse to correct.

9. Force majeure or act of rescue.

10. The electricity consumer implements the behaviors of clauses 6 to 11 of Article 31. herein.

Article 15. Procedures for Suspension of Electricity Supply

1. The following procedures shall be followed where the suspension of electricity supply is necessary:

(1) When the scheduled maintenance for electricity supply devices requires the suspension of electricity, there shall be a 7 days prior notice to the electricity consumer or noticed publicly.

(2) When the temporary maintenance for electricity supply devices requires the suspension of electricity, there shall be a 24 hours prior notice to important electricity consumers.

2. Except for the above circumstances of suspension of electricity supply, when need to suspend the electricity supply, the electricity supplier shall both perform the report and approval procedures under relevant regulations and rules and the following procedures:

(1) 3 to 7 days before the suspension of electricity supply, the notice of suspension of electricity supply shall be delivered to electricity consumers. For the suspension of electricity supply to important electricity consumers, the notice of suspension shall also be reported to electricity management authority.

(2) 30 minutes before the suspension of electricity, the suspension time shall be noticed to the electricity consumer again.

3. When one of the following circumstances happens, the electricity supplier may suspend the electricity supply immediately:

(1) Force majeure or act of rescue.

 

10


(2) The electricity consumer implements the behaviors of 6 to 11 of Article 31. herein.

4. After the reasons cause the suspension and limitation of electricity supply was diminished, the electricity supplier shall resume the electricity within 48 hours. If the electricity supply cannot be resumed within 48 hours, the electricity supplier shall report the reasons to electricity consumers.

Article 16. Operate over the Boundary

The electricity supplier shall not operate the electricity devices under the electricity consumer property rights without authorization, with the exception of the following circumstances that:

1. May endanger the power grid and the electricity consumption safety.

2. May cause injuries and deaths or serious damage of devices.

3. The electricity suspends the electricity supply pursuant to laws or in accordance with agreements.

When conducting above behaviors, the electricity supplier shall comply with the principles of rational and goodwill and notice the electricity consumer in time to reduce the loss in maximum.

Article 17. Prohibited Behaviors

1. Using the false measurement from the electricity measurement devices intentionally.

2. Charging unreasonable fees together with the electricity fee.

Article 18. Emergency Repair

When the suspension of electricity is caused by natural disaster, the electricity supplier shall conduct emergency repair against the property belonged electricity supply devices in accordance with relevant national rules.

Article 19. Information Providence

1. Providing convenience to the payment and inquiry of electricity consumer.

2. Providing power meter data, load, electricity amount and electricity fee to electricity consumer freely.

3. Informing electricity price adjustment information in time.

Article 20. Confidentiality of Information

The trade secret held during the electricity supply shall not be opened to the public or disclosed. The scope of trade secret shall be applied in written from the electricity consumer to the electricity supplier and shall be confirmed by both parties.

 

11


Part 2 Obligations of Electricity Consumer

Article 21. Payment for Electricity Fee

The electricity consumer shall pay the electricity fee in accordance with the methods and terms herein.

Article 22. Security Measures

The electricity consumer shall guarantee the effectiveness of electrical or non-electrical security measures in order to fulfill the safety requirements.

Article 23. Qualification of Electricity Receiving Devices

The electricity consumer shall guarantee the qualification and safety status of the electricity receiving devices and the connection and blocking devices of multi circuits. The electricity consumer shall also conduct security examination and prevent experiment periodically in accordance with the national and industrial electricity operation rules to eliminate the safety latent danger.

Article 24. Management of Electricity Receiving Devices and Self-provided Emergency Electric Power Source

1. When conducting electricity work, the electricity maintenance staff of the electricity consumer shall hold the “Permit for Electricians” issued by electricity authorities.

2. The electricity consumer shall conduct maintenance and management to the electricity receiving devices and be responsible for protecting the safety and goodness of electricity measurement and load management devices. If there are unusual issues, the electricity consumer shall notice the electricity supplier immediately.

3. The electricity consumer shall have self-provided power source as the emergency power source of the security load with the capacity of 120% of the security load. When using the self-provided emergency power source, the electricity consumer shall avoid the following circumstances:

(1) Changing the connection methods of the self-provided emergency power source.

(2) Removing the blocking devices of self-provided emergency power source or make it not work.

(3) Other possible circumstances that cause the self-provided emergency power source to supply electricity to the power grid.

Article 25. Setting and Cooperation of Protection

The protection methods of the electricity receiving devices of the electricity consumer shall be cooperated with the protection methods of the power grid of the electricity supplier, and be settled and checked in accordance with relevant standards and rules of electricity industry. The electricity consumer shall not change it without authorization.

 

12


Article 26. Guarantee of Reactive Power Compensation

The electricity consumer shall set and switch reactive power compensation devices in accordance with the principle of reactive power local balance to guarantee the relevant data comply with this agreement.

Article 27. Power Quality Sharing

1. The electricity consumer shall use effective technical measure to manage the facts that may influence the power quality to ensure to control it within the scope regulated by the nation. If the behaviors of the electricity consumer influence the power supply quality and threaten the safety of power grid, the electricity supplier shall have the rights to request the electricity consumer to correct in limited time, and when necessary, conduct effective measures to remove the above threatens and the electricity consumer shall cooperate with the electricity supplier.

2. When the requirements of the power quality of the electricity consumer are higher than the relevant national standards, the electricity consumer shall conduct necessary technical measures.

Article 28. Notice of Relevant Issues

If the following circumstances happen, the electricity consumer shall notice the electricity supplier in time:

1. The electricity consumer has serious electricity consumption safety accident or electric shock accident.

2. Abnormity of power quality.

3. Abnormity of the electricity measurement devices, change of recording results of losing voltage and zero flow devices and abnormity of electricity load management devices.

4. The electricity consumer intends to reform or expand the electricity receiving devices, material change of electricity consumption load, maintenance arrangement of material electricity and abnormity of electricity receiving devices.

5. The electricity consumer intends to have assets mortgage, reorganization, transfer, adjustment of operations, change of name, material litigation, arbitration, etc. that may have material influence on the performance of this agreement.

6. Other circumstances of the electricity consumer that may material influence the performance of this agreement.

Article 29. Cooperative Issues

1. The electricity consumer shall cooperate for the demand side management to practice the national resources policies.

 

13


2. The electricity supplier shall conduct electricity examination in accordance with laws and electricity consumer shall provide necessary conveniences and provide true materials to the electricity supplier when necessary.

3. When the electricity supplier suspend or limit the electricity supply in accordance with this Agreement, the electricity consumer shall reduce, adjust or stop the electricity consumption.

4. The installation, move, change, check, remove, seal and unseal of the electricity measurement devices shall be the responsibilities of the electricity supplier, and the electricity consumer shall provide necessary convenience and cooperation. The electricity consumer shall appropriately take care of the electricity measurement devices installed in the location of the electricity consumer. If there is abnormity, the electricity consumer shall notice the electricity supplier in time.

Article 30. Operate over the Boundary

The electricity consumer shall not operate the electricity devices under the electricity supplier property rights without authorization, with the exception of the following circumstances:

1. May endanger the power grid and the electricity consumption safety.

2. May cause injuries and deaths or serious damage of devices.

Article 31. The Forbidden Behaviors during Electricity Supply

1. Connecting the electricity consumption devices with high electricity price without authorization on the electricity supply lines with low electricity price or change the electricity consumption category.

2. Exceeding the agreed capacity herein.

3. Using the electricity devices that are applying for suspension in the electricity supplier or use the sealed electricity devices.

4. Without authorization, move, change or operate the electricity measurement devices of the electricity supplier.

5. Without authorization, inlet or outlet power source or grid-connect the self-provided emergency power source with other power source.

6. Without authorization, on the electricity supply devices of the electricity supplier, connect lines for electricity consumption.

7. Consuming electricity avoiding the electricity measurement devices of the electricity supplier.

8. Counterfeiting or opening the sealed electricity measurement devices.

9. Destroying the electricity measurement devices of the electricity supplier.

 

14


10. Making the electricity measurement devices of the electricity supplier false or not work.

11. Other methods that make it not measure or measure less.

Article 32. Minimizing Losses

When the power quality descends or there is power failure, the electricity consumer shall conduct rational and practicable measure to diminish the possible losses.

Chapter 3 Change, Assignment and Termination of the Agreement

Article 33. Change of Contract

If the following circumstances happen during the performance of the contract, both parties shall, through negotiations, to amend relevant terms herein:

1. Change of name of parties.

2. Change electricity supply method.

3. Increase or decrease location of electricity receiving devices and measurement points.

4. Increase or decrease the capacity of electricity consumption.

5. Change of calculation method of electricity fee.

6. The electricity consumer proposes special requirements of power quality.

7. Adjustment of division point of property.

8. Adjustment for liability for breach of contract.

9. As the capability of electricity supply changes or the policies of electricity supply or consumption management change, the basis for conclusion of contract is been revised or cancelled.

10. Other circumstances that require the amendment of this agreement.

Article 34. The Procedures for Agreement Amendment

If this Agreement needs amendment, the following procedures should be followed:

1. One party proposes for the amendment, both parties reach an agreement through negotiations.

2. Both parties sign “Confirmation on Agreement Amendment” (Annex 3).

 

15


Article 35. Assignment of Agreement

Without consent of the opposite party, neither party shall assign the obligations hereunder to third party.

Article 36. Termination of Agreement

This agreement shall be terminated when the following circumstances happen. The termination of this agreement shall not influence the obligatory right and liabilities hereunder.

1. The lost of qualification of subject or declaration bankruptcy of the electricity consumer.

2. The lost of qualification of subject or declaration bankruptcy of the electricity supplier.

3. Cancellation of this Agreement in accordance with laws or this Agreement.

4. Until the expiry date of this Agreement, both parties not sign effective agreement on the continuous performance of this Agreement.

Article 37. Cancellation of Agreement

1. Both parties may cancel this agreement through negotiations.

2. One party legally cancels this agreement.

Article 38. Procedures for Cancellation of Agreement

1. When cancel this Agreement through negotiations, there shall have a written cancellation agreement and the validity of this agreement shall be terminated when the cancellation agreement is effect.

2. If the electricity consumer exercises the rights of cancellation of agreement, the electricity consumer shall give a 7 day prior written notice to the electricity supplier. The agreement is terminated when the electricity supplier stops the electricity supply.

3. If the electricity supplier exercises the rights of cancellation of agreement, the electricity supplier shall give a 7 day prior written notice to the electricity consumer. The agreement is terminated when the electricity consumer stops the electricity supply.

Chapter 4 Liabilities for Breach of Contract

Article 39. Liabilities of Breach of Contract of the Electricity Supplier

1. If the electricity supplier breaches the contract, the electricity supplier shall correct in accordance with national and electrical industrial standards of this agreement and the agreement shall continue to perform.

2. If the electricity supplier breaches the liability of power quality herein and causes losses of the electricity consumer, the electricity supplier shall compensate the actual loss of the electricity consumer. The highest compensation amount is 20% of the product of the actual power consumption amount during the unqualified time period and average electricity price of equivalent time period.

 

16


3. If the electricity supplier breaches the contract and stops the electricity supply and cause losses of the electricity consumer, the electricity supplier shall compensate the actual loss of the electricity consumer. The highest compensation amount is five times of electricity fee of the possible electricity consumption (as the reference of the calculation of electricity amount).

The possible electricity consumption is the product of the average electricity consumption of period of the last month equivalent to the period of electricity suspension and the hours for electricity suspension.

4. The electricity does not perform the obligation of emergency repair and cause the expand of the loss of the electricity consumer, the compensation of the expanded loss shall refer to clause 3 of this Article.

5. If the electricity supplier intentionally use the false measuring results of the electricity measurement and cause the loss of the electricity consumer, the electricity supplier shall return the excessive expenses of the electricity consumer.

6. If the electricity supplier charges unreasonable fees together with electricity fees and causes the loss of electricity consumer, the electricity supplier shall refund relevant fees.

7. The electricity supplier shall not be liable for the following circumstances:

(1) The exceptional circumstances of Article 14 hereunder and the electricity supplier performs necessary procedures.

(2) The electricity operation accident cause the trip of switch and through the auto reclosing devices to successfully reclosed.

(3) One of the multi electricity supply circuits stop, but other circuits can fulfill the need of the electricity consumer.

(4) The electricity consumer did not install the self-provided emergency power source or conduct non-electrical security measurement in accordance with this agreement, or conduct unsuitable behavior on the maintenance management of the self-provided emergency power source and non-electrical security measurement and cause the enlarge of the losses.

(5) Caused by the fault of the electricity consumer.

Article 40. Liabilities of Breach of Contract of the Electricity Consumer

1. If the electricity consumer breaches the contract, the electricity consumer shall correct in accordance with national and electrical industrial standards of this agreement and the agreement shall continue to perform.

2. If the electricity consumer causes the stop or decrease of the electricity supply of the electricity supplier, the electricity consumer shall compensate the product of the decreases of the electricity supply and the average unit price of electricity sales of last month. Among which, the decreases of the electricity supply is the average electricity supply per hour of the last month of the stop time multiply the hours of electricity stop. If the stop time is less than one hour, it shall be calculated as one hour. If the stop time is more than one hour, it shall be calculated using the actual electricity stop time.

 

17


3. If the false of the electricity consumer cause the property losses of the electricity supplier and other consumers, the electricity consumer shall bear the compensation liability. The liabilities shall not be waived because of clause 4 of Article 40.

4. If the electricity consumer has the following behaviors for breach of contract, the electricity shall pay the liquidated damages:

(1) If the electricity consumer did not pay the electricity fee in time, the calculation of liquidated damages is 2‰ of arrears per day of current year and 3‰ of arrears per day of the ones go beyond the year.

(2) If the electricity consumer changes the electricity consumption category without authorization or connect the electricity consumption devices with high electricity price on the electricity supply lines with low electricity price, the liquidated damages is calculated as the twice of the difference of electricity fees. The difference of the electricity fees is calculated from the actual usage date for breaching the contract. Fro those the start and end dates are difficult to calculate, use 3 months to calculate.

(3) Without authorization, consuming the electricity exceed the capacity herein, if it is the two-part electricity fee consumer, the liquidated damages shall be calculated as the three times of the basic electricity fee of the increased capacity. If it is the one-part electricity fee consumer, the liquidated damages is calculated as 50 Yuan per KW (KVA) of the unauthorized consumption or unauthorized sealed devices.

(4) For those using the electricity devices that is applying for suspension, or using the sealed electricity devices, if it is the two-part electricity fee consumer, the liquidated damages shall be calculated as two times of the difference of the electricity fees. If it is one-party electricity consumer, the liquidated damages shall be calculated as 30 Yuan per KW (KVA) per time of the capacity of unauthorized consumption or authorized devices. If using the unauthorized sealed devices, it shall also pay the liquidated damages according to clause 4(3) of this Article.

(5) Without authorization, if move, change or operate electricity measurement devices, electricity load management devices, operate electricity supply devices of the electricity supply enterprise and the receiving devices that shall be dispatched by the electricity supplier as arranged, the liquidated damages shall be calculated as 5000 Yuan per time.

(6) Without authorization, if inlet or outlet power source or connect the self-provided power source and other source, the liquidated damages shall be calculated as 500 Yuan per KVA of the inletting or outletting or connecting of the power grid.

(7) Without authorization, the electricity consumer connect the electricity supply devices of the electricity supplier and consume the electricity avoiding the electricity measurement device, counterfeit or open the sealed electricity measurement devices, damage the electricity measurement device, use the false and not working electricity measurement devices, the liquidated damages shall be three times of the paid arrears. When the time of electricity amount cannot be proved, it shall be calculated as 180 days. The consumption time per day is calculated by hours, among which, non-residential electricity consumption is calculated as 12 hours per day and residential electricity consumption is calculates as 6 hours per day.

 

18


5. The liabilities of breach of contract of the electricity consumer can be waived for the following circumstances:

(1) Force majeure.

(2) Exemption circumstance as stipulated by laws, regulations and rules.

Chapter 5 Supplementary Provisions

Article 41. Time of Electricity Supply

After the checking result is qualification of the electricity receiving devices of the electricity consume, the relevant fees are settled and relevant agreements are signed, the electricity supplier shall supply electricity to the electricity consumer according to this agreement.

Article 42. Contract Term and Duration

This Agreement shall come into force once both parties have signed and stamped with the corporate seals or the contract authorized stamps. This Agreement is valid for one year, from September 23, 2010 until September 22, 2011. Upon expiry of the contract, if both parties have no written objections to continuing this Agreement, the agreement should remain in force and maintain the same contract term as this contract.

If one party puts forward objection, it must presented within the 15 days before the contracts valid period is completed and must be treated in the following manner:

1. One party puts forward objection, by negotiation, two parties reaches agreement, then both parties resign the mutual electricity usage contract. Before the contract is renewed and signed, the current agreement stays in effect.

2. One party puts forward objection, by negotiation, the parties cannot reach agreement, then before the matter establishes a new written agreement, the current agreement stays in effect.

Article 43. Authorized Communication

1. Implement based on the both parties’ signed and authorized agreement;

2. Contact person and telephone number

Electricity consumer contact telephone: 64866598, contact person: Qinghua WANG, authorized telephone: 58297235.

Electricity supplier telephone: 58297912, contact person: Yongjun HUANG, authorized telephone: 58297009, 58297010.

 

19


Article 44. Dispute Resolution

1. When two party dispute happens, should first try to resolve it through friendly negotiations. If negotiations fail, possible resolution methods are invite the administrative authority to mediate, apply for arbitration to the arbitration department, or bring litigation to the court with the jurisdiction. Mediation process is not the arbitration or litigation necessary process.

2. If dispute cannot be resolved by negotiation or mediation, then proceed with number (2) method:

(1) Arbitration: submit              , according to the arbitration department’s procedure in effect at the time of applying for arbitration. The determination of the arbitration will be final and binding for both parties.

 

(2) Litigation: file claim with the court where the electricity supplier is based.

3. During the dispute and resolution period, the contract articles not involved in the dispute will continue to be enforced.

Article 45. Notification and Consent

Send out notification and consent based on the contract regulations, following the sample address, electronic mail box or facsimile number to the relevant parties. Notification and consent should be determined by the following provisions below:

1. Sending via post, the date of the postage arriving at the intended address is the effective delivery date.

2. Sending via electronic message, the date received is the effective delivery date.

3. Sending via facsimile, the date sent and received notification of success is the effective delivery date.

But if sent according to the methods described above and the effective delivery date is not a working business day where the receiver is located, then the first working business day after the date received will be the effective delivery date for the notice or consent.

Any one party should agree according this contract, to send notice to the other party regarding change in receiving address, electronic mailbox or facsimile number.

Each party’s address, facsimile and electronic mailbox address for receiving all the notices and consents are as follows:

Electricity supplier:

Electricity consumer:

Article 46. Counterparts and Annexes

1. This Agreement shall be executed in two originals (electricity supplier holds one original and electricity consumer holds one original). This Agreement shall also have two copies (electricity supplier holds one copy and electricity consumer holds one copy).

 

20


2. The written materials such as the applications and approvals during the electricity supply and electricity consumption shall form the annexes of this Agreement and shall have the same legal effect as this Agreement.

3. The annexes of this Agreement including:

(1) Annex 1: Technical Glossaries and Definitions.

(2) Annex 2: Electricity Supply Lines and Property Rights Division Diagram.

(3) Annex 3: Confirmation on Agreement Amendment

(4) Electricity Fee Settlement Agreement.

Article 47. Prompting and Explanation

1. If the electricity consumer chooses “important load” and “continuous load” as for the government authorities, medical, traffic, communication and mining enterprises or in accordance with Article 2 herein, the electricity consumer shall choose the self-provided emergency power source and conduct effective non-electrical security measure to ensure the safety of electricity consumption.

2. The special clauses are written in bold in this Agreement and both parties shall read conscientiously. Because of the professional of the electricity supply and consumption agreement, the electricity supplier also has necessary and rational explanation on the terms of this Agreement.

3. Bother parties signed this Agreement on the voluntarily and clear basis.

Article 48. Special Commitment

This special commitment is the revision and supplement of the other clauses of this Agreement. Where inconsistency, this special commitment shall govern.

 

21


Signature Page

The electricity supplier: Chongqing Electricity Company. Wanzhou Supply Bureau /Seal/

Legal representative (responsible person) or authorized representative (signature): /s/ [Authorized Signatory]

Signing date: 9/23/2010

Address: No. 1 Longdu Square, Wanzhou District, Chongqing

Postal code: 404000

Contact person: Yongjun HUANG

Tel:

Fax:

Bank of deposit: Longdu Sub-office, Wanzhou Branch, Agricultural Bank of China

Account No.: 31-422201040000840

Tax No.:

The electricity supplier: Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd. /Seal/

Legal representative (responsible person) or authorized representative (signature): /s/ [Authorized Signatory]

Signing date:

Address: No. 666 Huagong Avenue, Wanzhou District, Chongqing

Postal code: 404000

Contact person: Qinghua WANG

Tel:

Fax:

Bank of deposit:

Account No.:

Tax No.:

 

22


Annex 2

Electricity Supply Lines and Property Rights Division Diagram

 

LOGO

 

23


Annex 3

Confirmation on Agreement Amendment

 

No.

   Issues of
amendment
   Commitment
before
amendment
   Commitment
after
amendment
  

Confirmation
of the
electricity
supplier

  

Confirmation
of the
electricity
consumer

1

           

(signature)

chop

 

date:

  

(signature)

chop

 

date:

2

           

(signature)

chop

 

date:

  

(signature)

chop

 

date:

3

           

(signature)

chop

 

date:

  

(signature)

chop

 

date:

4

           

(signature)

chop

 

date:

  

(signature)

chop

 

date:

5

           

(signature)

chop

 

date:

  

(signature)

chop

 

date:

 

24

Exhibit 4.28

English Translation

File No.: CGYXGQ2011-005

Natural Gas Supply and Use Agreement

Supplier : Chongqing Chuan Gang Gas Company

User : Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd.

 

1


This Agreement is entered into by and between Chongqing Chuangang Gas Company (the “ Supplier ”) and Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd. (the “ User ”) regarding the supply and use of natural gas (hereafter referred to as “ gas ”) for the year 2011. (the “ Agreement ”)

Subject to the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and National Planning Commission Jiran (1987) No. 2001 Provisional Measures on the Management of Natural Gas Commodity Volume, after fully taking into consideration the Supplier’s actual production and supply capacity of gas and the current operation status of the User’s gas-using facilities, in order to ascertain the rights and obligations of the Supplier and the User under this Agreement and to establish an equal supply-use relationship for the safe, economic, smooth and reasonable supply and use of gas,

NOW THEREFORE , both parties, through mutual negotiations, agree as follows:

Chapter 1 Definitions

 

Contracted Gas Volume:    refers to the Annual Gas Supply, Monthly Gas Supply and Daily Gas Supply as agreed by both parties under this Agreement
Annual Gas Supply:    the volume of gas to be supplied/used within one contract year fixed under this Agreement
Monthly Gas Supply:    the amount of the Annual Gas Supply apportioned to each month within one contract year as agreed by the parties under this Agreement
Daily Gas Supply:    the average amount of the Monthly Gas Supply apportioned to each day or the average gas daily supply volume set forth in the monthly gas supply plan, excluding the days when maintenance is scheduled or cooperation for maintenance is required and the amount of gas used on such days
Connection Point:    the flange bottom or top of export pipe weld at the downstream gate valve of the gas transfer and metering device stipulated in this Agreement
Connection Point Pressure:    the instantaneous pressure at the gas transfer and metering device
Gas Quality Specifications:    specifications of the gas quality standards agreed on under this Agreement
Production & Supply Facilities:    refers to the Supplier’s square gas well, processing equipments at the well, purification facilities, pipelines, and all the other equipments necessary for the production, processing, transporting, delivery and measurement of gas until the Connection Point
Gas-using Facilities:    refers to the User’s equipment necessary for the transportation, processing and use of gas from the Connection Point to the place of use
Type of Gas:    the classification according to gas price approved by state and local governments
Nature of Gas Usage:    the end-use of gas
Structure of Gas Usage:    the proportion of different gas in the User’s actual usage of gas

 

2


Chapter 2 the User Industry and the Type, Nature and Scope of Gas Usage

1. the User belongs to the industry of (B)

 

  A. Chemical Industry
  B. Metallurgy
  C. Construction Materials
  D. Machinery
  E. Electricity
  F. Light Industry
  G. CNG
  H. City Gas
  I. Aviation
  J. Others

2. the User’s Nature of Gas Usage falls into the categories of (A E)

 

  A. Industry Gas (production)
  B. CNG Gas
  C. Commercial Gas
  D. Domestic Gas
  E. Collective Gas

3. the User’s scope of gas usage is limited (A B)

 

  A. usage by production equipments in the User’s plants
  B. usage by the staff of the User in their domestic residences
  C. usage by the User for providing city gas services
  D. usage by the User for CNG automobiles

During the term of the Agreement, the User shall neither change the type, purpose, location or scope of gas usage nor engage in re-supply of gas during the term of the Agreement without the Supplier’s consent, otherwise the Supplier may reduce or terminate gas supply. In the event that the User needs to change the type, nature, location or scope of gas usage or engage in re-supply of gas, the User must seek the prior consent of the Supplier, negotiate to make and enter into a supplemental Agreement and execute the relevant formalities. The gas price shall be re-calculated based on the adjusted Type of Gas Usage and Structure of Gas Usage.

 

3


Chapter 3 Contracted Gas Volume and Gas Supply Plan

1. Volume of Gas Supply

According to the current gas production and transfer situations of the Supplier and the demand of the User, through negotiation, both parties agree to the following quantities of gas supply during the term of the Agreement:

(1) Annual Gas Supply: 1,250 – 1,800 ×10 4 m 3

The User shall use gas and settle gas price with the Supplier based on the Type of Gas Usage and Structure (percentage) of Gas Usage contemplated under this Agreement as follows:

A. Gas for use in production: 1,250 – 1,800 ×10 4 m 3 , or 100 % of Annual Gas Supply;

B. CNG gas:     —     × 10 4 m 3 , or          % of Annual Gas Supply; and

C. City gas (including domestic gas for staff) :     —     × 10 4 m 3 , or          % of Annual Gas Supply.

Among them,

(1) Gas for domestic or other use:              × 10 4 m 3 , or          % of Annual Gas Supply (ending 20          year          month          day, the total number of households is          in relation to the use of domestic gas by the User’s residents or staff)

(2) Industry gas for re-supply:              × 10 4 m 3 , or          % of Annual Gas Supply;

D. Gas for other use:     —     × 10 4 m 3 , or          % of Annual Gas Supply.

The Supplier may suspend at short notice the supply of the abovementioned types of gas (with the exception of gas for use in glass furnaces) under special circumstances, such as when acting in concert with planned maintenance or in execution of the gas marketing contingency plan. In such event, upon the completion of maintenance or the execution of the gas marketing contingency plan, the Supplier shall resume gas supply in a timely manner. Regarding the supply of gas for use in glass furnaces, the Supplier shall supply gas according to the average gas flow per hour calculated based on the Daily Gas Supply stipulated in this Agreement. In the event of pipeline explosion or other emergencies that dictate suspension of gas supply, or upon receiving request for suspension due to other circumstances with reasonable notice, the Supplier shall suspend the gas supply in a cooperative manner. Glass furnaces factories must set up the relevant security and insulation facilities and contingency mechanisms.

For users that use more than one type of gas, the gas price shall be billed and settled in every settlement period according to percentage of different types of gas set out in the Structure of Gas Supply above. If the actual structure of gas usage is different, the User shall provide materials in relation to the actual structure of gas usage, which, after being verified, can be used as basis to adjust the settlement.

In the event that the User uses up the Annual Gas Supply before the term of the Agreement expires, the Supplier may, as the case may be, suspend the supply of gas to the User until the parties reach a gas supply Agreement for the following year.

(2) Verification of Type of Gas and Structure of Gas Usage

Gas prices shall be calculated separately according to the Type of Gas. If such separate calculations are not in place yet, the User shall provide the details of Type of Gas and Structure of Gas Usage, of which the User reserves the right to conduct verification whenever necessary.

 

4


Should the Supplier requests for verification at the time when the Agreement is entered into or during the process of its execution, the User shall provide all the relevant materials that can feasibly prove the actual Structure of Gas Usage, e.g. any gas fee voucher, production statement, financial statement or sales statement. In the event that the User refuses to provide materials or provides untrue materials, gas prices will be billed and settled based on the estimated Structure of Gas Usage and such settlement will not be adjusted until the User provides true materials.

The Supplier may reduce or terminate gas supply if the User refuses to make payment or provide relevant materials in accordance with this Agreement, and the User shall be liable for all the consequences, including but not limited to shortage of gas funds caused to the Supplier and its own losses due to the suspension of gas supply.

(3) Monthly Gas Supply and Daily Gas Supply in the year 20         

 

For the Month of    Monthly Gas Supply(10 4 m 3 )    Daily Gas Supply (10 4 m 3 )

January

   —     

February

   —     

March

   —     

April

   —     

May

   —     

June

   —     

July

   —     

August

   —     

September

   —     

October

   —     

November

   —     

December

   —     

Monthly Gas Supply refers to the volume of gas apportioned to each month from the Annual Gas Supply and Daily Gas Supply refers to the average amount of the Monthly Gas Supply apportioned to each day or the average gas daily supply volume as arranged by the monthly gas supply plan, excluding the days when maintenance is scheduled or cooperation for maintenance is required and the amount of gas used on such days.

In principal, Monthly Gas Supply shall be proportioned according to the practical situation of gas production and transportation, so that the difference between the monthly highest gas usage and the monthly lowest gas usage (calculated based on Daily Gas Supply) shall not exceed 10% of the Monthly Gas Supply of the previous month. Any request for supply beyond the abovementioned volume can only be met according to the monthly sales plan prepared by the Supplier within the term of the Agreement.

It is both parties’ responsibility to secure the use of gas for domestic and commercial purposes, for CNG and in airports and to maintain social stability. According to the general principle of gas supply in the country “Guarantee some, limit the others”, industrial users shall reduce or suspend gas usage from November to March the next year to avoid the peak time for gas consumption in the spring and winter. Suppler will give 3 days notice to the User if it is necessary to reduce or suspend gas supply. In such event the User must reduce or suspend gas usage accordingly in due time.

 

5


(4) Peak management facilities and peak management responsibilities

In line with the Supplier’s actual production and transportation capacity and its responsibility to supply gas, the Supplier can only supply gas according to the average hourly gas flow calculated based on the Daily Gas Supply, because the Supplier is incapable of and is not responsible for managing gas peak for the User. Under the current circumstances, the Supplier will endeavor to satisfy the User’s demand for gas, not its needs to meet the peak management requirements, and the Supplier shall not be liable for any influences or consequences in this regard.

In accordance with relevant state regulations, city/county gas companies must properly resolve issues in relation to gas peak management to make sure that stability of gas supply and the safety of the gas transfer pipeline network. Therefore, city/county gas companies must set up and improve gas reserve and management facilities and make sure that such facilities are put to effective operation.

The Supplier will supply gas according to the hourly gas flow calculated based on the Daily Gas Supply in a proportionate manner and the User shall be solely responsible for any influences or consequences thereto.

2. Monthly Gas Supply Plan

(1) The Supplier shall arrange its gas production according to the volume agreed upon under this Agreement and the User shall use gas according to this Agreement, in both cases, in a proportionate manner. Subject to the Annual Gas Supply and disclaimers stipulated in this Agreement, the Supplier in principal shall arrange supply according to the Monthly Gas Supply stipulated above.

(2) Adjustment to the Monthly Gas Supply: Subject to the Annual Contracted Volume and according to the actual situation of production and usage, the User may request by giving 5 days written notice to adjust the Monthly Gas Supply for the next month. (The adjustment shall not exceed 10% of the Monthly Gas Supply stipulated in this Agreement. For the exceeding part, the Supplier can only try to make arrangements according to the gas supply plan based on the actual status of gas sales. ) Upon receiving the written request for adjustment, the Supplier may decide whether to adjust supply according to the actual production of the month and so notify the User.

Chapter 4 Prices

In line with the provisions of gas prices by state and local governments, the gas prices (after tax) are as follows:

1. Contract Price : in accordance with Chongqing Development and Reform Commission No.[2011]39 :

Industrial gas: RMB 2.24 / m 3

Collective gas: RMB 2.24 / m 3

Domestic gas: na / m 3

Commercial gas: na / m 3

CNG gas: na / m 3

 

6


2. If there is gas price is adjusted nationally during the term of the Agreement, contract price shall be adjusted accordingly effective from the price adjustment date stipulated in the regulations on gas prices by state and local governments.

Chapter 5 Billing and Payment

To ensure that the User stably and safely uses gas and in order to ensure that the Supplier will receive the gas payments, this Agreement adopts the following methods of billing and settlement for the prepayment of gas supply.

(1) Payment period for gas supply: After the Agreement is signed and goes into effect, when the User first uses the gas supply in 2011, he should remit the initial prepayment amount to the Supplier’s account before April 1, 2011. For future payments, the User should remit the next period’s prepayment amount to the Supplier’s account before the last day of the prior settlement period. Should the Supplier not receive the next period’s gas supply prepayment, the Supplier will stop the provision of gas once the User finishes the using the gas supply provided from previous prepayments. If both parties have not signed a gas supply Agreement for 2012 by December 31, 2011 yet both parties still continue to supply and use gas, then both parties will temporarily carry out billing and settlement according to the provisions in the Agreement for 2011 until a supply Agreement for the next year is signed.

(2) Every time the User prepays one settlement period, which is 45 days’ payments of gas supply, the prepayment amount shall be RMB6.55 million.

(3) The Supplier will base the settlement of gas payments on the gas intersection measurement value and starting ten days before next month and on a monthly basis, shall issue a gas invoice to the User.

(4) Three days before a settlement period ends the Supplier shall either via written or telephone communication notify the User to prepay the following period’s gas payment. The User should prepay the following period’s gas payment before the end of the prior settlement period (the balances for a settlement period should be added to the remaining balances in originally prepaid payments as the payment of a whole settlement period). If at the end of the prior settlement period the Supplier has not received the User’s prepayment for the following period, the Supplier will not notify the User and will discontinue the supply of gas once the User completely uses up its last fully prepaid gas supply. All consequences from this will be borne solely by the User.

(5) Gas payment method: Before the end of each settlement period the User should use the method of bank transfer to prepay the following period’s gas payments to the Supplier’s bank account. The User may not change the Supplier’s bank and bank account number agreed upon in this Agreement with formal written notification from the Supplier.

(6) The User should pay the gas payments to the Supplier according to the payment methods set out in this Agreement. If the User uses banker’s acceptance to pay the gas payments, it must receive approval from the Supplier and it will be responsible for the discounted interest rates, administration fees etc. arising from the banker’s acceptance.

 

7


Chapter 6 Maintenance and Coordination

The User and Supplier should coordinate with each other regarding the plans for production and transportation of gas, the use of facilities or temporary maintenance. Should any changes or fluctuations in the supply and use of gas occur during the plans or temporary maintenance, the best effort should be made to control the situation within the appropriate boundaries.

1. Synchronous planned maintenance

According to the arrangements made by both parties in the arrangement table on gas production, purification, transportation, and planned maintenance of gas facilities, during the period of the Supplier’s planned maintenance, the User should, according to the plan, accommodate the planned maintenance. During the entire year, the number of the days that the User will produce (or use gas) will be              calendar days and the number of days of maintenance or coordinated maintenance will be              calendar days. Specific maintenance times are arranged based on the 20              synchronous maintenance plan arrangement table detailed below:

__(month) __(date), 20          to __(month)          (date), 2009, an daily average of          x 10 4 m 3 to be supplied during this period;

__(month) __(date), 20          to __(month)          (date), 2009, an daily average of          x 10 4 m 3 to be supplied during this period;

__(month) __(date), 20          to __(month)          (date), 2009, an daily average of          x 10 4 m 3 to be supplied during this period;

__(month) __(date), 20          to __(month)          (date), 2009, an daily average of          x 10 4 m 3 to be supplied during this period;

__(month) __(date), 20          to __(month)          (date), 2009, an daily average of          x 10 4 m 3 to be supplied during this period;

__(month) __(date), 20          to __(month)          (date), 2009, an daily average of          x 10 4 m 3 to be supplied during this period;

If at the time of the Supplier’s planned maintenance the User does not agree to the plan to decrease and stop the use of gas to accommodate the maintenance, the Suppler can not guarantee the User’s gas supply and as such, the User shall be responsible for the subsequent impacts and consequences.

2. Temporary maintenance and others

Should either party need to temporarily stop the gas for maintenance due to security risks, changes, broken pipes etc. in its gas wells, gas-using equipment or piping, the party should contact the other party before the maintenance occurs either via written or telephone communication. This is so that preparations can be made accordingly. During this time the other party should cooperate and offer assistance.

 

8


3. Gas supply emergencies and arrangements during the winter and spring

Due to the prominent gap in supply and demand of gas especially during the winter and spring (November to March of the following year), and given Sichuan province, Chongqing municipal government’s “Maintaining Pressure principle” and principle to give priority to residential use, commercial, CNG, airport and key industrial users in the usage of gas, the Supplier has established gas marketing contingency plans for different sections in the event of gas supply emergencies or the prominent gap between supply and demand during the winter and spring. The plans have been or will be reported to the Sichuan province, Chongqing municipal government for validation records. Thus, during the winter and spring of every year or under emergency situations, all users that are required to accommodate (including certain industrial sections of city (town) gas companies using gas) should decrease and stop gas usage according to the arrangements in the contingency plans. This is to ensure stability and minimize the impact when gas is used residentially, commercially, and by CNG and airports under these circumstances. Industrial users in industrial and city gas companies should in principle beginning from November start to decrease or stop the gas usage to accommodate the high usage during the winter and spring.

Chapter 7 Connection Point

1. The Connection Point shall be the flange bottom or top of export pipe weld at the downstream gate valve of the gas transfer and metering device at the plant     .

2. The moment the Supplier transfers the gas to the User at the Connection Point, according to the arrangements in this Agreement, ownership and custody rights, loss, risks and any related matters regarding the gas provided shall by solely borne by the User.

3. After the transfer of rights of the gas, any transfer of gas made by the User and its consequences will have nothing to do with the Supplier.

4. In relation to the metering device installed at the User’s station, if the User deliberately damages the metering device leading to its inability to conduct measurements or behavior of theft of gas, after the Supplier discovers this, the Supplier will have the right to stop supplying gas to the User and decide who to hold responsible.

Chapter 8 Metrology

1. According to the Metrology Law of the People’s Republic of China, National Planning Commission Jiran (1987) No. 2001 Provisional Measures on the Management of Natural Gas Commodity Volume, Ministry of Energy and National Metrology Nengyuanyou (1990) No. 943 Regulations on Metering of Crude Oil, Natural Gas and Natural Gasoline, the metrology value of gas shall be determined by the value of Connection Point of the Supplier, the metering method shall be determined by the Supplier’s need.

2. Gas shall be metered by volume. The status standard of gas metering shall be according to GB/T 19205-2003 Natural Gas Standard Reference Conditions, Temperature 20 °C (293.15K), absolute pressure 101.325 kPa (one standard atmosphere pressure).

 

9


3. Gas flow shall be metered by SY/T 6143-2004 gas metering with standard Orifice Plate Flowmeter or current other metering equipment and method complied with national standard and procedure.

4. If the User disagrees with the gas metering value, the User shall inform the Supplier of gas in written form within three days after receiving settlement sheets or gas invoice from the Supplier and shall solve the problem through negotiation. If negotiation fails, the User or Supplier shall submit application for evaluating the transfer metering equipment to national large flow of crude oil evaluation station such as Chengdu Natural Gas Sub-station or other large flow of crude oil evaluation stations authorized by the State. The Supplier shall bare the fees of evaluation if the transfer metering equipment does not comply with the standards, while the User shall bare the fees of evaluation if the transfer metering equipment complies with the standards.

5. Before the settlement of the disputes in respect of the metering value, the User shall pay the settlement balances according to the metering value provided by the Supplier and shall not refuse to pay the settlement. The settlement shall be adjusted after the disputes are settled.

6. Management, adjustment and evaluation of the gas transfer metering equipment. The gas transfer metering equipment provided by the Supplier shall be managed and maintained by the Supplier, and shall be conducted periodical check according to national evaluation standards. The User shall be entitled the custody right to the gas transfer metering equipment provided by the Supplier, and can dispatch its staffs with corresponding metering evaluation qualifications to supervise on the evaluation site, but shall not interfere the concrete action and management conducted by the Supplier.

Chapter 9 Technical Standards

1. Quality

(1) The gas quality standards shall comply with Standard A .

A. Gas quality standards shall comply with National Standard GB17820-1999 of the People’s Republic of China.

B. According to Provision “A5” of GB17820-1999, the Supplier and the User may agree on the quality specifications through negotiation other than the three types of gas. In the event that the User request supply of gas other than the three types, User shall be responsible for further purifying the gas to meet the standards before use. Upon passing the Connection Point, the ownership, risk and damages in relation to the gas shall be transferred to the User.

The User shall measure and take delivery of gas separately according to its type. The Supplier does not have the obligation to supply gas according to the highest quality standards in the Structure of Gas Usage if the User is unable to measure and take delivery separately.

The User shall odorize the gas to guarantee the safety of domestic usage, if it is intended to be used as city gas (or domestic gas).

 

10


2. Connection Point Pressure

The Connection Point Pressure is the instantaneous pressure at the gas transfer and metering device. According to the Supplier’s actual capability of supplying gas, through negotiations of the User and Supplier, subject to the Annual Gas Supply and disclaimers stipulated in this Agreement, the instantaneous pressure at the Connection Point shall range from __MPa to __MPa.

Chapter 10 Gas Usage and Supply Safety

1. The Supplier shall be responsible the equipments before the transfer of metering regarding safety and environmental protection, while shall be responsible the equipments regarding safety and environmental protection after the transfer of metering.

2. The User shall set up a gas usage and supply safety management organization, designate full-time and part-time staffs for safety management, establish management control system and code of conduct for gas usage safety and equipment inspection, and shall use gas in strict compliance with relevant safety provisions and regulations of gas usage safety.

3. The supply and transportation of gas and the production equipment of the Supplier must meet the production safety conditions in the national and industrial provisions. Supplier must obtain administrative approval from national or local administration, and the production operation management staffs must obtain relevant qualifications.

4. The supply and transportation of gas, design and construction of the gas projects must comply with the technical standards and provisions of national and industrial administrations, the revision and expansion of supply and transportation of gas, gas project safety measures must be examined to meet standards by relevant administrations.

5. The User shall adopt contingency plans and emergent repair measures for the supply and transportation of gas and gas-using equipments. In the event of an accident, the emergent repair measures must be executed.

6. If the Supplier finds any safety problems underlying the pipes or gas-using equipments of the User, it may reduce or suspend the gas supply until the User takes measures to eliminate the problems.

7. Given that gas is flammable and explosive, the User shall use gas in strict compliance with the relevant safety provisions and regulations. The User shall immediately inform the Supplier when it finds any underlying safety problems underlying the its pipes or gas-using equipments. If the Supplier finds any safety problems underlying the pipes or gas-using equipments of the User, it may reduce or suspend the gas supply until the User takes measures to eliminate the problems.

 

11


Chapter 11 Liability for Breach of the Agreement

1. The Supplier’s Liability for Breach of the Agreement

1. Subject to any disclaimers provided herein, Supplier shall be liable for liquidated damages equal to 5% of gas price calculated on basis of Annual Gas Supply if it is at fault for the complete unenforceability of the Agreement.

2. Subject to any disclaimers provided herein, the User shall be liable for liquidated damages equal to 5% gas price calculated on basis of the difference between the Annual Gas Supply and the actual volume of gas used, if the User uses less than the Annual Gas Supply at the end of the year due to its own reasons.

B. The User’s Liability for Breach of the Agreement

1. Subject to any disclaimers provided herein, the User shall be liable for liquidated damages equal to 5% of gas price calculated on basis of Annual Gas Supply if it is at fault for the complete unenforceability of the Agreement.

2. Subject to any disclaimers provided herein, the User shall be liable for liquidated damages equal to 5% gas price calculated on basis of the difference between the Annual Gas Supply and the actual volume of gas used, if the User uses less than the Annual Gas Supply at the end of the year due to its own reasons.

3. The Supplier may terminate the supply of gas to the User if the User:

 

   

changes the type, location, or scope in connection with its use of gas or engages in re-supply of gas;

 

   

provides untrue information or untrue supporting materials regarding the Structure of Gas Usage;

 

   

fails to pay balances of settlement of gas usage according to this Agreement;

 

   

transfers any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party without the prior consent from the Supplier

The Supplier may terminate this Agreement if the User does not take any improvement measures after obtaining Supplier’s written notice.

4. If the User uses gas in such a manner as in breach of the Structure of Gas Usage provisions of this Agreement, the User shall be liable for payment of gas price calculated at the highest gas price applicable thereto for the period commencing from the date of performance under this Agreement until when such breach is confirmed.

Chapter 12 Disclaimers and Provisions

1. The disclaimers to this Agreement are as follows:

(1) “Force Majeure” shall mean all events which are beyond the control of the parties to this Contract, and which are unforeseen, unavoidable and insurmountable.

(2) At the peak time of gas usage in winter and spring or when other urgent gas supply situations occur, according to provisions of Sichuan and Chongqing governments and the contingency plan for gas marketing, it shall be a priority to secure the gas supply for domestic homes, commercial activities, CNG and the airport. Once the contingency plan is executed, the Supplier shall bare no liability to the negative effect rising from the resulting reduction or suspension of gas supply.

 

12


(3) Other disclaimers: accidents relating to Supplier’s production and transportation of gas, User’s relevant facilities of gas usage and the temporary check and repair according to Clause 2 of Section 6 of this Agreement.

2. In event of an accident, the Supplier and the User shall inform the other party in a timely manner and take active measures to minimize the losses caused by the accidents. At the request of one party, the other party shall issue valid written certification within 15 days after the accident happens; if the other party thinks that it is necessary to verify the written certification, it must make such request within 15 days after the issuance of the certification, otherwise, it shall be deemed to be in agreement with the certification.

Chapter 13 Amendment, Transfer and Termination of the Agreement

1. Amendment of the Agreement

Within the term of this Agreement, either party may request in writing to make amendment to this Agreement and its provisions, and through negotiation, reach an amended agreement.

In the event that a party’s registered company name changes, it shall request in writing to amend its name in this agreement and shall execute the formalities according to the provisions of the other party.

2. Transfer of the Agreement

Neither party shall transfer, in part or in whole, any obligations and rights to any third party without the prior written consent of the other party. Otherwise, the other party shall be released from performing its obligations under this Agreement, and at the same time shall have the right to terminate this Agreement or request the other party to enforce this Agreement and be held liable for such breach of the Agreement.

3. Termination of the Agreement

Either party may terminate this Contract if:

(1) any party loses or may lose the capability to perform under this Agreement;

(2) any party transfers, in part or in whole, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any third party without prior written consent of the other party.;

(3) the Supplier fails provide gas consistently according to the gas supply volume provided hereunder to the extent that it impacts the normal gas supply and the Supplier is unable to resolve such failure within a reasonable period of time.;

(4) gas supply has been terminated for more than two months due to the User’s failure to pre-payment for the gas price.

The termination of the Agreement shall not prevent the party in breach from being held liable.

 

13


A party may notify the other party in writing that it desires to terminate this Agreement; the other party shall reply within 30 days after receiving the written notice, otherwise it shall be regarded termination of this Agreement.

Chapter 14 Execution and Term of the Agreement

1. This Agreement shall become effective from the date of signing and seal by both authorized representatives of both parties. The term of this Agreement is from April 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011.

2. The termination or expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect either party’s rights or obligations before the termination date.

Chapter 15 Dispute Resolutions

In the process of execution of this Agreement, in the event of any dispute arising out of this Agreement, both parties shall attempt to solve the disputes through friendly consultation. In the event of such dispute is not resolved through consultation, then any party may submit such dispute to arbitration or litigation before the People’s Court at the place where the Agreement is made and entered into.

Chapter 16 Miscellaneous Provisions

1. During the term of this Agreement, both parties shall maintain the confidentiality of the contents of this Agreement; without written consent of the other party, neither party shall disclose any content of this Agreement to any third party, and shall not disclose or publish any material and data receiving from the other party; in the event of incurring loss to the other party, the party shall bare the liability arising out of this violation.

2. Parties hereto may amend or supplement in written form through negotiation matters not mentioned herein for which the supplement shall be effective through signing and seal of the authorized representatives of both parties.

3. The Agreement shall be executed in two originals and two counterparts. The Supplier and the User each holds one original and one counterpart.

Chapter 17 Provisions Through Negotiation

1. In response to the emergencies which may arise out of the gas supply, the User must set up comprehensive emergency plans.

2. During the process of testing conducted by the User, the pressure of gas supply is temporarily 0.6 MPa above, meanwhile, the normal pressure of gas supply for production shall be determined according to actual situation of the testing.

3. The remaining balances of gas usage apart from the annual gas supply in this Agreement of the User shall be organized and supplied by the Supplier with all efforts.

 

14


4. In the event of emergency which may lead the increase of the pressure of pipes and network thus affecting the safety of the pipes and network, the User shall actively coordination work.

5. The User shall comply with the 2011 annual arrangement of Southwestern branch oil and gas company and coordinate with the organizing work of the Supplier in the winter and spring times.

 

15


Signature Page

Supplier : Chongqing Chuangang Gas Company /Seal/

Authorized Representative : /s/ [Authorized Signatory]

Bank of Account : Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Daqingcun Sub-branch Fenli Sub-office

Account Number : 3100023209200022686

Contact person : Sales Department

Address : No. 48 Sizhi Road, Shimahe Panxi, Jiangbei District, Chongqing

Zip code : 400021

Telephone Number : 67318051

User : Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co, Ltd. /Seal/

Authorized Representative : /s/ [Authorized Signatory]

Bank of Account : Construction Bank of China Wanzhou Sub-branch Operation Department

Account Number : 50001303600050207456

Contact person : WEI Xiaobing

Address : No. 666 Longdongda Road, Wanzhou District, Chongqing

Zip code :

Telephone Number : 15023464766 64866057

Date of Signing : April 1, 2011

Place of Signing : Chongqing Chuangang Gas Co., Limited

 

16

Exhibit 8.1

List of Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries:

  Jurisdiction of Incorporation :

Chongqing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd.

  People’s Republic of China

Nanjing Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd.

  People’s Republic of China

Daqo Solar Energy North America

  United States of America

Xinjiang Daqo New Energy Co., Ltd.

  People’s Republic of China

Dago New Energy Holdings (Canada) Ltd.

  Ontario, Canada

Variable Interest Entity:

 

Daqo New Material Co. Ltd.

  People’s Republic of China

 

1

Exhibit 12.1

 

Certification by the Principal Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Gongda Yao, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Daqo, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 30, 2012

 

By: 

 

    /s/ Gongda Yao

 

Name: Gongda Yao

 

Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12.2

 

Certification by the Principal Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Bing Sun, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Daqo, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 30, 2012

 

By:

 

        /s/ Bing Sun

 

        Name:Bing Sun

 

        Title: Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 13.1

 

Certification by the Principal Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Daqo, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Gongda Yao, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 30, 2012

 

By:     /s/ Gongda Yao                                    

Name: Gongda Yao

Title: Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 13.2

 

Certification by the Principal Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Daqo, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Bing Sun, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 30, 2012

 

By:

 

    /s/ Bing Sun

 

Name: Bing Sun

 

Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement No. 333-172234 on Form S-8 of our reports dated April 30, 2012 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule of Daqo New Energy Corp. and its subsidiaries and variable interest entity, and the effectiveness of Daqo New Energy Corp. and its subsidiaries and variable interest entity’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Daqo New Energy Corp. for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd.

Shanghai, China

April 30, 2012